st. helens unitary development plan · the udp supersedes all previous planning documents for the...

ST. HELENS UNITARY

DEVELOPMENT PLAN

(Originally Adopted by St. Helens Metropolitan Borough Council

on 2nd July 1998)

As Amended by a Direction from the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government under Paragraph 1(3) of Schedule 8

to the Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004.

27th September 2007

R. C. Hepworth,Director of Urban Regeneration & Housing,St. Helens Metropolitan Borough Council,The Town Hall,Corporation Street,St. Helens,Merseyside,WA10 1HP.

ADDENDUM TO ST. HELENS UNITARY DEVELOPMENT PLAN

St.Helens Unitary Development Plan was originally adopted by St. Helens Metropolitan Borough Council on 2nd July 1998. Following a Direction from the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government under Paragraph 1(3) of Schedule 8 to the Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004 the majority of policies in the UDP were saved. Those policies that were deleted from 27 September 2007 are contained in table 1 below, and are shown in this document struck through with a black line. On 31 October 2012, the St.Helens Core Strategy was adopted. Several Core Strategy policies replace saved UDP policies. Following publication of the National Planning Policy Framework, Policy GB3 was superseded and was deleted.Those policies that were replaced from 31 October 2012 are contained in table 2 below, and are shown in this document struck through with a red line.

Appendix 4 of the Core Strategy identifies which UDP policies continue to be saved and which are replaced. The Saved Policies will gradually be replaced by Local Plan documents such as the Core Strategy Local Plan and Forest Park Area Action Plan. On 10 July 2013, the Merseyside and Halton Joint Waste Local Plan was approved for adoption by St.Helens Council, and adopted by the Merseyside and Halton Councils on 18 July 2013. Several Joint Waste Local Plan policies replace saved UDP policies. Those policies that were replaced from 18 July 2013 are contained in table 3 below, and are shown in this document struck through with a blue line. These Saved Policies together with the Core Strategy and the Joint Waste Local Plan form the Development Plan for the Borough. Table 1 Policies deleted with effect from the 27th September 2007. PART 1: POLICIES S1A GREEN BELT OBJECTIVES S5 RETAIL DEVELOPMENT S6 PROVISION OF LAND FOR RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT S10 MINERAL EXTRACTION S11 WASTE DISPOSAL S12 RENEWABLE ENERGY PART 2: POLICIES General Development GEN 13 Temporary Development Green Belt GB 4 Dwellings for Key Agricultural and Forestry Workers GB 9 Agricultural Permitted Development

GB 11 Residential Caravans Transport TRA 1 Blackbrook Diversion Environment ENV 6 Local Nature Reserves ENV 8 Derelict Land as a Wildlife Resource ENV 14 Agricultural Land Quality ENV 15 Farm Structure ENV 19 Heritage Landscape Minerals MIN 3 Aggregate Minerals MIN 4 Protection of Mineral Resources Waste Disposal WD 3 Waste Recycling WD 4 Renewable Energy Area Policies AP 1.2 Lyme and Wood Pits E 3 Earlestown Pedestrianisation E 4 Earlestown Highway Improvements AP 5.2 Ibstocks Quarry AP 6.3 Bold Power Station Table 2 Policies replaced with effect from 31st October 2012 PART 1: POLICIES S2 PROVISION OF LAND FOR ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

S3 PRIORITY LOCATIONS FOR ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

S4 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT OUTSIDE ALLOCATED AREAS

S7 SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT

S8 DERELICT AND VACANT LAND

S9 THE COUNTRYSIDE

PART 2: POLICIES

General Development GEN 1 Primacy of the Development Plan

GEN 2 Good Environments

GEN 3 Equal Access Opportunities

GEN 4 Security and Crime Prevention

GEN 5 Design and Layout of New Housing

GEN 7 Communal and Institutional Uses

Green Belt GB 10 Recreational Developments

GB 12 Development Adjoining the Green Belt

Economy

ECON 2 Development of Tourism

Retailing

RET 2 Out-of-Centre Retail Developments

RET 6 Alterations and New Shop Fronts

Transport TRA 2 Traffic Calming

TRA 7 Cycling

Residential Land Supply

RES1 Residential Land Allocation

Environment ENV 7 Nature Conservation within Development Sites

ENV 9 Species Protection Policy

ENV 18 Landscape Protection

ENV 29 Pollution Control

Recreation

REC 1 Indoor Recreation

REC 8 Community Facilities

Area Policies

AP2.1 Area 2 Haydock and Blackbrook

TC 1 & TC 2 St.Helens Town Centre Inset Map

Table 3 Policies deleted with effect from the 18th July 2013. PART 2: POLICIES ECON 1 (part) Economic Development Land Allocation – Only allocation 6Ec15

is deleted from policy Econ 1. The rest of the policy and allocations are not deleted

WD1 Development control Criteria for Waste Disposal Applications WD2 Operational Criteria

228Glossary of TermsAppendix 2:227Development Plans superseded by the Unitary Development PlanAppendix 1:

APPENDICES

218Parr, Sutton and Bold (including Sutton Village Inset)Area 6:201Southern Corridor (including Town Centre Inset)Area 5:199St. Helens WestArea 4:197Rainford, Billinge and Moss BankArea 3:194Haydock and BlackbrookArea 2:187Newton-le-Willows (including Earlestown Inset)Area 1:

PART 2: AREA POLICIES

181Waste Disposal173Minerals163Recreation133Environment123Residential Land Supply115Transport107Retailing99Economy87Green Belt67General Development

PART 2: BOROUGHWIDE POLICIES AND PROPOSALS

41Part 1 policies40Monitoring6. 37Resources and Implementation5. 31A Corporate View4. 27The National and Regional Dimension3. 23An Introduction to St. Helens217Plan Aims, Objectives and Strategy1.

PART 1: THE PLANNING FRAMEWORK11Introduction, Plan Format and Plan Period

Page

CONTENTS

165Recreation Community AreasFig. 18:53Housing Land SupplyFig. 17:51Housing StockFig. 16:50St. Helens Housebuilding Progress 1980 - 1993Fig. 15:47Industrial Land Take-UpFig. 14:46Size of Industrial SitesFig. 13:45Unemployment ratesFig. 12:35Wasteland to Woodland Core AreaFig. 11:34Priority AreasFig. 10:30Mersey Forest AreaFig. 9:29

Regional Economic Strategy for North West England: StrategicObjectives

Fig. 8:28Merseyside Integrated Development Operation Strategic ObjectivesFig. 7:26Characteristics of the EnvironmentFig. 6:24Regional LocationFig. 5:23Main SettlementsFig. 4:23Local ContextFig. 3:14UDP AreaFig. 2:14Context for PoliciesFig. 1:

PageLIST OF FIGURES

88Major Existing Development Sites in the Green BeltGB 387General Criteria for Development Control in the GreenGB 287General Criteria for Development Control in the Green BeltGB 1

Green Belt

83Backland and Tandem DevelopmentsGEN 1483Temporary DevelopmentGEN 1382Lighting and Security ApparatusGEN 1280Telecommunications ApparatusGEN 1179Advertising in St. HelensGEN 1078Parking and ServicingGEN 977Householder DevelopmentsGEN 875Communal and Institutional UsesGEN 773Incidental Open Space ProvisionGEN 672Design and Layout of New HousingGEN 571Security and Crime PreventionGEN 470Equal Access OpportunitiesGEN 369Good EnvironmentsGEN 268Primacy of the Development PlanGEN 1

General DevelopmentPART 2: POLICIES

61RENEWABLE ENERGYS1259WASTE DISPOSALS1158MINERAL EXTRACTIONS1057THE COUNTRYSIDES956DERELICT AND VACANT LANDS854SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENTS750PROVISION OF LAND FOR RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENTS649RETAIL DEVELOPMENTS548ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT OUTSIDE ALLOCATED AREASS447PRIORITY LOCATIONS FOR ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENTS344PROVISION OF LAND FOR ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENTS243GREEN BELT OBJECTIVESS1A43GREEN BELTS1

PART 1: POLICIESPage

SCHEDULE OF PLAN POLICIES

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

128Vacant FloorspaceRES 3126Affordable HousingRES 2124Residential Land AllocationRES 1

Residential Land Supply

119CyclingTRA 7119Sutton Oak LineTRA 6119Rail-Bus InterchangeTRA 5119Park and RideTRA 4118New Rail FacilitiesTRA 3117Traffic Calming TRA 2117Blackbrook DiversionTRA 1

Transport

111Alterations and New Shop FrontsRET 6111Taxi OfficesRET 5110Hot Food Shops, Restaurants and CafesRET 4109Amusement CentresRET 3108Out-of-Centre Retail DevelopmentsRET 2107Retail Development in Existing CentresRET 1

Retailing

103Development of TourismECON 299Economic Development Land AllocationECON 1

Economy

94Development Adjoining the Green BeltGB 1294Residential CaravansGB 1194Recreational DevelopmentsGB 1093Agricultural Permitted DevelopmentGB 992Change of Use of Existing Buildings into DwellingsGB 891Change of Use of Existing BuildingsGB 791Replacement of Existing Dwellings in the Green BeltGB 6A90Alterations and Extensions to Existing DwellingsGB 690Redundant Occupancy ConditionsGB 589Dwellings for Key Agricultural and Forestry WorkersGB 4

PagePART 2: POLICIES (Cont'd.)

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

PagePART 2: POLICIES (Cont'd.)166Children's PlayREC 3163Development Affecting Recreational FacilitiesREC 2163Indoor RecreationREC 1

Recreation

158Storage of CaravansENV 31157DrainageENV 30156Pollution ControlENV 29155Development within Health and Safety Executive Consultation ZonesENV 28154Hazardous DevelopmentENV 27153Contaminated LandENV 26153Listed BuildingsENV 25152Development in Conservation AreasENV 24B151Designation and Review of Conservation AreasENV 24A151ArchaeologyENV 23150St. Helens CanalENV 22150Environmental Improvements within Transport CorridorsENV 21149Landscape RenewalENV 20148Heritage LandscapeENV 19148Landscape ProtectionENV 18147Farm DiversificationENV 17147Design of Agricultural and Forestry DevelopmentsENV 16147Farm StructureENV 15146Agricultural Land QualityENV 14146New Tree Planting on Development SitesENV 13145Development Affecting Existing TreesENV 12145Tree SurveysENV 11144The Mersey ForestENV 10143Species Protection PolicyENV 9143Derelict Land as a Wildlife ResourceENV 8142Nature Conservation within Development SitesENV 7141Local Nature ReservesENV 6139Sites of Community Wildlife Interest and Local Nature ReservesENV 5138Statutory Site ProtectionENV 4136GreenwaysENV 3136School Playing FieldsENV 2134Protection of Open SpaceENV 1

EnvironmentPagePART 2: POLICIES (Cont'd.)

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

223Sutton Village Inset218Parr, Sutton and BoldArea 6205St. Helens Town Centre Inset201Southern CorridorArea 5199St. Helens WestArea 4197Rainford, Billinge and Moss BankArea 3194Haydock and BlackbrookArea 2

187Newton-le-Willows Earlestown Inset

Area 1PART 2: AREA POLICIES

183Renewable Energy WD 4182Waste RecyclingWD 3182Operational CriteriaWD 2181Development control Criteria for Waste Disposal ApplicationsWD 1

Waste Disposal

176Review of Mineral PermissionsMIN 7176Transport of MineralsMIN 6176Use of Secondary AggregatesMIN 5175Protection of Mineral ResourcesMIN 4175Aggregate MineralsMIN 3174Operational CriteriaMIN 2173Development Control Criteria for Minerals ApplicationsMIN 1

Minerals

169Community FacilitiesREC 8168Water FacilitiesREC 7168Key Recreational AreasREC 6166Strategic Footpaths and CyclewaysREC 5166AllotmentsREC 4

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

INTRODUCTION, PLAN FORMAT AND PLAN PERIOD

St Helens Unitary Development Plan 9

INTRODUCTION, PLAN FORMAT AND PLAN PERIOD

Unitary Development Plans (UDPs) were introduced by the Local Government Act 1985 tocombine the strategic and local planning functions previously divided between the formerMetropolitan County Councils and Metropolitan Districts. The main provisions are set out inthe Town and Country Planning Act 1990, as amended by the Planning and CompensationAct 1991.

The UDP is in two parts:

Part 1 sets out the Council's Borough-wide strategic policies and takes into account:

(i) current national and regional policies:

(ii) Strategic Planning Guidance issued by the Secretary of State for the Environment;

(iii) the resources likely to be available.

Part 2 translates the general policies of Part 1 into more detailed policies, contains proposalsfor specific areas and a detailed Proposals Map.

The UDP supersedes all previous planning documents for the Borough, including theStructure Plan, old-style Development Plans and Local Plans. A full list of statutory planswhich have been superseded is given in Appendix 1.

The policies contained in the Merseyside Structure Plan (1980) and in the Local Plans listedbelow have been reviewed and wherever appropriate incorporated into the UDP. Theintention has been to ensure continuity between the earlier Plans and the UDP, subject toupdating and improving the policy framework in the light of changing circumstances.

Newton-le-Willows District Plan 1982

Merseyside Green Belt Local Plan 1983

Sutton Local Plan 1983

St. Helens Town Centre Local Plan 1984

Draft Haydock Local Plan 1984

Draft Ravenhead Local Plan 1986

The UDP is primarily a land-use plan for the development and other use of land. However,account is taken of the Council's wider corporate responsibilities. It is important that theseare reflected in the land-use plan, not least to ensure that limited resources can be properlytargeted.


Public Consultation

A draft Plan was published in January 1993 for public consultation. This included an insertin a local newspaper, exhibitions, individual presentations and consultation with a wide rangeof organisations. A total of 230 responses were received raising 811 separate issues. Thesewere considered and a number of amendments made to the Plan to take account of the viewsexpresses. The opportunity to further refine policies was also taken. All these changes wereincluded in the Deposit version of the Plan which was published in April 1994.

The Deposit draft Unitary Development Plan was placed on formal deposit between 14 Apriland 26 May 1994. A total of 161 organisations and individuals made 509 representations.

On 24 November 1994 the Council considered the objections made to the Plan and approveda number of amendments. These were also put on deposit between 1 December 1994 and 12January 1995.

A Public Local Inquiry was held between 14 February 1995 and 19 April 1995 to considerobjections made to the Plan and the Inspector's report was received on 23 November 1995.

The Council considered the recommendations made by the Inspector on 19 September 1996and resolved to place on deposit a number of proposed modifications to the Plan. A total of148 objections were received to the modifications necessitating a second public local inquirywhich was held in September 1997.

The Inspector's report was received in October 1997. The Council resolved to accept hisrecommendations and the plan was approved for adoption on 18 December 1997.

The Plan was finally adopted by the Council on 2 July 1998.

Boundary ChangesIn April 1994, following the Metropolitan Boundary Review the amended boundaries toSt. Helens Metropolitan Borough took effect. The Unitary Development Plan relates to therevised boundary.

Plan FormatPart 1 of the UDP provides the general context for all the policies including reference to theCouncil's wider corporate objectives; national and regional policy; and resources likely to beavailable. Part 1 policies are in UPPER CASE and prefixed S. These are of a strategicnature and provide the overall land-use framework for the Plan's other policies and proposals.

Part 2 contains the UDP's detailed policies and proposals including development controlguidance.

(i) Part 2 policies relating to the Borough as a whole. These are printed in bold lowercase, prefixed by an abbreviation of the policy subject and standard numbering, eg.ENV 5 for the fifth environment policy.


(ii) Area policies. For the purposes of the Plan the Borough has been sub-divided into sixAreas (see Fig. 2);Area 1 Newton-le-Willows

2 Haydock and Blackbrook3 Rainford, Billinge and Moss Bank4 St. Helens West5 Southern Corridor6 Parr, Sutton and Bold

The main issues relating to each Area are described and Area-specific policies areprinted in bold lower case and prefixed by the Area number eg. AP 6.2 is the secondpolicy relating to Parr, Sutton and Bold.

(iii) There are three inset areas where the policies are prefixed:

TC Town CentreSV Sutton VillageE Earlestown

(iv) The Proposals Map is in three parts, one relating to Areas 1, 2, 4, 5 & 6, one relatingto Area 3, and the third the inset areas.

Supplementary Planning Guidance is available for certain topics to assist in understandingand meeting the requirements of the appropriate policy. These are:

(1) Fire Escapes(2) New Farm Buildings and Roads(3) Sites of Community Wildlife Interest and Regionally Important

Geological/Geomorphological Sites (RIGS)(4) Hazardous Installations and Pipelines(5) Design and Layout of New Housing(6) Householder Developments(7) Garaging, Parking and Servicing(8) Advertising in St. Helens

Plan Period

The Plan covers the period up to 2001. This represents the end date for householdprojections contained in the Strategic Guidance for Merseyside. The housing and industrialallocations contained in the Plan have built into them a reserve extending beyond 2001 whichwill be monitored.

The Plan's other policies have a general validity which will extend beyond 2001, againsubject to regular monitoring.


Derelict Land Strategy(v)

Countryside RecreationStrategy (CRS)

(iv)Circulars(iv)

Neighbouring Local Plans,including Halton, WestLancashire and Warrington

(iii)Transport Policies andProgramme (TPP)

(iii)Planning Policy and MineralsPlanning Guidance Notes

(iii)

Neighbouring UDPsincluding Wigan andKnowsley

(ii)Housing InvestmentProgramme (HIP)

(ii)Regional Planning Guidancefor the North West (1996)

(ii)

Structure Plans forLancashire and Cheshire

(i)Economic DevelopmentPlan

(i)Legislation and WhitePapers, eg. Town andCountry Planning Act 1990;Sustainable Development -The UK Strategy 1994

(i)ST. HELENSUDP

Other AuthoritiesCouncil ProgrammesNational and Regional

Fig. 1: Context for Policies

Fig. 2: UDP Areas


Part 1

THE PLANNING FRAMEWORK


1. PLAN AIMS, OBJECTIVES AND STRATEGY

Plan Aims1.1 The primary aims of the UDP are:

A1 To secure urban regeneration.

A2 To balance the needs of new development and protection of the environment.

A3 To improve the quality of the environment to make St. Helens a moreattractive and safer place in which to live, work, play, invest and to visit.

A4 To promote new economic activity in order to diversify and expand theexisting industrial base and provide future job opportunities.

A5 To take account of the need of all sectors of the community in the provision ofhousing, employment, transport, recreation facilities and infrastructure.

A6 To conserve resources and work towards the principles of sustainabledevelopment.

Plan Strategy1.2 The principal underlying strategy of the UDP is urban regeneration. This continues

the approach of the Merseyside County Structure Plan which was approved in 1980and is restated as a key objective in the Regional Planning Guidance for the NorthWest. The strategy seeks to concentrate new development in the built-up areas of theBorough, particularly on vacant or derelict land. This will be complemented byapplying Green Belt policies within the surrounding countryside. At the same time,the UDP will ensure that the built-up parts of the Borough are not overdeveloped,through 'town-cramming' and by ensuring the protection of open spaces and wildliferesources.

1.3 The process of urban regeneration will be pursued by:

(i) strict adherence to Green Belt policies and boundaries;

(ii) working with the private sector to regenerate inner urban areas;

(iii) the reclamation of derelict land:

(iv) refurbishment of the Borough's ageing housing stock;

(v) the preparation and implementation of policies for environmental protectionand enhancement;

(vi) the promotion and construction of major new infrastructure;

(vii) targeting resources to alleviate deprivation.


1.4 The strategy will endeavour to implement the Government's intention to worktowards ensuring that development and growth are sustainable and that decisionsshould not deny future generations the best of today's environment.

1.5 There are a number of specific policies contained in the Plan which can be referencedback to proposals contained in the White Paper, 'This Common Inheritance' and theUK Strategy for Sustainable Development as follows.

(i) support for an efficient and effective public transport system (TRA 3, 4, 5, 6);

(ii) concentrating new development within the built-up areas (S1);

(iii) proposals for community forests and promotion of woodland (ENV 10);

(iv) ensuring the re-use of derelict land for positive uses (S8);

(v) encouraging appropriate new uses in the rural economy (ENV 17);

(vi) nature conservation (ENV 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9);

(vii) improving the quality of local traffic management (TRA 2);

(viii) encouraging greater provision for cycling (TRA 7, REC 5);

(ix) supporting waste recycling measures (WD 3)

1.6 The Council do not propose any significant Green Belt amendments to accommodatenew development needs. Sufficient land is allocated to satisfy Strategic Guidanceresidential land requirements to 2001. Additional land is allocated to satisfy currentassessment of demand up to the year 2007. This is regularly monitored and futurehousing requirements assessed in the context of Regional Planning Guidance. Therequirement that industrial land should provide a wide choice by size, location andsuitability for different uses is satisfied.

1.7 The UDP seeks to stabilise the Borough's population and reverse the declineexperienced between 1981 and 1991. Reducing net outward migration will beessential to achieve this and the economic policies will contribute to reversing theloss of job opportunities.

1.8 The Council's Economic Strategy will tackle the regeneration of the local economy ona broad front including:

(i) the provision of education and training to satisfy the needs of industry;

(ii) the co-ordination of business advice; and

(iii) financial packages


1.9 The UDP's contribution will be through a number of land use based policies,including environmental improvements, transport infrastructure and the provision ofan adequate supply of land and premises to ensure:

(i) existing industrial and commercial undertakings are not constrained whenseeking to relocate or expand in the Borough;

(ii) new start-up businesses can be accommodated;

(iii) the attraction of inward investment to the Borough.

1.10 The Southern Corridor, focusing on the M62 Link Road, and the existing HaydockIndustrial Estate will be targeted as priority areas for new industrial development.

1.11 The protection and enhancement of the environment is necessary in its own right andin order to:

(i) complement initiatives to regenerate the local economy;

(ii) provide an attractive, safe and healthy living and working environment for theBorough's residents;

(iii) give visitors to St. Helens a favourable impression;

(iv) respond to the national commitment expressed through "This CommonInheritance" and the UK Strategy for Sustainable Development.

1.12 Policies include:

(i) reclamation of derelict land, with particular emphasis on:

(a) reclamation for development purposes;

(b) the creation of new woodland which will contribute to the MerseyForest, with a target figure of 400 ha by 2001;

(c) treatment of contaminated sites;

(ii) concentrating improvements along major transport corridors, in and aroundSt. Helens Town Centre, and, in run-down residential areas, including SuttonVillage;

(iii) the protection of the Borough's environmental assets, including its:

(a) ecological resources

(b) archaeological heritage;

(c) trees and woodlands;

(d) green spaces:

which all contribute to the character and quality of life in St. Helens;


(iv) ensuring land use based policies contribute to reducing waste production andthe promotion of waste recycling.

1.13 While the Plan seeks to raise environmental standards throughout the Borough,priority attention and available resources will be targeted at the following areas:

(i) an area of degraded landscape stretching south from St. Helens town centre,between Rainhill and Thatto Heath/Sutton Manor; north of the M62 and southof Clock Face and Sutton; between Newton-le-Willows and Haydock; and tothe south and east of Newton-le-Willows. This is the core area for landscaperestoration through woodland planting;

(ii) the enhancement of the major transport corridors;

(iii) the St. Helens Canal Corridor;

(iv) St. Helens Town Centre;

(v) the Borough's run-down residential areas.

1.14 Approximately 50% of the Borough's area is countryside which will be protected.Most of this area is Green Belt and much is under pressure from the built-up areas. Abalance will be sought to encourage greater recreational use while at the same timeprotecting agricultural land, farming activities and the appearance and amenities ofthe countryside.

1.15 The Council's Housing Strategy is directed towards meeting the needs of thecommunity, encouraging the provision of better housing and ensuring an attractiveresidential environment. This general aim is to be achieved by:

(i) improvement and repairs of the Borough's public and private housing stock;

(ii) improving the quality of the residential environment by providing betterpedestrian and vehicular access and improved play facilities;

(iii) effective targeting of resources to alleviate housing stress and need;

(iv) dovetailing housing association and private sector development of Councilowned land with the Council's own housing investment.

1.16 Particular emphasis will be placed on securing progress towards providing affordablehousing which is relevant to the needs of the Borough's population.

PLAN OBJECTIVES

Urban Regeneration

01 To direct new development toward the established urban areas, encourage theredevelopment of outworn infrastructure and maximise opportunities to use publictransport.


02 To encourage energy-efficient patterns of development which reduce dependence onthe private car.

03 To restrict development on the edge of the urban area, uphold the Green Belt andencourage the re-use of derelict, vacant and under-used sites.

04 To ensure an adequate supply of economic development sites and premises to attractinward investment, foster new businesses and the expansion of existing businesses.

05 To satisfy the housing requirements of the Borough by:

(i) ensuring an adequate supply of housing land in relation to identified needs;

(ii) seeking the physical improvement of the existing housing stock;

(iii) safeguarding the amenity and improving the environment of residential areas.

Resource Protection

06 To protect the Borough's greenspaces and improve the linkages between them.

07 To protect and enhance ecological resources and create new areas of ecological value.

08 To protect and enhance existing trees and woodlands and encourage new tree andwoodland planting, as a contribution to the Mersey Forest.

09 To protect the best and most versatile agricultural land and minimise the conflictbetween agricultural operations and activities generated from within the urban area.

Built Environment

010 To safeguard and improve the built environment by:

(i) the protection and enhancement of listed buildings, Scheduled AncientMonuments, conservation areas, sites and areas of archaeological importanceand other areas of townscape value;

(ii) encouraging improved standards of design and land maintenance.

Countryside

011 To safeguard the countryside from inappropriate development, protect and enhance itsappearance, and at the same time, promote its quiet enjoyment by the general public

Environmental Improvement

012 To promote a safe, attractive and healthy environment.

013 To reduce pollution of the land, water and air.014 To provide suitable access and facilities in developments for people with disabilities

and young children.St Helens Unitary Development Plan 21

Tourism

015 To promote and encourage measures which would generate tourist visits to St.Helens, including the development of visitor attractions and accommodation.

Shopping Centres

016 To maintain and enhance St. Helens Town Centre and district shopping centres.

Transport

017 To ensure that transport policies will complement urban regeneration by:

(i) improving the strategic road network with particular emphasis on improvedaccess to the region's motorway network;

(ii) securing minor road improvements to improve access to employment areas;

(iii) seeking improved access to the region's port, air and rail facilities;

(iv) securing access and parking facilities in town centres, existing industrial areasand areas for new development.

018 To encourage the development of an efficient, attractive and effective public transportsystem.

019 To pursue transport improvements which secure public safety, environmentalenhancement and energy efficiency.

Recreation, Leisure and Community Facilities

020 To support and encourage the development of leisure, community and recreationfacilities to meet the needs of the Borough as well as those facilities which service awider market and foster tourism.

Minerals and Waste Disposal

021 To ensure the safeguarding of mineral reserves and their extraction subject toprotecting the environment and amenity of the Borough.

022 To minimise the environmental impact of waste disposal activities while encouragingmeasures to reduce the production of waste and to secure its efficient disposal.


2. AN INTRODUCTION TO ST. HELENS

2.1 St. Helens is an industrial town of approximately 179,000 people, comprising an areaof almost 13,900 hectares, located 12 miles east of Liverpool and 23 miles west ofManchester. The East Lancashire trunk road (A580) which links these two citiespasses east-west through the Borough. It is adjoined by the Metropolitan Districts ofKnowsley and Wigan, the District of West Lancashire, within the County ofLancashire, and the Districts of Warrington and Halton.

Fig 3: Local Context

2.2 The town of St. Helens provides a strong sense of identity for the Borough and is afocus for many of its functions and activities. In addition, there are also thewell-established settlements of Newton-le-Willows and Haydock and housing areassurrounding the village centres of Billinge, Rainford and Rainhill.

Fig 4: Main Settlements


Fig 5: Regional Context


2.3 The town experienced a population decline of 9,500 between 1981 and 1991. TheOffice of Population Census and Surveys 1993 based population projection for theBorough, up to 2011, shows the population levels staying relatively stable. Thedecline in population up to 1991 is accounted for by a drop in the birth rate togetherwith a significant number of persons migrating to other areas in search of work. Themost mobile people are young, skilled and qualified and it is they who have tended toleave for the more prosperous regions. The elderly, who are less mobile, tend toremain resulting in the Borough having an increasing proportion of elderly persons.

2.4 St. Helens is a relatively modern town. Its historical growth, paralleling that of theindustrial revolution was based primarily on coal. In 1757 the opening of theSt. Helens Canal, the first modern canal, acted as a catalyst for the expansion of arange of industries, including glass and chemicals. Rainhill was subsequently the siteof the famous railway trials in 1830 and Earlestown the base of an important railwayworks on the pioneering Manchester - Liverpool line constructed by GeorgeStephenson.

2.5 The rapid and intensive process of industrialisation has left a legacy of dereliction,including severe problems of ground instability and contamination. Over 10% of thebuilt-up area is either vacant or despoiled.

2.6 Almost 70% of this dereliction can be attributed to the effects of mineral extraction,past or present. Industrial and residential areas are often in close proximity, creatingproblems of noise, traffic access and pollution. The infrastructure of housing androads is worn-out and in need of renewal. In 1993 almost 21% of the total housingstock was identified as unfit, whilst a further 28% was in need of renovation (HIP1994/95).

2.7 The employment structure reflects an increasing proportion of employment within theservice sector, albeit below national levels. The last coal mine, at Parkside, closed inJune 1993. Although, glass manufacture (the second largest employer in theBorough), and engineering continue to be well represented, it is industries such asthese which remain vulnerable to changing market conditions, as was witnessed bythe 20,000 redundancies in St. Helens between 1979 and 1986. Over this period theunemployment rate has remained consistently 5% above the national average, despiteconsiderable effort and success in generating new business investment, particularlysince 1987.

2.8 Unemployment continues to be a Borough-wide problem. The September 1993figures varied from 7.1% in the Rainford Ward to 21.6% in Parr and Hardshaw,averaging out at 13.1%. The worst concentrations occur alongside other aspects ofdeprivation affecting low skill and low income groups.

2.9 Two main areas with severe concentrations of deprivation have been identified. Oneis the inner area of older terraced housing in St. Helens, including all or part of thefollowing wards: Queens Park, Parr and Hardshaw, Broad Oak, Grange Park, ThattoHeath, West Sutton and Marshalls Cross. The other is the Earlestown and Wargraveareas of Newton-le-Willows (see para. 4.15).

2.10 Despite the problems faced by the Borough, St. Helens has a number of assets,including its proximity to the motorway network, an excellent workforce, high quality


agricultural land, areas of pleasant countryside, some fine buildings, Haydock ParkRacecourse, industrial archaeology and areas of wildlife value (see Fig. 6).

2.11 Whilst the built-up area of St.. Helens is surrounded by motorways to all sides, ie.M6, M62, M58 and M57, the major roads linking the town to the motorway networkparticularly to the north have always been considered inadequate. The M62 Linkway,opened in 1994, has significantly improved the situation and accessed majordevelopment opportunities in the southern part of the Borough.

conflict between residential areas and other activities eg. noise and pollution;(iv)a shortage of trees and woodland;(iii)the generally poor quality of the built environment;(ii)the extent and concentration of derelict and vacant land;(i)

Environmental problems:

a thriving town centre.(vi)

elements of the built environment, including Conservation Areas, listedbuildings and archaeological remains, many reflecting the railway age and theindustrial heritage of the Borough;

(v)

the surrounding countryside, covering 50% of the Borough area, includinglarge areas of high quality agricultural land and heritage landscape;

(iv)

the Borough's greenspace, including parks and ecological features, many ofwhich have become established on derelict land;

(iii)

the St. Helens Canal, dating back to 1757, which links the town and countryareas;

(ii)

close-knit coal mining settlements with strong community ties underpinned bytheir physical separation by open space;

(i)Environmental assets:Fig. 6: Characteristics of the Environment


3. THE NATIONAL AND REGIONAL DIMENSION

National Policies

3.1 It is a requirement of the Town and Country Planning Act, 1990 that local authoritiestake national policies into account when preparing their UDPs.

3.2 In accordance with the advice contained in PPG 12, the Council have paid particularattention to the contents of the Government's Environment White Paper, 'ThisCommon Inheritance', and the UK Strategy for Sustainable Development.

3.3 The underlying message of 'This common Inheritance' is that environmental concernswill need to play an increasingly important part in planning decisions and that there isa balance to be struck between economic growth and conservation.

3.4 In broad terms, there is consistency between this environmental concern and theurban regeneration philosophy of the Plan, which has the twin aims of protecting theGreen Belt and maximising the re-use of urban land. In paragraph 1.5, reference ismade to a number of policies contained in the Plan which show the Council'scommitment to the environmental framework of sustainable development and energyconservation contained in national guidance.

Regional Matters

3.5 The Secretary of State, as expressed in Strategic Guidance for Merseyside andsubsequently in Regional Planning Guidance for the North West, sees revitalising thesub-regional economy in general and promoting urban regeneration in particular askey objectives for Merseyside. It is important therefore that the policies andproposals of the St. Helens UDP are neither prepared nor perceived in a vacuum butin the context of broader sub-regional initiatives.

3.6 The following initiatives in particular have either influenced the preparation of thePlan or will be of continued relevance during the Plan's lifespan.

Merseyside Integrated Development Operation (MIDO)

3.7 In 1984 an EC-funded consultancy study analysed the problems of Merseyside andthe opportunities available, and concluded that a Merseyside Integrated DevelopmentOperation (MIDO) would be a sensible and practical way of helping to rectify theRegion's structural imbalances. This was accepted by the European Commission andprovided the basis for ERDF and ESF support over the period 1988 to 1992. MIDO 2extended European funding to 1994. MIDO involved a co-operative effort by theMerseyside Councils, Government Departments and private sector to achieve theobjectives set out in Fig. 8.


To ensure that a co-ordinated approach is adopted to the implementation andmonitoring of the MIDO action programmes and the supporting action and relatedmeasures to reinforce their impact and maximise their effectiveness.

To increase confidence, and encourage investment in the area, making it a betterplace in which to live and work as well as to visit.

To provide a relevant and adaptable skill base to meet the need of the IntegratedDevelopment Operation

To encourage the modernisation, competitiveness and the expansion of indigenousfirms and facilities and establishment of new economic activities.

To exploit the existing advantages and realise the potential of tourism to strengthenMerseyside's economic base, improve the image and increase the number andvariety of job opportunities.

To improve the accessibility to national and international markets and enhance theability of the local transport network to service a more effective and productivelocal economy.

To modernise the major economic infrastructure of Merseyside and provide thenecessary foundations for private sector initiatives.

To build a positive image of Merseyside to enhance its attractiveness to investors,employers, prospective newcomers and existing residents.

Fig. 7: Merseyside Integrated Development Operation Strategic Objectives

Regional Conversion Plan

3.8 In 1993, Merseyside was granted Objective 1 status by the European Community,providing access to enhanced EC grant aid. The Regional Conversion Plan for theperiod 1994-1999 has been prepared by a broad partnership, including the fiveMerseyside Authorities, and sets out a vision for Merseyside to be achieved withsupport from EC Structural Funds money.

3.9 The vision for Merseyside is to:

- establish it as a prosperous city region with a diverse economic base;

- emphasise its role as a gateway between Europe and the rest of the world;

- establish it as a region of learning excellence; and

- establish it as a region of environmental excellence that supports a highquality of life.

3.10 The Objective 1 Plan is set in the context of the wider North-West and will be guidedby the Regional Economic Strategy for North West England (see para. 3.11).


North West Regional Association

3.11 This Association of all Local Authorities in the North West Region was established in1992, with the initial task of preparing a Regional Economic Strategy. A key purposefor the Regional Strategy is to make the case for European Community Structuralfunds for regional development and to set out a clear framework for the application ofthese funds. The document concentrates on the period from 1992 to 2000 and themain objectives are summarised in Fig. 8.

3.12 The Association was instrumental in assisting the preparation of Regional PlanningGuidance which is of significance for the longer-term plan-making process beyond2001.

Improving strategic external road and rail links to the region-Developing and improving key links in the internal transport network-Ensuring the continued expansion of the region's air, sea and rail gateways-Improving the region's image by promotion and marketing-Developing European centres for arts, leisure and culture-Preserving and improving the region's environmental assets-Improving and maintaining water quality-Improving the environment of the most prominent areas of dereliction-Developing effective mechanisms for delivery of strategic sites-

Developing effective mechanisms for small firms support to raise survivaland growth rates

-

Achieving economic restructuring and effective redeployment of skills fromvulnerable sectors

-Raising the skills of the workforce to best European standards-Ensuring full exploitation of the region's knowledge base-

Fig. 8: Regional Economic Strategy for North-West England: StrategicObjectives

Merseyside Strategic Sites and Premises Study

3.13 This consultancy study was commissioned to ensure that Merseyside's strategic landresource was appropriate to the objective of attracting inward investment to thesub-region. The study which was completed in March 1992 highlighted the futuregrowth sectors of the economy which could benefit Merseyside; identified the keydevelopment sites to meet this demand; and recommended an action plan to bringforward sites capable of meeting the needs of expanding or relocating companies.The findings of the study have been taken into account in the UDP.


Merseyside Integrated Transport Study (MERITS)

3.14 In 1992, the Merseyside districts and Merseytravel commissioned consultants to carryout the Merits study with the following aims:

(i) to develop a Merseyside-wide transport strategy integrated with the aims andobjectives of urban development; and

(ii) to develop a "vision" and unanimity of purpose in representing this area inboth a regional and national context.

The study was completed in 1994 and formed the basis of subsequent annual PackageBids by the Merseyside Districts and Merseytravel for transport funds for the area.

The Mersey Forest

3.15 St. Helens has combined with eight other authorities to support the CountrysideCommission's Community Forest initiative. A Project Team commenced work in1991 and the non-statutory Merseyside Forest Plan was approved in 1994. Closeworking relationships have been forged between the local authorities and Forest Teamto ensure that the Plan is compatible with emerging planning policies, including thoseof the Unitary Development Plan. Within St. Helens, the Wasteland to Woodlandinitiative will contribute to the implementation of the Forest Plan (see para 4.20).

Fig 9: Mersey Forest Area


4. A CORPORATE VIEW

4.1 The Unitary Development Plan has been prepared within the context of wider Councilstrategies and programmes and provides, where appropriate, the planning dimension.

4.2 The major strategies with a planning dimension are briefly summarised below.

Economic Strategy

4.3 In 1986 the Council reviewed existing policies in response to a range of economicproblems and identified an Action programme with three broad aims:

(i) to provide and encourage education and training for perceived needs;

(ii) to intervene to develop a broader based economy;

(iii) to take account of the need to encourage and retain industrial and commercialundertakings in the way the Council carries out its other activities.

The Strategy has been used as the basis for the Economic Development Plan forSt. Helens required by the Local Government and Housing act 1989.

4.4 The implementation of the strategy has taken a number of forms. Attention is givento the way in which activities and services of the Council relate to economicdevelopment in one way or another, eg. the need for executive housing, support forcommunity initiatives, planning control, education and housing. The Council isextending the range and quality of advice and assistance to businesses. A major aimis to broaden the economic base and at the same time to tackle the environmentalproblems of the Borough, thus improving its image and making it a more attractiveplace for business investment.

The strategy focuses on three critical initiatives:

(i) Ravenhead Renaissance Limited;

(ii) the M62 Link Road and associated development opportunities;

(iii) St. Helens Technology Campus.

(i) Ravenhead Renaissance

4.5 Ravenhead Renaissance Limited is a private company limited by guarantee andestablished in 1987. The initiative to establish this partnership of public and privatesector interests was taken by the Council to provide a co-ordinated mechanism tosecure the regeneration of the Ravenhead area for the wider benefit of the Borough asa whole.

4.6 The partnership has had considerable success in securing private sector funding andgovernment grant to enable the reclamation of land for retail, residential and hoteldevelopments and to refurbish the Town Centre. The mechanism, which has the


particular advantage and strength of local commitment, is expected to continue duringthe Plan Period as an essential component of economic regeneration. RavenheadRenaissance administers the Single Regeneration Budget funds for the SouthernCorridor and Newton 21.

(ii) M62 Link Road

4.7 The M62 Link Road, linking St. Helens Town Centre with Junction 7 of the M62motorway at Rainhill, was designed to fulfil the following objectives:

(i) facilitate improved accessibility between the Town Centre and the motorwaynetwork;

(ii) promote the economic regeneration of St. Helens;

(iii) assist in the redevelopment of vacant, derelict and underused sites;

(iv) maintain and enhance the commercial viability of St. Helens Town Centre;

(v) provide improved access to existing and proposed industrial areas;

(vi) reduce the conflict and environmental impact of heavy traffic withinresidential areas, reduce traffic delays and reduce accidents.

4.8 The road, which was opened in 1994, generates a number of developmentopportunities and other planning issues in the Southern Corridor. These areconsidered in the UDP.

(iii) St. Helens Technology Campus

4.9 The Campus is being developed on a former glassworks site to the north of the TownCentre. A facility has been created on one site where existing and new innovativeenterprises will be encouraged to locate and develop in an environment conducive tobusiness development as a direct result of the wide range of training and researchfacilities available to those enterprises.

4.10 The broad objectives of the Campus are:

(i) to encourage new innovative industries to develop in St. Helens;

(ii) to provide employment in new industries for local people.

(iii) to provide an area where such industries can develop, using the excellentfacilities offered by the main training organisations in St. Helens;

(iv) to publicise, promote and realise the full potential of the training facilitiesavailable in the Borough;

(v) to promote the interchange of ideas between academics and new innovativeenterprises;

(vi) to encourage the commercial development of research findings and to promotetechnology transfer.


Housing Strategy

4.11 The Council's Housing Strategy is integral to its economic and social strategies andseeks to attract and keep people in the Borough and to provide a decent livingenvironment for residents in the tenure of their choice.

4.12 The objectives of the housing strategy are:

(i) to assess housing need in the Borough in relation to demand, suitability,affordability and condition;

(ii) to analyse housing stock condition across all tenures, measuring unfitness,disrepair and the need for investment;

(iii) to seek solutions both as a direct provider of housing and housing services andas the strategic authority working with a variety of agencies and organisations.These solutions will maximise resources available internally, throughGovernment programmes and through partnerships and joint working;

(iv) to manage the housing stock through a quality, effective service run inpartnership

(v) to ensure an integrated approach within the Council's broader economic andenvironmental regeneration strategy and encompassing its social care andcommunity services plans.

4.13 As part of its enabling role, the Council is committed to using its powers andresources to help generate a range of housing opportunities across the Borough:

- new affordable rented and low-cost houses;- work with public and private sectors to attract government funding and other

special initiatives to facilitate housing development;- build on a wide range of partnership activities already in place with Housing

Associations and private builders to target selected areas in need;- promote the best use of the housing stock across all tenures, whilst

maintaining standards and ensuring good residential environments.

4.14 The resources required to secure the implementation of the housing strategy are thesubject of annual bids in the Housing Investment Programme. It is significant that theresource cover granted to the Council by Central Government has been declining andthis is likely to continue to determine the pace at which the housing strategy isimplemented during the Plan Period.


Priority Areas

4.15 An analysis of urban deprivation in St. Helens, using selected census indicators, hasrevealed two main areas with severe concentrations of deprivation. One is the innerareas of older terraced housing in St. Helens; the other is the Earlestown andWargrave areas of Newton-le-Willows. These were identified as the Council'spriority areas in 1983. Further consideration of deprivation led to the addition of theHaydock Industrial Estate and areas of Local Authority housing at Four Acre andCherry Tree Drive to those areas demonstrating particular problems.

Fig 10: Priority Areas

4.16 Aninitial analysis of the 1991 Census indicates that the older inner areas remain severelydeprived. It is the intention that these areas will be the focus for seeking Governmentand European funding, such as the Single Regeneration Budget.

4.17 Many social problems in such areas can be directly related to the effects ofunemployment and low income levels and lead to a high dependence on statutoryservices. Characteristically the areas are very poor environmentally and the provisionof social and community facilities is inadequate. The Council is undertaking furtherwork on ways in which resources can be targeted to areas of greatest need. It shouldbe pointed out, however, that the areas of the Borough which have the worst socialand economic problems do not necessarily coincide with areas having the bestdevelopment opportunities. The Council's strategy for tackling economic deprivationis based on the principle of promoting development in areas of the Borough with thegreatest potential for investment and jobs.


Environment Strategy

4.18 The protection and enhancement of the environment is viewed by the Council as anessential component of its economic policies to attract new investment and to createan attractive living environment for its residents.

4.19 Environmental policies are pursued on a variety of fronts and include the followingwhich have land-use implications.

4.20 The Council's land reclamation strategy is designed to provide a coherent approach tothe treatment of derelict and neglected land consistent with the Council's overalldevelopment plan and priority areas. Ravenhead Renaissance is one mechanism topromote the redevelopment of derelict land. A second initiative is also a partnershipbetween the public and private sector, focusing on derelict land which is unsuitablefor supporting hard after-uses like housing and industry. This project, known as'Wasteland to Woodland' concentrates on the southern and eastern parts of theBorough, where there is the greatest concentration of despoiled land. Throughlarge-scale woodland development the project aims to:

(i) create a new landscape from derelict and underused land;

(ii) create a new recreational resource;

(iii) enhance the appearance of economic development sites;

(iv) secure a positive land use for sites where hard after-use is not possible;

(v) conserve and enhance the area's natural resources;

(vi) achieve the above in a partnership between the public, the private andvoluntary sectors and involving the local community.

Fig 11: Wasteland to Woodland Core Area


4.21 Wasteland to Woodland will form part of the Mersey Forest (see para. 3.15).

4.22 The Council has invested in the creation of Greenways, One route of particularsignificance is the Sankey Valley Park, which links St. Helens to Warrington andHalton along the route of the St. Helens Canal. In 1991 work commenced to restorethe Ravenhead branch of the canal close to the Town Centre, as an integral part ofthe Ravenhead Renaissance and Wasteland to Woodland initiatives.Stretches of the canal adjacent to the Technology Campus and between Pocket NookStreet and Corporation Street have now been fully restored.

4.23 The Council's Policy for Nature sets out a range of policies to protect, manage andenhance the considerable wildlife resources of the Borough. The land-use policieshave been updated and incorporated into the UDP.

4.24 A "Clean Up Campaign", launched in 1989 seeks to establish a programme ofongoing action with all sections of the community. Improvements to the road and railcorridors and prominent open space areas feature as key elements of a campaignwhich recognises the poor image of the Borough presented to visitors and potentialinvestors. Although, as yet, only limited priority has been given to ConservationAreas and Listed Buildings, a successful pilot project has secured the removal ofexcess advertising material along the A572.

4.25 In 1982 Operation Groundwork was established in St. Helens and Knowsley. Thesuccess of this pioneer Groundwork area has subsequently resulted in theestablishment of a Groundwork Foundation and many other Groundwork Truststhroughout the country. Underlying Operation Groundwork objectives is a concern toprotect and enhance the environment. Operation Groundwork has been a learningexperience for the Council and has seen, among other things, the preparation of thePolicy for Nature and changing perceptions of the nature and solutions to the problemof derelict land. The opportunity has been taken to incorporate the lessons of theGroundwork experience into the UDP. The close working relationship between theGroundwork Trust and the Council will also remain a key partnership to secureenvironmental improvement and countryside recreation.

Transport Policies and Programme

4.26 The Transport Policies and Programme (TPP) is submitted annually to theDepartment of Transport and forms the basis on which capital allocations and grantsare obtained. It sets out the Council's policies and proposed programme for alltransport capital spending on local roads which the Council considers best meets theneeds of its area. It also includes an outline road programme for five years ahead,together with polices and programmes for highway maintenance.

4.27 The TPP is consistent with the transport policies and proposals in the UDP.

4.28 From 1995/96 onwards the Council has submitted a package bid for transportationschemes in association with the other Merseyside District Councils and theMerseyside Passenger Transport Authority. The bids were based on the strategydeveloped by the MERITS study (see para. 3.14).


5. RESOURCES AND IMPLEMENTATION

5.1 The Unitary Development Plan must have regard to the resources which will beavailable to implement its polices. Over a ten year period this is impossible to predictwith any accuracy. Underpinning the Plan, therefore, are three basic principles.

5.2 First, that the level of resources available to the Council directly via Governmentsupport to business and domestic ratepayers is unlikely to rise significantly aboveexisting levels.

5.3 Second, the Plan's policies are presented in such a way as to take advantage ofresources as and when they become available.

5.4 Third, the Council must encourage resources into the Borough by whatever meanspossible. This includes developing partnerships with both the private and voluntarysectors, which is consistent with the growing importance of Councils as enabling andco-ordinating agencies.

Funding availability

5.5 Changes in the systems for determining the funding of Local Government have led toa reduction in the proportion of the Council's expenditure met by Central Governmentover the last 10 year. Government spending targets are used as a basis for controllingexpenditure. In practice, this means that there may be a mismatch between what theCouncil perceive as a spending requirement and the resources actually available.

5.6 A good example of this is the consistent gap between the Council's annual HousingInvestment programme bid and the approved allocation.

5.7 The likelihood of insufficient resources means that policies will have to be prioritised.

5.8 Grant aid and funding approval for the implementation of the Plan's policies will bepursued through a number of bid strategies including:

(i) Housing Investment Programme (HIP);

(ii) Derelict Land Grant (DLG);

(iii) Capital Challenge;

(iv) Transport Policies and programme (TPP);

(v) Single Regeneration Budget (SRB)

(vi) Objective 1 Plan;

(vii) Countryside Recreation Strategy.

5.9 These are all the subject of separate strategy statements and bids, usually on an annualbasis, although initiatives such as the SRB have longer term programmes. Account


will have to be taken of changes within funding regimes, such as the establishment in1994 of English Partnerships and its responsibility for administering derelict landgrant. The UDP will provide an important dimension to each of these strategies,including safeguarding of land, policy support, environmental protection and a stabledevelopment context to assist investment confidence.

5.10 It will be important to secure private sector assistance to implement the Plan'spolicies. This is consistent with Strategic Guidance.

5.11 The Council has already made a considerable effort to develop partnerships with theprivate sector. Ravenhead Renaissance (para. 4.5) and Wasteland to Woodland (para.4.20) indicate the type of mechanism which may be appropriate over the plan period.

Implementation

5.12 The policies contained in the plan will be implemented in a number of ways and by anumber of separate agencies. The main mechanisms are summarised below.

Development Control

5.13 The great majority of policies provide specific guidance to potential developers.Accordingly, the local planning authority, through the development control process,will exert a significant contribution to fulfilling the aims and objectives of the plan.The process of development control by the grant of planning permission (with orwithout conditions or a S.106 Agreement) or the refusal of permission will control thelocation and character of development and its impact on surroundings.

Consultation

5.14 In its consideration of planning applications the Council will consult a wide range ofindividuals and organisations including those who can provide specific guidance andtechnical advice. In addition to General Development policies such as GEN 1, whichwill activate a number of consultations, there are several policies contained in thePlan which will necessitate specific advice, including the following:-

ENV 4 & 5 Lancashire Wildlife Trust and English Nature

ENV 14 Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food

ENV 23 Sites and Monuments Record, Liverpool Museum

ENV 26 Merseyside Waste Disposal Authority (MWDA)

ENV 27 & 28 Health and Safety Executive (HSE)

ENV 29 Environment Agency (EA), HSE and other appropriate pollutioncontrol agencies


ENV 30 Environment Agency

REC 7 Environment Agency

Private Sector and Partnership

5.15 The driving force behind the majority of development will be the private sector and itis through this mechanism that most of the residential and industrial investment willbe secured.

5.16 The Council will continue to take an active role to guide and assist the private sector,and in appropriate circumstances will continue with existing formal partnerships ordevelop new working relationships such as, Ravenhead Renaissance (see para. 4.5)and Wasteland to Woodland or develop new working relationships including the SRBpartnerships.

Capital Funding

5.17 As explained in para. 5.3, many of the policies involving capital expenditure by theCouncil will be implemented as and when resources permit. A small number ofproposals in the Plan are in current capital programmes for implementation in theshorter term.

5.18 The Council intends, as part of its monitoring of the Plan to report annually throughthe appropriate Committee mechanisms on achievements over the preceding year andidentify projects for inclusion in future capital programmes and bids for fundingapproval.

Agencies and Organisations

5.19 There are a wide range of agencies and organisations who will be instrumental in planimplementation in a variety of ways by advising, grant aiding, direct funding,enforcement and so on. The Council has a close working relationship with many ofthese such as the Groundwork Trust, Merseytravel, English Partnerships and HousingAssociations. Formal working arrangements where they exist, such as the WildlifeAdvisory Group and Housing Association Liaison Group, will continue, and whereappropriate, new working arrangements may be developed.


6. MONITORING

6.1 It will be necessary to ensure that the policies and proposals in the Plan are up to dateand continue to be relevant. This will involve monitoring the key factors influencingdevelopment upon which the policies have been based.

6.2 Local planning authorities have a duty to keep under review the matters which maybe expected to affect the development of their area or the planning of its development(Town and Country Planning Act 1990, Section 11). The results of the monitoringprocess will influence the timing and scope of any review affecting the UDP.

6.3 Strategic Guidance for Merseyside states that in consultation with neighbouringstrategic planning authorities the Councils should pay particular attention to:

(i) the scale and pace of urban regeneration;

(ii) trends in the factors affecting housing provision in the County;

(iii) the success of the Green Belt in restricting the outward growth of the build-upareas and re-directing development to inner city areas;

(iv) the effects of shopping development outside existing centres on the shoppingand other functions of those centres and on the shopping public.

6.4 These issues remain relevant in relation to Regional Planning Guidance for the NorthWest.

6.5 It is intended that monitoring will be continuous and the results published on a regularbasis, most probably at six monthly intervals. Considerable emphasis will be placedon the monitoring of planning applications, permissions and development to assess:

(i) developments in the Green Belt;

(ii) industrial land take up and floorspace;

(iii) retail development by type and floorspace;

(iv) residential land take up and housing completions by number and type;

(v) reclamation and development of vacant land;

(vi) developments affecting greenspaces including Sites of Community WildlifeInterest.

6.6 A particularly important issue affecting plan monitoring is the 1991 Census. Thehousing targets contained in Strategic Guidance were based on 1983-base OPCSprojections derived from the 1981 Census.Population forecast and household projections based on the 1991 Census will formthe basis of future monitoring of the Plan and collaboration with the MerseysideDistricts on the development and implementation of Regional Planning Guidance.


PART 1

POLICIES

St. Helens Unitary Development Plan 41

SECURING NATURECONSERVATION INTERESTS; AND

(v)

IMPROVING DAMAGED ANDDERELICT LAND;

(iv)

RETAINING ATTRACTIVELANDSCAPES, AND ENHANCINGLANDSCAPES NEAR TO WHEREPEOPLE LIVE;

(iii)

the extent to which the use of land fulfils theseobjectives is not itself a material factor in theinclusion of land within the Green Belt, or in itscontinued protection.

PROVIDING OPPORTUNITIES FOROUTDOOR SPORT AND OUTDOORRECREATION NEAR THE URBANAREA;

(ii)

PROVIDING OPPORTUNITIES FORACCESS TO THE OPENCOUNTRYSIDE FOR THE URBANPOPULATION;

(i)

Within the Green Belt, the use of land has apositive role to play in fulfilling the objectivesstated in Policy S1A and planning applications willbe considered accordingly. This is particularlyrelevant in St. Helens where the Green Belt coversmost of the Borough's countryside, there is acommitment to urban fringe management andenhancement consistent with CountrysideCommission advice, there is Groundwork Trustactivity and extensive afforestation and recreationopportunities within the Mersey Forest. However

THE COUNCIL WILL HAVE REGARDTO THE POSITIVE ROLE THAT LANDWITHIN THE GREEN BELT CAN PLAYIN FULFILLING THE FOLLOWINGOBJECTIVES:

S1AGREEN BELT OBJECTIVES

It has also become apparent in using the existingGreen Belt Local Plan that there are a number ofboundary anomalies and draughting errors. Tocomply with guidance in PPG 2 Revised, theseanomalies have been corrected.

Having reviewed the land availability forresidential and economic development, the Councilis satisfied that no significant amendments areneeded to the Green Belt boundary to accommodateforeseeable development needs. However,rationalisation is necessary in a few locations.

ASSIST URBAN REGENERATIONBY ENCOURAGING THERECYCLING OF DERELICT ANDOTHER URBAN LAND.

(iv)

Planning Policy Guidance: Green Belt (PPG 2)places great emphasis on the permanence andprotection of Green Belt boundaries and Strategicguidance for Merseyside (PPG 11) now supersededby Regional Planning Guidance for the North West(RPG 13) confirms that the main objectives of theGreen Belt are to check urban sprawl, safeguardvaluable countryside and assist urban regeneration.The purposes of including land in the Green Beltare of paramount importance to their continuedprotection.

CHECK THE UNRESTRICTEDSPRAWL OF LARGE BUILT-UPAREAS;

PREVENT NEIGHBOURINGTOWNS FROM MERGING INTOONE ANOTHER;

ASSIST IN SAFEGUARDING THECOUNTRYSIDE FROMENCROACHMENT;

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

A Green Belt boundary was established in 1983when the former Merseyside County Counciladopted the Merseyside Green Belt Local Plan.This defined a tight Green Belt boundary and wasan integral part of the strategy for urbanregeneration.

A GREEN BELT, AS DEFINED ON THE PROPOSALS MAP WILL BE MAINTAINED IN ORDER TO:

S1

GREEN BELT


Unemployment rates, which declined from a peakin 1985 but started to rise again from 1990, haveremained above the UK average. The St. Helensaverage masks pockets of the Borough where therate is significantly higher. The Borough'sindustrial structure remains extremely sensitive tochanging market conditions.

The industrial structure of St. Helens is in a processof change. Traditional industries such as glass, coaland engineering are in decline or replacing labourwith capital investment. There is a legacy ofworkers with redundant skills. Whilethe employment structure reflects an increasingproportion within the service sector, this remainsbelow the national average and is insufficient tocompensate for job losses from the industrialsector.

There is a projected decline of 4,000people in the 16-24 age range between1993 and 2001

*

37% of the unemployed have beenunemployed for over a year (July 1995).

*

and minimising conflict between economicactivity and residential amenity

(vi)35% of the unemployed are aged 24 andunder (July 1995).

*

promotion of environmental improvementsgenerally within industrial and commercialareas;

(v)Between 1978 and 1991 male full-timeemployment fell by 18,744.

*

development and improvement of road andrail links serving the Borough;

safeguarding and promoting St. Helens TownCentre as a focus of economic activity;

(iii)

(iv)

Bold Colliery closed in 1985 (700 joblosses), Sutton Manor in 1991 (400 joblosses), Parkside in 1993 (750 job losses),SmithKline Beecham in 1994 (500 joblosses).

*

provision of a framework forimplementation, with specific attention to theSouthern Corridor and Haydock priorityareas;

(ii)Capital investment replaces labour, eg.Pilkington's UK5 Float Glass Plantcosting £70 million replaced 3,000employees with 250.

*

allocation of an adequate range of economicdevelopment sites to meet the needs ofexisting, expanding and new businesses;

(i)Between 1978 and 1986 the Boroughexperienced 20,000 job losses, 66% ofwhich were from the glass industry.

*Keys Facts

The Unitary Development Plan has a number ofimportant functions to fulfil in relation to theEconomic Strategy:

A healthy economy is an essential requirement ofurban regeneration and social well-being. TheCouncil therefore gives a high priority to itsEconomic Strategy, which seeks to address theissues through a wide range of mechanisms,including the provision of transport infrastructure,availability of land and premises, business advice,education and training and environmentalimprovement.

THE COUNCIL WILL ENSURE THATSUFFICIENT INDUSTRIAL ANDCOMMERCIAL LAND IS AVAILABLETO PROVIDE A WIDE CHOICE BY SIZE,LOCATION AND SUITABILITY FORDIFFERENT USES.

S2

PROVISION OF LAND FOR ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

SUSTAINING AGRICULTURE,FORESTRY AND RELATED USES.

(vi)


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

A total of 198 hectares of land are allocated foreconomic development on 50 sites (Policy ECON1). The majority of these sites are contaminated,small, unattractive, lacking basic infrastructure orremote from the strategic highway network. Afurther restraining factor on development is thehistorical legacy of industrial development and sitesin close proximity to housing. This problem is atits worst in the Sutton Area (Area 6).

Land allocation

Labour force projections indicate that thepopulation of working age will decline, particularlywith fewer young people entering the labourmarket. In addition to UDP policies to encouragenew industrial investment, which will assist infurther diversifying the economic base with modernprocesses, there will be a need for complementaryefforts to address the issue of training.

Source: St. Helens - WURM UK - NOMIS

Fig. 12: Unemployment Rates (unadjusted)


St.Helens

UK

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

Apr

198

5

Financial Year

Apr

198

6A

pr 1

987

Apr

198

9A

pr 1

990

Apr

199

1A

pr 1

992

Apr

199

3A

pr 1

994

Apr

199

6

Apr

198

4

Apr

199

7A

pr 1

998

Apr

199

5

Apr

198

8

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

competition from elsewhere, such asWarrington New Town;

(iii)depressed rental levels;(ii)lack of demand;(i)

The period 1980-1993 was characterised by agenerally low level of industrial land take-up (seeFigure 14). The take-up varied from 5.8 ha in 1991to 0.55 ha in 1982, averaging out at 2.36 ha perannum, which was well below the MerseysideStructure Plan allocation of 10.28 ha per annum.The low level can be attributed to a variety offactors, including:

Industrial Land Demand

As indicated in paragraph 3.13, this studycommissioned by the five Merseyside Districtsidentified three sites in St. Helens of strategicsignificance at Lea Green Farm (5Ec1), MillfieldPoint 23 (2Ec1) and Rainhill Hospital (5Ec10) ,which should enable St. Helens to compete withother regions for inward investment.

Strategic Sites and Premises Study

While the Council will continue to take steps tobring forward existing sites and remove constraints,it is of the view that the range and quality of theindustrial land base must be improved to meet thevariable needs of modern industry. includingexisting firms' expansion or relocation needs, thegeneration of new business within St. Helens andincreasing inward investment. This objective isalso a requirement of Strategic Guidance.

Size of Sites (ha)

Fig. 13: Size of Industrial Sites


5

10

15

20

25

30

Num

ber

of S

ites

< 0.4 0.4-1 1-5 5-10 10-20 >20

Source: Development Plans Section

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

Source: Economic Development Unit

The Southern Corridor and Haydock estate havebeen identified as the areas where economicactivity in the form of industry, office andwarehouse/distribution development should beencouraged. The Council will concentrate existingsources of finance towards the environmentalenhancement and infrastructure improvement ofallocated sites, and work in partnership withothers, to implement this Policy.

The Southern Corridor will be the main focus formajor new investment in the Borough over the

IN ORDER TO TAKE MAXIMUMADVANTAGE OF THE PRIMARY ROADNETWORK AND TO MINIMISE THEIMPACT OF INDUSTRIAL ANDCOMMERCIAL ACTIVITY ONRESIDENTIAL AREAS, THE COUNCIL'SPRIORITY LOCATIONS FORECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ARE(i) THE SOUTHERN CORRIDOR (AREA5)(ii) HAYDOCK INDUSTRIAL ESTATE(AREA2)

S3

PRIORITY LOCATIONS FOR ECONOMICDEVELOPMENT

Fig. 14: Industrial Land Take-Up

slow-down in the growth of Warrington NewTown.

(iv)

improved targeting and marketing by theMerseyside Districts;

(iii)

the opportunities offered by the constructionof the M62 Link Road;

(ii)

Major locally-based economic regenerationmechanisms, such as Ravenhead Renaissanceand St. Helens First;

(i)

Strategic Guidance contains no basic requirementsfor the amount of industrial land that should beallocated in the UDP. However, it is reasonable toassume that the annual demand for land up to 2001will be above the figure of 2.36 ha for the followingreasons:

Between April 1993 and April 1996 a further 28 hawere developed consisting predominantly of 20 haat Point 23.

lack of quality sites.(iv)


Mean

2468

10121416182022

Calendar Year93 94 95 96 9787 88 89 90 91 9282 83 84 85 861980 81

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

THE AVAILABLE SCOPE FORACCOMMODATING THEMWITHIN ALLOCATED AREAS;

(iii)

THE WIDER REGIONALCONTEXT;

(ii)

If large scale industrial or office developmentsgenerating a significant number of new jobopportunities are proposed outside allocated areas,the Council will need to consider whether anexception to existing policies should be made.Policy S4 sets down criteria against which suchproposals will be assessed. If a proposal were suchthat it would bring significant employment into theBorough, then the Council would have to carefullyconsider the potential benefits against the possiblelong-term effect of weakening key policies.

IN THE EVENT OF MAJOREMPLOYMENT-GENERATINGOPPORTUNITIES ARISING OUTSIDEALLOCATED AREAS THE COUNCILWILL CONSIDER THEM AGAINST THEFOLLOWING TESTS:

(i) THE CONTRIBUTION THE DEVELOPMENT WOULD MAKE TO THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE COUNCIL'S ECONOMIC OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES;

S4

ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT OUTSIDEALLOCATED AREAS

This has particularly been the case in Area 6, Parr,Sutton and Bold. The M62 Linkway introduces asignificant new opportunity to improve thedistribution of economic development and reducethe impact of industrial development in residentialareas.

The Council is concerned that the historicaldevelopment of St. Helens has left a legacy ofexisting allocations which, if developed, could giverise to significant conflict between industrial useand residential amenity.

The Town and Country Planning Act 1990 requireslocal planning authorities to consider if SimplifiedPlanning Zones (SPZs) would be appropriate as aspecial stimulus to economic activity for any part oftheir area. Consideration has been given to SPZstatus for the Ravenhead and Haydock areas.However, the Council has taken the view that themost appropriate mechanism to promote economicactivity is close working with the private sector,such as the Ravenhead Renaissance partnership,linked to a positive and flexible response todevelopment proposals.

The Haydock Industrial Estate is well establishedand a well-known existing area of investment. It iswell located in relation to the primary roadnetwork, contains a number of availabledevelopment sites and is conveniently located forhotels and Haydock Park Racecourse, which hasgood exhibition and conference facilities.

The Lea Green Farm and Millfield Lane (Point 23)sites, identified in the Strategic Sites and PremisesStudy are located within the Priority locations.

Plan Period. The Council already invested heavilyin the area by constructing the M62 Link Road,which will improve access to existing sites andenable new ones to be developed.


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

The Council is committed to protecting andimproving existing centres, particularly the TownCentre, and this is consistent with RegionalGuidance and PPG 6. It recognises that shoppingcentres are often in need of improvement to meetchanges in the operational needs of retailers and tomake them more attractive to shoppers.Modernisation and refurbishment of town centres iswelcomed in PPG 6 and the Council will continueto encourage the enhancement of the Town Centrethrough environmental improvements,traffic-management schemes, the

There are 15 Local Centres restricted primarily toconvenience and local service provision which playan important role, in addition to their immediatefunction, by acting as a community focus for thepopulations they serve. They are listed in Schedule2, accompanying Part 2 Policy RET 1.

Elsewhere, only Earlestown is of sufficient size,with a range of retail outlets, to be considered aDistrict Centre, in addition to providingconvenience shopping for nearby residential areas.

St. Helens Town Centre is a shopping centre ofmajor importance within Merseyside. TheMerseyside Structure Plan classified St. Helens asone of a group of second tier "major shoppingcentres" after Liverpool City Centre. Severalshopping studies have shown that it draws its tradefrom a catchment area which approximates with theBorough boundary, although these studies werecarried out before the opening of major new storesand environmental refurbishment in the towncentre.

convenient and pleasant surroundings, is animportant component of the quality of life.Restricted access to shops, or a poor choice ofshops, is a form of deprivation which may makeworse other inequalities. It is also important thatthose who rely on public transport can gain accessto retail centres.

REQUIRE PROPOSALS FORLARGE-SCALE NEW RETAILDEVELOPMENT OUTSIDEEXISTING CENTRES TO SATISFYTHE CRITERIA DETAILED INPOLICY RET 2.

(iii)

PERMIT PROPOSALS WHICHIMPROVE THE ATTRACTIVENESSOF EXISTING CENTRES;

(ii)

PERMIT NEW RETAILDEVELOPMENT WITHINEXISTING RETAIL CENTRES;

(i)The quality, location and efficiency of retailingfacilities are of great importance to the Borough asa whole and to its local communities. Shopping is akey factor in the Borough's local economy,providing major employment opportunities andattracting new investment and business confidenceinto the area. Access to a range of shops withcompetitive prices, and the ability to shop in

THE COUNCIL WILL:S5RETAIL DEVELOPMENT

THE IMPACT ON THE UDP'SOTHER POLICIES FOR GREENBELT, ENVIRONMENT ANDTRANSPORT

(v)

MAINTAINING THE INTEGRITYOF THE URBAN REGENERATIONSTRATEGY;

(iv)


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

In estimating housebuilding requirements, thenumber of households has been taken to increasefrom 68,565 in 1986 (DOE projections) by 1,246 to69,811 in 1991 and by a further 447 to 70,258 in2001. An assumption of a clearance rate of 400dwellings per annum from 1991 onwards wasmade. Vacancy rates in St. Helens are assumed torise to 3.8% by the year 2001, in line with the trendbetween 1971 - 1981.

Source: P2 and NHBC Returns

Fig. 15: St. Helens Housebuilding Progress 1980 - 1993

replacement of properties demolished.(iii)

the need for new dwellings arising fromgrowth in the number of households;

(ii)

Strategic Guidance requires that 6,700 newdwellings are accommodated in St. Helens duringthe period April 1986 to March 2001. Thisrepresents an annual house building rate of 450dwellings. This figure has been derived fromassumptions relating to:

(i) allowance for trends in the number of vacant dwellings;

THE COUNCIL WILL ENSURE THATSUFFICIENT LAND IS MADEAVAILABLE DURING THE PERIODAPRIL 1986 TO MARCH 2001 TOACCOMMODATE THE STRATEGICGUIDANCE HOUSING REQUIREMENTOF 6,700 NEW DWELLINGS

S6

PROVISION OF LAND FOR RESIDENTIALDEVELOPMENT

For the purposes of this policy and Policy RET 2large-scale is defined as having a gross floor-spaceof around 1,000 square metres or more.

provision of adequate car and cycle parking andimproved provision for those with special accessneeds.


100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

1980

/1

1992

/3

1981

/2

1993

/4

1986

/7

1982

/319

83/4

1984

/5

1991

/2

1985

/6

1990

/1

1988

/919

89/9

0

1987

/8

1994

/519

95/6

1996

/719

97/8

Financial Year

The Council will continue to review during thePlan Period the land available for housing andits suitability for a variety of marketrequirements.

The Merseyside Districts are nearingcompletion of the 1994-1999 study with thehousebuilders. St. Helens has achieved 94%agreement on its housing land supply.

St. Helens together with the other MerseysideDistricts and the House Builders Federationhave prepared a joint land availability study forthe period 1989 - 1994. This shows that theresidential land supply in St. Helens exceededthe five year requirement while satisfying themarket needs as defined by the private sectorhousebuilders. An Interim Study has also beenundertaken for the period 1992 - 1997.

Underfunding of housing renewal over many yearshas resulted in a backlog of clearance, a slow andpiecemeal redevelopment process and limitedimprovement programmes. The introduction ofHousing Renewal Areas, in the Local Governmentand Housing Act 1989, led to one of the firstHousing Renewal Areas in the country beingdeclared as part of the Sutton Village Initiative.However, progress has been severely hampered bythe lack of resources for grants and group repairs.

In recent years, the Council has invested heavily inits own stock to bring properties up to anacceptable standard. Since 1987, it hassuccessfully completed, or in the process ofcompleting 17 Estate Action and GreenhouseProgramme Schemes by investing over £58 millionin 3,671 houses. Yet despite this investment andthe Council's own initiatives, major repair worksare still required.

Planning Policy guidance: Housing (PPG 3)advises Councils to ensure that a five yearsupply of residential land is available and toundertake joint studies with the housebuilders.

Joint Land Availability Study

Fig. 16: Housing Stock April 1995

Private Sector 52,537 71.8%

Council Houses 16,594 22.7%

Housing Association 3,829 5.2%

Other Public Sector 165 0.2%

Total Housing Stock 73,125 100.0%

Source: HIP 1996/97 Submission

The implications of these figures are currentlybeing assessed by the Merseyside Districts inassociation with the other North West localauthorities in the context of Regional PlanningGuidance for the North West. It is on the basisof this Guidance that the housing landrequirement and how this can be met will bereassessed

St. Helens has, in conjunction with the otherMerseyside Districts conducted a survey intoprivate sector stock conditions. The survey carriedout in 1995 indicated that 20% of all private homesare unfit, with 55% of houses built before 1919unfit. In terms of the Council's stock, up to 70% ofthe Council houses need major investment

The 1993 DOE household projectionsdemonstrate a significant increase in the numberof households between 1991 and 2001, whilstthe need to replace cleared housing (currentlyless than 50 per annum) is significantly lessthan the 400 per annum assumed in Strategicguidance. Similarly the vacancy rate from the1991 Census (3.0%) is significantly less thanthose figures previously assumed.

There are considerable problems of unfitness in theBorough, caused by a combination of the age of theproperties, poor construction techniques, poorground conditions resulting from traditionalindustries, such as coal mining.

Whilst there is no justification for seeking analteration of Strategic Guidance housebuildingtargets, it remains necessary to monitor buildingrates and demographic trends.

It is also necessary to ensure that the land supplycaters for all housing needs.

Existing Housing Stock

The Borough's housing stock consistspredominantly of late 19th and early 20th Centuryterraced and semi-detached private housing,interspersed with pockets of low-rise Councilhousing.

In comparison with the Strategic Guidancehousing requirement of 450 completions peryear, housing completions reached a peak in1980/81 and 1981/82 (707 and 610respectively) before falling to 239 units in1987/88. Since then there has been a recovery,peaking again in 1993/94 and 1994/95 (797 and687 respectively). The average annual housingcompletion rate April 1986 to March 1996 is481.


Homelessness is also a reflection of the shortageof affordable accommodation within theBorough. Homelessness applications havecontinued to rise since 1989.

Right to buy sales and estate re-modelling hassignificantly reduced the options available inthe Council stock, whilst, applications forrehousing have continued to rise since 1991.

A total area of 170 hectares is allocated forresidential purposes which it is estimated couldaccommodate approximately 3,955 dwellings. Forsites identified in the UDP (RES 1) without detailedplanning permission, an estimate of the likelynumber of dwellings has been derived from recentdevelopments and is considered to be realistic forSt. Helens. The small sites contribution (<0.4 ha) isa conservative figure derived from the rate ofcompletions (100 per annum) 1990 - 1995 and isconsistent with advice in PPG 3. Similarly,windfall sites contribution (>0,4 ha, <1 ha) is alsobased on a past rate of

This is not resolved in the rented sector, wherelow wage households, once in rentedaccommodation, are often caught in the 'benefittrap' of being unable to afford high rents.

If local needs of Borough residents are to bemet in the future, then changing housing needsmust be monitored. The Plan will provide theframework for identifying and promoting siteswhich are appropriate for meeting particularhousing needs. This can be defined as any typeof housing for which needs are not adequatelyprovided, and would include elderly, disabledor homeless people, one parent families oraffordable housing.

St. Helens is a low wage, high unemploymenteconomy, yet house prices have remainedrelatively high in a buoyant housing market.44% of young households in St. Helens cannotafford to buy property and many households areexperiencing difficulty in paying for theirhousing.

The Council are aware that as the urbanregeneration strategy relies on attracting newinvestment and new businesses into the Borough,particularly the Southern Corridor and HaydockPark Industrial Estate, it may undermine theconfidence of the senior and management personnelof potential new businesses or industries if the Planoverlooked their housing requirements. The needsof this sector as well as the retention of existingresidents have therefore been considered andallowed for in the Plan's policies and proposals.There are sufficient sites identified under PolicyRES 1 to offer housing for this sector, generally inaccordance with the proportion of the highersocio-economic groups in the Borough'spopulation.

Land Supply

Housing Needs

The issue of affordable low-cost housing isparticularly important in St. Helens. The Councilwill follow the lead provided by PPG 3 (paras38-44) and the Circular 13/96 Planning andAffordable Housing issued in 1996, and pursue theprovision on certain sites of a reasonable mix andbalance of house types and sizes to cater for a rangeof housing needs. Such housing may be suppliedthrough partnership or trust arrangements withother housing agencies or planningconditions/agreements to ensure that such housingis reserved for those who need it.

The Council considers it important that newresidential development creates a good qualityenvironment and that the quality of existingresidential areas is protected and improved.This will be pursued by the application of therelevant development control policies (GEN 5,6), particularly to provide open space withinnew developments and to make newdevelopments accessible to those with specialneeds. Reference should be made to trafficcalming measures required by TRA 2.

Quality of Residential Areas

The lack of suitable vacancies in both public andprivate sector housing, particularly for elderly andyoung single people, has increased the demand toprovide more and better houses targeted at theseparticular sectors of the market. St. Helens Care inthe Community programme which caters for peoplewith mental illness, learning or physical disabilities,children and families and elderly people,emphasises the need for accommodation to beprovided within the community rather than ininstitutions. St. Helens is especially affected by therun-down of six regional hospitals.

Maintenance and improvement of both thepublic and private sector stock in the olderhousing areas is important to ensure thatclearance and new house building requirementsare minimised. Priority will be given to existingimprovement programmes, whilst establishingthe framework for future provisions, ifprocedural and financial arrangements allow.


Comparison with current building rate ie.481 pa = 9.4 years

Comparison with Strategic Guidance rate ie.450 pa = 10 years

Total anticipated supply = 4,522Conversion/Net gain contribution + 60Windfall Contribution + 175Small Sites Contribution + 500Supply Contributing beyond 2001 + 1,352

New Build Contribution (identified in Policy RES 1 and on other committedlarge sites) to 2001 2,435

Balance to be supplied Apr 1996 - Mar 2001 = 1,892

Units completed Apr 1986-Mar 1996 4,808

Strategic Guidance (450 pa) 6,700Fig. 17: Housing Land Supply (April 1996)

The overall land supply situation means thatamendments to the Green Belt boundary forhousing purposes will not be necessary during,nor immediately beyond the Plan Period,consistent with advice in PPG 2, and ensuresthat a wide range of sites by size, location andquality appropriate to market requirements isavailable, which is also consistent with advicein PPG 3.

The Regional Context

The Secretary of State's response to the Cheshire2001 Examination in Public called for greaterawareness between strategic planning authorities inthe North West, especially when forecasting andestimating housing land provision. St. Helens wasmentioned as an area where housing demand couldbe met as a result of increased employment development in Warrington.

Since then, authorities in the North West havecombined to assist in the preparation of RegionalPlanning Guidance (RPG 13) which was issued bythe Secretary of State in May 1996. Regular liaisontakes place between St. Helens and the otherMerseyside Districts and informal links have beendeveloped with other neighbouring authorities.RPG and the liaison mechanisms will provide theframework for reassessing future housingrequirements beyond 2001 to be incorporated in afuture revision of this Plan.

completions (35 per annum) but is defined so asnot to double count the small sites assumption.An assumption is also included for thecontribution which housing conversions maketo the dwellings stock, although this is verylimited in St. Helens. The contribution whichthese allocations make to Strategic Guidancerequirements are shown in Fig. 17. Thehousing land allocation in the Plan meets theStrategic Guidance requirements for the period1986 - 2001 and, the respective five year landsupply requirement. In addition, the supplyexceeds the requirement by 5.8 years, assuminga continuation of completions at the rate of 450units per annum. There are other additionalsites which could accommodate residentialdevelopment in the long term, such as BoldPower Station (Policy AP 6.3).


that new development which occursminimises the impact on the environment;and

(ii)

that all development proposals take fullaccount of those policies which seek toprotect the Borough's environmentalresources;

(i)

This policy will guide the consideration of alldevelopment proposals and planning applications inthe Borough, and will ensure:

The planning system, and the preparation ofdevelopment plans in particular, can contribute tothe objectives of ensuring that development andgrowth are sustainable (PPG 12, para 1.8).

The definition of sustainability and sustainabledevelopment varies widely as does the perceptionof the weight to be placed on environmental mattersto secure sustainable development. Aim 6 of thePlan (para 1.1), identifies the need to work towardsthe principles of sustainable development. TheGovernment, too, is in the process of developing itspolicies consistent with sustainability. For thepurposes of the UDP the definition contained inPPG 12 will be taken as the starting point. "Thesum total of decisions in the planning field, aselsewhere, should not deny future generations thebest of today's environment".

Development Plans are perceived as having a majorresponsibility in ensuring that environmentalconsiderations are comprehensively andconsistently taken into account. This includes the'traditional' aspects of planning concern such asnature conservation, the built environment andGreen Belt, as well as newer environmentalconcerns such as global warming and theconsumption of non-renewable resources.Development and growth should be sustainable.

The importance of the environment and the carefulstewardship of natural resources is an issue ofgrowing importance recognised at the international,European and national levels of decision making.The Government's White Paper 'This CommonInheritance' is Britain's first comprehensive surveyof all aspects of environmental concern.

Policy S7 is intended, therefore, to address allmatters of environmental concern including impactson air, water, soil, landscape and amenity.

In considering the impact of development oncertain elements of the environment, such as thebest and most versatile agricultural land (ENV 14)and Sites of Special Scientific Interest (ENV 4),minimises any adverse effect may be interpreted ashaving no adverse effect.

THE COUNCIL IS COMMITTED TO THEPROTECTION AND ENHANCEMENT OFTHE ENVIRONMENT. PLANNINGPERMISSION FOR NEWDEVELOPMENT WILL ONLY BEPERMITTED WHERE IT MINIMISESANY ADVERSE EFFECT ON THEENVIRONMENT. PROPOSALS FORNEW DEVELOPMENT WILL HAVEREGARD TO THE NEED TO CONSERVEAND REDUCE DEMANDS FOR ENERGY,ESPECIALLY FOSSIL FUELS, AND TOREDUCE THE NEED TO TRAVEL,PARTICULARLY BY PRIVATE CAR

S7SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

Nevertheless this Plan gives great attention toenvironmental considerations. Manyenvironmental organisations have been activelyinvolved in the Plan's preparation. The Plan hassought a balance between the needs of developmentwith the protection of the environment. Thestrategy of urban regeneration contributes tosustainable development by recycling derelict andvacant urban land, maximising the opportunity touse public transport, encouraging the use ofexisting infrastructure and defending thecountryside from urban sprawl. A wide range ofpolicies for the enhancement and protection of theenvironment are included, while Policy S7 willensure that environmental considerations arecomprehensively and consistently taken intoaccount.

To introduce an environmental appraisal at arelatively late stage of the plan process in aresponsible and comprehensive manner would taketime and delay final adoption. Alternatively, asuperficial appraisal would be misleading. It istherefore the Council's intention to carry out acomprehensive environmental appraisal at reviewstage.

Government guidance emphasises the need forlocal authorities to consider the environmentalimplications of their development plans and PPG12 introduced the requirement to undertakeenvironmental appraisals of development plans.

Environmental appraisal

The Government has made clear the intention towork towards ensuring that development andgrowth are sustainable. This is likely to be anevolving process and this Policy will be applied inthe light of Government Guidance on sustainability.

Reference should be made to Part 2 policies, inparticular those in t he Environment chapter whichgive greater definition to the environmentalresource. However, concern for the environmentshould run through all developments andaccordingly account should also be taken ofGeneral Development Policy GEN 1.

that in the context of (ii) and guidancecontained in PPG 13, proposals will beconsidered in the context of how access canbe improved by encouraging developmentpatterns which give people the chance ofusing more environment-friendly means oftransport than the car. In this way, land-useplanning can help to reduce transportemissions into the atmosphere as well asreduce other impacts on the environment.

(iii)


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

Vacant land is a wasted resource and, given thescale of the problem in St. Helens, it is going totake many years to secure long-term beneficial usesfor all sites. In the interim, and subject to the

concentrating efforts to improve theappearance of the main road and railcorridors in the Borough.

(iv)

promoting the redevelopment of clearedhousing sites to an agreed programme;

(iii)

incorporating sites into policies for natureconservation, woodland development andgreenways. 20% of vacant and derelict landis of sufficient wildlife merit to be identifiedas Sites of Community Wildlife Interest(Policy ENV 5); Policy ENV 10 allocates300 ha (31% of the vacant and derelict landtotal) for woodland development;

(ii)

incorporating sites into allocations for hardafter uses such as housing and industry. 65%of the land allocated for housing (Policy RES1) is currently vacant or derelict as is 73% ofthe industrial allocation (Policy ECON 1);

(i)

CONTRIBUTE TO THEREQUIREMENTS OF LOCALCOMMUNITIES SURROUNDINGTHE SITE

(vii)

It must also be recognised that derelict land can beof positive benefit, providing recreationalopportunities and a haven for wildlife. The need totake this into account in any proposals affectingderelict land is reflected in Policy ENV 8. TheCouncil will continue its efforts to reclaim derelictland through a variety of mechanisms andpartnerships with the private sector will be animportant aspect. To these ends the UDP includespolicies to make the best use of derelict land by:

IMPROVE THE APPEARANCE OFTHE LOCALITY;

(vi)

REMOVE OR SAFELY CONTAINCONTAMINATION ANDOTHERWISE IMPROVE PUBLICSAFETY;

(v)

CREATE RECREATIONRESOURCES;

(iv)

Derelict land constitutes a major problem adverselyaffecting the image of the area both as a place inwhich to live and work; discouraging inwardinvestment; attracting fly tipping, concealingdangers due to the condition of the ground or inplaces the hazardous nature of the material dumped.One specific constraint is that of methanegeneration from waste disposal sites in theBorough.

CONTRIBUTE TO THE MERSEYFOREST THROUGH WOODLANDCREATION;

(iii)

PROTECT AND ENHANCENATURE CONSERVATION VALUE;

(ii)

While this uses a broader definition than the DOE'sofficial definition, it is believed to be a moreaccurate reflection of environmental degradationand the importance of pursuing the treatment ofsuch land through a wide range of policies. Thepolicy also covers derelict structures.

CONTRIBUTE TO THERESIDENTIAL AND INDUSTRIALLAND SUPPLY;

(i)

The 1993 Department of the Environment survey ofderelict land identified 505 ha of derelict land in St.Helens an increase of 136 ha since the previoussurvey in 1988. However the true extent of vacantand despoiled land, in the Council's estimation, isover 900 ha.

THE COUNCIL WILL PROMOTE THEPOSITIVE USE OF VACANT ANDDERELICT LAND AND, IN SO DOING,WILL SUPPORT DEVELOPMENTPROPOSALS WHICH:

S8DERELICT AND VACANT LAND


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

The Merseyside Structure Plan identified two areasof heritage landscape within St. Helens, a northernarea around Billinge and Rainford, of attractiveundulating and wooded countryside, and a southernone incorporating the remains of the historiclandscape of Bold Hall.

The landscape provides an attractive setting for thebuilt-up areas and complements the recreationalpotential of the countryside. The most attractiveexisting landscape occurs in the northern andwestern parts of the Borough; by contrast thesouthern fringe of St. Helens has been badlyaffected by mineral working and industrialdevelopment.

There is a high proportion of Grade 1, 2 and 3Aagricultural land. Whilst the changing situationaffecting the agricultural industry will applypressure for farm amalgamation and diversification,it is expected that agriculture will remain important,both in economic and landscape terms.

ENCOURAGING THEPROTECTION AND PLANTING OFNEW WOODLANDS

(v)

IMPROVING PUBLIC ACCESS,WHERE APPROPRIATE;

(iv)

The countryside surrounding the built-up areacovers some 50% of the Borough and has animportant role to play in providing an attractivesetting and positive image, as well as presentingopportunities for amenity and recreation use.While the urban and rural areas of the Boroughpresent a range of difference environmental andplanning issues, they should not be viewed inisolation. There are important linkages, not leastthe footpath networks and open space wedges.These issues will also be developed in the Council'sCountryside Recreation Strategy.

SEEKING TO MINIMISECONFLICT BETWEENAGRICULTURAL OPERATIONSAND ACTIVITIES GENERATEDFROM WITHIN THE URBANAREAS;

(iii)

to conserve the diversity of our wildlife,particularly

by protecting and enhancing habitats

-

-

HAVING REGARD TO THEEFFECT OF DEVELOPMENT ONTHE APPEARANCE OF THELANDSCAPE;

(ii)

to encourage economic activity in rural areas;

to conserve and improve the landscape, andencourage opportunities for recreation;

-

-

THE PROTECTION OF THE BESTAND MOST VERSATILEAGRICULTURAL LAND (GRADES1, 2 AND 3A), FARM STRUCTUREAND VIABILITY;

(i)

The Council's policies for the countryside havebeen prepared to comply with guidance containedin Planning Policy Guidance: The Countryside andthe Rural Economy (PPG 7) and the government'spolicies for the countryside included in 'ThisCommon Inheritance', which are;

THE COUNCIL WILL SAFEGUARD THECOUNTRYSIDE FROM INAPPROPRIATEUSES AND DEVELOPMENT ANDWHERE APPROPRIATE, PROMOTE ITSQUIET AND INFORMAL ENJOYMENTBY THE GENERAL PUBLIC BY:

S9THE COUNTRYSIDE

There may also be opportunities for temporaryuses, such as sitting out areas, allotments and carparking, possibly generated by communities in thevicinity. Subject to such uses not conflicting withthe Plan's overall policies, proposals will be viewedsympathetically.

availability of resources, temporary landscaping ofsuch sites will assist in reducing their impact.


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

The adverse effects of mineral extraction on theenvironment can be considerable and may bedetrimental to the amenity of the local community,sometimes long after mining has ceased. Almost70% of the dereliction in St. Helens can beattributed to the effects of mineral extraction.

In drawing up policies for the planning of mineraloperations the Council pays due regard to RegionalPlanning Guidance, the role of the North WestAggregates Working Party (NWAWP) andGovernment Guidance issued in the form ofMineral Planning Guidance Notes.

The principle minerals that have been extractedfrom St. Helens in the past are coal, clay,aggregates (sandstone, sand and gravel), specialindustrial sands and peat. The lack of adequateplanning control on all but the latest workings hasleft a legacy of dereliction throughout much of theBorough.

ENSURE THAT SITE OPERATIONSARE OF A HIGH STANDARD ANDTHAT RESTORATION ANDAFTERCARE SCHEMES ARE OFAN APPROPRIATE STANDARDHAVING REGARD TO THE LIKELYAFTER-USE, SURROUNDING LANDUSES AND THE NEED TOSAFEGUARD AMENITY AND THEENVIRONMENT

(v)

ENSURE THAT THEENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT OFMINERAL OPERATIONS ISMINIMISED;

(iv)

SET OUT CRITERIA FORESTABLISHING THEACCEPTABILITY OF MINERALPROPOSALS;

(iii)

Unlike other activities covered by the planningsystem, mineral working can only take place whereminerals naturally occur and it is inevitable thatmineral working will at times, conflict with theamenities of residents and the environment. TheCouncil acknowledges that the Borough has to paya part in the provision of essential minerals in thenational interest. However any contribution tomeeting mineral demand will need to be balancedagainst the protection of the Borough's environment

WHERE APPROPRIATE, ENSURETHAT THE BOROUGHCONTRIBUTES TO MEETING THEDEMAND FOR MINERALS;

(ii)

WHERE APPROPRIATE, PROTECTKNOWN MINERAL RESOURCESFROM STERILISATION;

(i)

The extraction of minerals is an essential activityproviding the necessary raw materials for power,construction and manufacturing industries. Mineralworking also provides employment not only inextraction but also in the transport and processingof minerals.

IN PURSUING ITS RESPONSIBILITIESAS MINERAL PLANNING AUTHORITY,THE COUNCIL WILL:

S10MINERAL EXTRACTION

As a general rule, any new or replacement plantingshould use native species.

The reference to improving public access incriterion (iv) is not meant to imply that the publiccan claim rights of access over land in privateownership where this has not been agreed.

Similarly, the crescent of degraded landscapefringing the southern and eastern parts of thebuilt-up area, identified in the Structure Plan,remains in need of priority attention for landscapeenhancement. This area had provided the focus forthe Borough's 'Wasteland to Woodland' initiative.

The UDP confirms the importance of these assetsand it is proposed to undertake further studies toassess which additional areas of the Borough maymerit designation as landscapes of high landscapequality.


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

SET OUT CRITERIA FORESTABLISHING THEACCEPTABILITY OF WASTEPROPOSALS

(v)

The Waste Disposal Authority is responsible for theprovision of disposal services for household andassociated commercial waste collected by theDistrict Councils in Merseyside, and for theprovision of Waste Reception Centres for bulkyhousehold waste, delivered by local residents.Their services may only be provided throughcontracts let after competitive tendering.

ENSURE THAT SITE OPERATIONSARE OF A HIGH STANDARD ANDTHAT RESTORATION ANDAFTERCARE SCHEMES ARE OFAN APPROPRIATE STANDARDHAVING REGARD TO THE LIKELYAFTER-USE, SURROUNDING LANDUSES AND THE NEED TOSAFEGUARD AMENITY AND THEENVIRONMENT; AND

(iv)

The Council is currently responsible for thecollection of domestic and some commercial andindustrial wastes, and is also responsible forplanning control over waste facilities.

ENSURE THAT THEENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT OFWASTE OPERATIONS ISMINIMISED;

(iii)

Control over waste.Control over the waste disposal industry is vestedin a number of bodies that are subject to evolvinglegislation, there is, as a result, some degree ofoverlap of responsibility.

GENERALLY SUPPORTINITIATIVES TO MINIMISEWASTE DISPOSALREQUIREMENTS AND PROMOTEWASTE RECYCLING;

(ii)

In drawing up policies for the control of wastedisposal, transfer and recycling facilities, thecouncil has paid due regard to Regional PlanningGuidance, the Merseyside Waste Disposal Plan andGovernment Guidance in the form of PlanningGuidance Notes and Waste Management Papers.

HAVE REGARD TO THEMERSEYSIDE WASTE DISPOSALPLAN AND THE PRINCIPLES OFREGIONAL SELF SUFFICIENCY,PROXIMITY AND MOVEMENT OFWASTE MANAGEMENT UP THEWASTE HIERARCHY;

(i)

Urbanised areas, such as St. Helens, produceconsiderable quantities of wastes from households,shops and industry, all of which needs to becollected, treated and suitably disposed of.

IN PURSUING ITS WASTE DISPOSALRESPONSIBILITIES AS LOCALPLANNING AUTHORITY, THE COUNCILWILL:

S11WASTE DISPOSAL

The appropriate development control criteria to beapplied by the Council in respect of applications formineral exploration, working and associateddisposal of mineral waste and the provision ofaggregate depots are set out by Policy MIN 1 inPart 2 of this Plan.

The Council is determined to ensure that futuremineral extraction is carried out in anenvironmentally satisfactory manner and that allsites are not only adequately restored, but can, inaccordance with the Council's aim of urbanregeneration, show a positive environmentalimprovement as a result of the site's restoration.

Deep-mined coal and clay extraction in particular,are major long-term contributors to theunsatisfactory environment in some parts of theBorough. Other operations, like coal washing andopencast coal mining also contribute to a poorenvironment, albeit for a shorter time period,although the cumulative effect over time can beconsiderable.


Since the plan was published in 1989, there havebeen no significant planning permissions grantedand some sites have now been completed, withother continually filling. The current void capacitywill therefore have decreased since the WasteDisposal Plan was published but still remainssufficient to accommodate the waste generatedwithin the Borough beyond the UDP Plan Period.However, it is not possible to reserve this voidcapacity for the Borough's own waste alone andwaste from other Districts is imported. As a result,if current rates of infill continue, the Boroughcapacity could be exhausted by the end of the UDPPlan period.

The Merseyside Waste Disposal Plan estimates thatover 6 million cubic metres of licensed landfillcapacity existed within St. Helens. (It cangenerally be assumed that 1 tonne is equivalent to 1cubic metre of void space).

Disposal Capacity

The Merseyside Waste Disposal Plan estimates thatapproximately 350,000 tonnes of wastes (215,000tonnes of household and factory wastes, and135,000 tonnes of building and demolition wastesare recycled. It is anticipated that during the UDPPlan Period more wastes will be recycled andpolicy WD 3 provides support for recycling andwaste minimisation initiatives. Another significantchange within the Plan Period will be the phasingout of marine disposal of sewage sludge, inaccordance with European Community Directives.Whilst it may be possible to recycle some of thiswaste, there will inevitably be increased pressureon landfill or incineration as a means of disposal.

Waste Generated

The current Waste Disposal Plan for Merseysidewas approved by MWDA in May 1989. RegionalPlanning Guidance for the North West (RPG 13)requires the Council, amongst other things, to haveregard to the policies of the Waste Disposal Plan.

The Environment Agency has increased powers andresponsibilities for the control and enforcement ofenvironmental standards for waste disposalactivity. This will include the licensing of all wastedisposal sites including landfill sites, transferstations, treatment plants and processing andstorage facilities. There is inevitable overlapbetween licensing and planning functions and theCouncil will work closely with the EnvironmentAgency in this respect.

As well as ensuring that these contracts areperformed to a high operational and servicestandard, the Waste Disposal Authority hasresponsibilities to encourage recycling and torestore several closed landfill sites which it stilloccupies.


The Council are not aware of any physical activitieswhich would make St. Helens particularly suitableas a location for such developments. However, at atime when rapid technological developments can beexpected, it is appropriate to include such a policyand this is consistent with guidance in PPG 22.However, the Council will wish to ensure that anyproposals for renewable and/or recoverable energydo not adversely affect existing environmentalquality and accordingly will be weighed carefullyagainst policies in the plan for environmentalprotection.

The development of such energy sources wouldcomplement the plan's primary aim A6 and PolicyS7 for sustainable development

Recoverable energy would include the positive useof landfill gas.

Renewable energy is the term used to cover thoseenergy flows that occur naturally and repeatedly inthe environment - energy from the sun, the windand the oceans, and the fall of water. The heatfrom within the earth itself, geothermal energy, isusually regarded as renewable, although locally itcannot always sustain continuous extraction. Plantmaterial is an important source of renewableenergy. Combustible or digestible industrial,agricultural and domestic waste materials are alsoregarded as renewable sources of energy.

PROPOSALS FOR THE GENERATIONOF POWER FROM RENEWABLEAND/OR RECOVERABLE ENERGYSOURCES WILL BE ENCOURAGED ANDSUPPORTED UNLESS THE PROPOSEDDEVELOPMENT WOULD CAUSEDEMONSTRABLE HARM TOINTERESTS OF ACKNOWLEDGEDIMPORTANCE

S12RENEWABLE ENERGY

The appropriate development control criteria to beapplied by the Council in respect of applications forwaste transfer, treatment or disposal facilities areset out by Policy WD 1 in Part 2 of this Plan.

In the event that further waste disposal or wastetransfer facilities are required within the lifetime ofthe Plan, in considering such facilities, the Councilwill ensure that proposals do not prejudice theoverall aims of urban regeneration, or have anunacceptable effect on residential amenities (PolicyWD 1). Where waste proposals are acceptable theCouncil will ensure that working, restoration andaftercare are implemented in an environmentallyacceptable manner (Policy WD 2).

Billinge Hill Quarry 2001Holiday Moss, Rainford 1997Berringtons Lane, RainfordSimon Vicars Ltd., Junction Lane

The active site or sites with planning permission arelisted below together with estimated completiondates.


Part 2

BOROUGHWIDE POLICIESAND PROPOSALS


The Council is aware of the need to achieve a consistent approach. It also recognises that some proposals haveeffects which are both localised and cumulatively important, eg. hot food shops (RET 4) and house extensions(GEN 8).

This is to accommodate suitable proposals in locations for which the Plan envisages no significant change andto establish common principles with respect to a variety of matters, such as accessibility and designing outcrime, as well as housing layouts and car parking. Some matters of general significance are also dealt withelsewhere, such as the safeguarding of trees and new planting (ENV 11-13).

The purpose of this chapter is to ensure that they are properly taken into account (encouraging reference to thecomplete schedule of policies listed after the contents page and also to provide further general policies to assistin the consideration of all such applications.

All the foregoing Part 1 objectives and policies are potentially relevant to the consideration of individualapplications for planning permission, and other forms of planning clearance, depending on the circumstances.So, in particular are other Part 2 policies.

The General Development policies, set out on the following pages and in SupplementaryPlanning Guidance incorporate in revised form a number of non-statutory guidelines adoptedby the Council in the 1980s; others have been absorbed into the Retailing policies.

Introduction

GENERAL DEVELOPMENT POLICIES


where appropriate and, in particular,on larger redevelopment sites, includecomprehensive measures for theremoval of any redundant structuresand phased programmes of remedialground treatment, service provision,new construction, landscaping,maintenance and monitoring oflandfill gas (ENV 26);

(viii)

On the other hand, even quite small projects canmake positive contributions to local needs anddevelopers will be encouraged to recognise theadvantages for St. Helens as a whole ofshunning mediocrity and striving for excellence.Wherever possible, projects should contributevariety, colour and originality to the localeconomy, built environment and quality of lifein St. Helens.

Contributions to public works of art will bevoluntary, but the Council may wish to negotiatefor such provision in the case of particularlyimportant developments.

incorporate flood defences, balancingponds or other appropriate measuresto accommodate land drainageconstraints and any necessary stepsto prevent pollution;

(vii)

include satisfactory arrangements forthe disposal of foul sewage, tradeeffluent and contaminated surfacewater;

(vi)

make efficient use of existinginfrastructure and services and,where practicable, avoid the need fornew service investment;

(v)

For the purposes of PPG 12, infrastructureextends to education and health provision. Lackof capacity may be a material reason for refusingpermission. In some areas, outmoded sewersystems are becoming overloaded. Furtherdevelopment in areas served by such systemsincreases the risks of water course pollutionunless additional infrastructure is provided.Where contributions from developers towardsdrainage infrastructure costs are appropriatethese will generally be secured by means of aPlanning Obligation, or other appropriateagreement

provide landscaping (including meansof enclosure) as an integralcomponent, whenever appropriate,and, wherever possible, contributenew wildlife habitats;

(iv)

respect archaeological and natureconservation interests and, whereverpossible, safeguard the habitats ofprotected species (ENV 23, ENV 4-5,ENV 7, ENV 9);

(iii)

As redevelopment sites released by thecontraction of traditional industries, such as coaland glass, come forward, it is important to take acomprehensive approach to the identification ofassets, deal with ground contamination, takeopportunities to plant trees, create newamenities, plan for future needs and generally tobalance new facilities with the capacity ofexisting infrastructure. It is particularlyimportant to avoid circumstances which can leadto unsightly open storage and pressure toencroach on landscaped areas of commonbenefit to industrial estates.

make adequate and safe provision foraccess (including visibility splays and,where necessary, off-site highwayimprovements) for all classes of roaduser;

(ii)

maintain or enhance the characterand appearance of the localenvironment, in particular throughtheir layout, scale, design, materialsand landscaping (including means ofenclosure);

(i)

One of the aims of the Plan is to improve thegeneral environment, correcting problems whichare the result of the Borough's historicaldevelopment. In some areas still, there is anunacceptable mix of industry and housing. ThePlan seeks to avoid making similar mistakes inthe future, whilst avoiding a rigid zoningapproach. In particular, off-site highway worksmay be necessary to ensure that developmentsites benefit from good access to major routesand do not inflict heavy goods traffic on nearbyresidential streets.

Development projects of all kinds will beallowed provided they do not materiallyconflict with the Plan's objectives, otherpolicies and proposals and, where relevant,will therefore be expected to:

GEN 1Primacy of the Development Plan


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

encourage the establishment ofpleasant and safe conditions withinnew built developments;

(i)

This policy, which flows from Plan Objectives10 and 12, carries forward an important urbanregeneration principle from Policy 9.3 of theMerseyside Structure Plan, ie. that we should notspoil existing good environments or furtherpenalise those who do not enjoy standards ofamenity but who have rising expectations.

In exercising its powers of control andenforcement as Local Planning Authority,the Council will:

GEN 2Good Environments

In addition to Plan policies, appropriatesafeguards are provided by statutory publicity;all larger proposals, together with those affectingpublic rights of way, are subject to press andon-site notices. Further, proposals involvingsignificant change not provided for in the Plan(whether in policies or on the Proposals Map)will also be subject to the procedures fordevelopment plan departures.

The Council accepts that redundant premiseswill become available for redevelopment duringthe plan period.The Planning system has always recognised thatsecondary, complementary or ancillary land useshave been accepted among areas of primary landuse, for example, the presence of corner shopsand other local facilities within residential areas.It is also generally accepted now that mixed-useareas offer many advantages, not least of whichis the avoidance of undue travel and theattendant reduction in pollution. Many smalldevelopments, such as the provision of surgeries,churches, day centres and other communityfacilities (REC 8), will be needed and will takeplace. Some more substantial developmentsmust also be anticipated.

The Plan identifies areas of expected change andpressure over the coming period and providesspecific proposals and policies for them, asindicated on the Proposals Map. However, thisdoes not preclude changes of use or new builtdevelopments in other locations, so long as theyare compatible with the policies of the Plan as awhole.

make prudent allowance for possibleexpansion and diversification,particularly in the case of industrialand commercial developments;

(x)

The Council intends to publish guidelines for themaking of applications, to ensure that they takeproper account of site characteristics and thesurroundings (along the lines indicated in SPG 6for residential development sites). Earlydiscussion of projects is recognised goodpractice and, in the case of those with widerimplications, will help to identify the need toprovide supporting information or a formalEnvironmental Assessment under the terms ofthe Town and Country Planning (Assessment ofEnvironmental Effects) Regulations.

take account of and be sympathetic tosurrounding land uses and, inparticular, avoid significant loss ofresidential amenity or other adverseimpact on the environment (GEN 3);

(ix)


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

There are many groups in society that havespecial needs. The Planning system can play apart in meeting these needs, as is acknowledgedin PPG 1, which states "The development of theland and buildings provides the opportunity tosecure a more accessible environment foreveryone ..." The guidance encouragesresolving problems through negotiation.

In exercising its powers of control andenforcement as Local Planning Authority,the Council will ensure that properconsideration is given to the access andother needs of special groups in thecommunity, such as elderly people, disabledpeople and adults in charge of smallchildren, to the extent they are not met byobligations existing under other legislation.

GEN 3Equal Access Opportunities

At the same time, this policy allows for theCouncil to pay proper regard to generalenvironmental concerns, about issues such asproximity of dwellings to noisy roads andrailway lines, sources of air-borne pollution(including main roads) and high voltagetransmission lines, as and when authoritativeadvice emerges.

In implementing this policy the council willtherefore expect compliance with therequirements of other relevant Plan Policies (inparticular GEN 5 and GEN 8) andSupplementary Planning Guidance Notes 5 to 9.

The Plan incorporates their essential elementsand, accordingly shows a strong measure ofcontinuity. Through this policy, it alsorecognises that it is important to look beyondnormal standards, with or without relaxations, toensure that the overall result is satisfactory.Standards are not available to measure allpossibly relevant factors and, in any event, needto be applied with judgement (ie. appropriateweighting), according to the circumstances.Mere compliance with normally acceptedstandards will not necessarily guarantee anenvironmentally satisfactory development.

For such reasons, during the 1980s the counciladopted, and made widely available, a series ofdevelopment control policies, They secured agood level of public credibility, were generallysupported by Inspectors through their appealdecisions and may therefore be judged to havestruck the right balance between robustness andflexibility.

take appropriate account of theuniqueness of each proposal

(iv)

protect those who do not currentlyenjoy levels of amenity appropriate tonew developments from furtherdeterioration in their circumstancesand, where practicable, secureenvironmental improvements;

(iii)

Once established, even on a temporary basis, badneighbour developments are notoriously difficultto get rid of. They can also deter beneficialinvestment. Similarly, redevelopment of smallsites without regard to future opportunities forbetter and more comprehensive layouts can beshort-sighted, resulting in new buildings withoutsignificant improvement in generalenvironmental conditions (GEN 5).

safeguard existing good environmentsfrom the adverse external effects ofnew built developments and otherproposals, including changes of useand extensions;

(ii)


pinderg

Cross-Out

utilise changes of road or pavementsurface and other features to definegateways to more private areas,where natural surveillance will apply;

(ii)

This policy provides a checklist of designparameters and practical measures which can beincorporated in developments from the outset.However, it also seeks to achieve a balance (asdo the complementary policies GEN 5, GEN 12and RET 6)

provide means of enclosure chosenfor their robustness, appearance,quality and security purpose;

(i)

As a general rule, such developments andchanges of use should:

The role of Planning in limited criminalbehaviour has been recognised since at least1984, when Home Office Circular 1/84 wasissued. PPG 1 confirms the relevance of goodlayout design and liaison with the police. Thecouncil will encourage developers to takeappropriate advice before submittingapplications and will continue its existingpractice of referring larger schemes for policecomments, as appropriate.

The Council will encourage the adoption ofbest practice, to ensure that new builtdevelopments enjoy the benefits of naturalsurveillance and other strategies that can bedesigned into layouts to provide a sense ofsecurity and well-being, as well as to activelydeter criminal activities, includingvandalism.

GEN 4Security and Crime Prevention

In the same light, Policy GEN 5 seek toencourage a better standard of housing design,including disabled people provision forwheelchair users.

Access requirements within sites and, inparticular, buildings are governed in largemeasure by the Building Regulations. As timegoes by, the scope of the Regulations is beingextended to encompass a wider range ofcircumstances. The role of the Council as LocalPlanning Authority, therefore, is to encourage acomprehensive approach, to cover those needsfor which the Buildings Regulations do notprovide.

It is a common experience that toilet provisionfor women is either totally lacking orinadequate, as a result of architects allocating thesame physical areas as for men. A moreenlightened approach is required, matched tolikely demands.

Local Planning authorities have a statutory dutyto draw the attention of developers to the needsof the disabled (1990 Act, Section 76), but theycan go further. The Council has used its powersto refuse permission to alter shop fronts ininstances when the proposed means of accesshave not been to the appropriate standard, togood effect, and will, if necessary do so in thefuture (RET 6). Its standards for car parking(Supplementary Planning Guidance Note 7) alsoseek to ensure that approximately 5% of spacesare laid out and marked for use by the disabled.

In larger developments (1000 m² or moregross floor space) the Council will expectdevelopers to provide toilets suitable forboth disabled people and general use,together with baby changing facilitiesavailable for use by parents of either sex,where premises will be open to the generalpublic as customers or visitors. Suchprovision will also be encouraged in smallerdevelopments to which the public will haveaccess.


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

recognise the contribution of goodlayout design to domestic security;

(v)

wherever appropriate in relation tosite conditions, meet the accessrequirements of disabled people;

(iv)

The Council's Plan Objectives (5, 10 and 12)indicate that new developments, particularlythose on larger sites, should be built to thehighest possible specifications. As a generalrule, developers have accepted the guidelinestandards introduced by the Council from the

accommodate cyclists and buses;(iii)

limit traffic speeds;(ii)

provide for pedestrian priority;(i)

PPG 1 (A6) and PPG 3 advise Councils toindicate their design expectations, safeguardlocal character and recognise the need forflexibility; planning should safeguard basicstandards whilst allowing developers to respondto market demands.

In the case of estate developments, theCouncil will expect developers to make bestuse of existing site characteristics (climaticand otherwise), and should

GEN 5Design and Layout of New Housing

build in active security features, suchas lighting and cameras (GEN 12),shutters (RET 6) and janitorialfacilities commensurate withperceived problems, without causingunnecessary apprehension, loss ofamenity, or encouragement ofcriminal activity through poor siting,inappropriate design orover-emphasis on such measures.

(vii)

adopt approaches to landscapedesign, including suitable temporaryfencing, which are resistant tovandalism and do not lead to thepresent or future creation of hidingplaces for anti-social activities;

(vi)

Security is not necessarily well-served byerecting high concrete post and panel fencessurmounted by coils of razorwire, even wheresuch a choice is visually acceptable. Acombination of railings and appropriatelandscaping may provide better overallconditions for supervision of premises, as wellas a more prestigious appearance.

incorporate choices of trees andshrubs which contribute to securityby their density of growth, hostility toclimbing and natural suitability forthe purpose (notably, thorny species);

(v)

ensure that necessary through routesfor pedestrians and cyclists arewell-defined, direct, generous inwidth, suitably lit, overlooked bynearby houses or other premises,barriered to use by motorists andmotor-cyclists, enjoy through visionand do not provide hidden corners toencourage loitering (GEN 5);

(iv)

Whilst neighbourhood watch and similarschemes have a part to play, there are dangersattached to designing with only physical securityin mind. Proper facilities for public transportwithin developments, good access foremergency and other services and spaces forhealthy social contact (REC 2, GEN 6) are alsoimportant; directly and indirectly, they mayprovide the conditions in which crime,vandalism and other forms of antisocial activityare least likely to take hold. An unduly overtapproach to bolt-on, deterrent security measurescan create a ghetto-like atmosphere which, farfrom allaying concern, may actually invite thevery bad behaviour that heavy shutters, loudalarms and stark security lights seem toanticipate.

accommodate private vehicles withinindividual curtilages, or where theycan be directly overlooked, and applysimilar principles to car park design,including proper attention to lighting(GEN 12);

(iii)


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

The intention is to ensure provision whichstrikes a balance between a variety of competingconsiderations, including existing provision,demand generated and plot sizes: small gardensmay argue for greater communal provision, largegardens may more readily accommodate playactivities without nuisance to neighbours. It isnot the intention that communal open spaceprovision should be made at the expense ofusable garden space.

Provision should normally be made in theform of one area, in a generally accessiblelocation overlooked by nearby houses, toencourage natural surveillance and, so far aspracticable, avoid nuisances caused whenlarge numbers of children congregate.

Providing incidental open space also confersgeneral amenity value, adding interest to theoverall design and focal points for landscapingto complement gardens, adoptable highwayverges and other open areas.

Where garden sizes are generous and/or asite is reasonably close to existing facilities,nil provision may be acceptable if thedeveloper is prepared to make anappropriate compensating contribution tothe extension or enhancement of open spacein the vicinity, whether by provision of land,direct funding of equipment or commutedpayments.

Estate developments require informal recreationareas for the social benefit of all ages, from thevery young to the very old, together withprovision for the specific needs of children'splay, in a secure environment.

As a general rule, residential developmentsof 40 or more dwellings, or on sites of 1.5 hectares or more, should provide incidentalopen space at the rate of 40 m² per unit,subject to a minimum of 0.15 hectares, to belaid out and maintained at the developer'sexpense.

GEN 6Incidental Open Space Provision

Further guidance and advice is contained inSupplementary Planning Guidance Note 5.

Policies GEN 1-3, GEN 4, GEN 9, GEN 11,TRA 3 and RES 2 are also relevant, togetherwith ENV 4-5, ENV 7, ENV 9, ENV 11-13 andENV 23-25, amongst others.

The increasing number of older people in thepopulation, together with recognition of theneeds of disabled people of all ages, the impactof care in the community and the obviousadvantages to parents of small children, andothers, of providing easy access, combine tomake the case for designing housing for the mostgeneral possible use.

In practice, more emphasis should be given torecognising the special characteristics ofindividual sites and, where necessary, theCouncil's formal powers will be exercised toensure necessary survey information, includingcross-sections, is provided.

make provision for incidental openspace (see Policy GEN 6)

(ix)

make appropriate off-street provisionfor garaging and parking of cars;

(viii)

ensure separation for light andprivacy;

(vii)

early 1980s onwards (GEN 3). However, someare still inclined to design down to minimumstandards, treating them as maxima. This ratherdefeats the purpose of allowing reasonablyexceptions, as part of a flexible response toparticular circumstances, and has persuaded theCouncil that certain minimum standards shouldbe raised.

ensure the overall scale and design ofproposals are appropriate to thecharacter of the area;

(vi)


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

Related and neighbouring sites will beaggregated as appropriate, to ensure that thestandard is applied fairly and consistently.

Nil provision will not normally be acceptableunless the proposed net site density is at orbelow 20 dwellings per hectare or there is asurplus in the immediate area, based on theNPFA standard.

the extent to which the existing level ofprovision in the relevant Community Area meetsthe NPFA target of 0.8 ha per thousandpopulation, without undue accessibilityconstraints.

level of provision within the area(iii)

accessibility to existing large public open spacesand greenways open to the public (REC 2);

immediate context(ii)

If there is a significant relaxation in the openspace requirement justified by this caveat, theCouncil may consider attaching to a planningpermission a condition to restrict future changeof use of such a building within the relevant useclass.

a high proportion of larger or smaller thanaverage or specialised units, a preponderance ofhouses with rear gardens of above averagelength or a low net site density (dwellings perhectare);

within the site(i)

Greater or lesser provision may be appropriate,depending on a variety of circumstances, suchas:

For example, 40 smaller dwellings of fourhabitable rooms may warrant no more than theminimum 0.15 ha provision (40 x 4 x 8 = 0.128),whereas 40 larger dwellings of six habitablerooms may deserve rather more (40 x 6 x 8 =0.192), subject to consideration of the localcircumstances and the potential of smallerdwellings, in particular, to be extended.

The guideline standard is based on provision atthe rate of 8 m² per person on an averagedevelopment of houses of five habitable rooms(ie. three bedrooms, maximum occupancy of fivepersons), assuming an average net density of 27dwellings per hectare. The yardstick of 8 m²correlates with the National Playing FieldsAssociation's standard of 0.8 ha per thousandpopulation, referred to in PPG 17 and adoptedfor the purposes of REC 2: given the likelihoodof existing provision, it allows a margin forinformal recreation. It can also be applied to thehousing mix to determine upward and downwardvariations (subject to the minimum of 0.15 ha).

Landscaping strips and verges adoptable aspart of the highway and leftover areasconveyed to or managed by householdersshould not normally be counted towards thebasic provision. However, suitably treated,they may contribute to establishing anenvironment which justifies some abatementof it.


alterations and extensions, includingfire escapes, should complement thecharacter and setting of existingbuildings, both in scale and detaileddesign, and meet all the relevantstandards for householderdevelopments (GEN 8) but, on theother hand, should not result inundue loss of amenity space orparking areas;

(iii)

Although some institutional and day facilitieswill find a place close to shopping andemployment centres, the natural place for manyof them is in residential and mixed-use areas.They may be run for profit, as a public service orby charities, but they are either essentiallyresidential in character or, as in the case of daycentres and children's nurseries, complementaryto housing, in that they provide respite,recreational and play facilities which, ideally,should be within easy walking distance. Manyof the same considerations apply as for thelocation, siting and design of sheltered housing.

Homes and hostels should be convenient forpublic transport and other facilities, so that thosestaying in homes can receive visitors and exercise some degree of independence, as

premises should be detached andlarge enough for the proposedpurpose, with sufficient attached landor grounds to meet the expectedneeds of the occupiers, users orvisitors, as the case may be, and toprovide adequate separation fromneighbouring houses;

(ii)

institutional uses should beconveniently located for shops,services, community facilities andpublic transport, taking into accountthe needs of the occupiers, staff andvisitors (including elderly anddisabled relatives);

(i)

The case for institutional uses in the countrysidehas to be made in terms of Green Belt Policy(GB 1-2), convenient access and proximity tofacilities. This policy is concerned with suchuses in the developed parts of the Borough, andapplies in particular to nursing homes,residential care homes, retirement homes,hostels, refuges, retreats, day centres, children'snurseries and play groups

The Council will expect proposals for theestablishment or expansion of institutionalor communal uses, in, or adjacent toprimarily residential or mixed use areas, tocomply with the following criteria, whererelevant:

GEN 7Institutional and Communal Uses

In that connection, it is particularly important toavoid fragmented and marginalised areas, whichare either of no real value or an actual cause ofnuisance, whether through over-use or neglect.

In those cases where off-site provision isacceptable as an alternative, it is envisaged that alegal agreement will be negotiated. Viablearrangements will also be needed for open-siteprovision. Whether management is to be theresponsibility of the developer, the residentscollectively or transferred to the Council, a legalagreement will usually be necessary, to ensurethat the open space remains an asset to the areaand does not become a problematic liability.

It is also intended to include shelteredaccommodation that, on its own or incombination with family housing, exceeds thethreshold. Such accommodation makes demandson general open space and also attracts visitors,including children.

(Where a redevelopment site straddles anexisting road, it follows that the road widthshould be included in calculating the relevantarea.)


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

Similar considerations arise where new buildingis involved. The policy sets out a number ofrequirements and limitations intended tominimise the commercial impact of such uses ortheir undue concentration in particular locations.As a general rules, the number of properties in agiven frontage in any form of commercial useshould not exceed 20% and those of aninstitutional character should, in any event, beseparated by at least four dwellings/properties of100 metres, whichever is the greater distance.However, a sensible exception to this guidelinemay be to allow two institutional uses side byside (bearing in mind the possibilities andbenefits of common management, in some cases.

taking into account unimplementedpermissions, there should be noundue concentration of uses of acommercial character in otherwiseresidential frontages.

(viii)

signage levels, consistent with easyidentification, advertisement of theavailable facilities and maintenanceof local amenity, should not exceed0.5 m² per road frontage;

(vii)

Having regard to the provisions of the UseClasses Order, suitable properties for conversionneed to be large enough and have sufficientgrounds for the functional needs of the use, aswell as to provide reasonable separation fromsurrounding houses, bearing in mind that firstfloor rooms in homes may double as bed- sitters and that fire escapes may be necessary.

In practice, this means that few post -1914dwellings are eligible and that semi-detachedhouses are unsuitable, because of problems withnoise transmission and difficulty in carrying outalterations and extensions without loss ofamenity to neighbours. Buildings of less than1,200 m³ are not usually adequate forinstitutional uses. Grounds should, as a rule,provide at least 10 - 15 m² space per person inoccupation, net of parking and servicing areas.

extensions and parking areas shouldbe carefully integrated, withcomplementary hard and softlandscaping appropriate to thecharacter of the area;

(vi)

appropriate. The requirements of the relevantregistration authority (the Health Authority fornursing homes, the Council for care homes) alsohave to be met.

Day facilities may have some potential to causemore disturbance and bunched arrivals anddepartures. However, subject to security, theyare correspondingly quieter neighbours in theevenings and at weekends. They also perform avital service in helping elderly people tocontinue living in the community, providing respite to carers, and so reducing the overallneed for care homes. (Providing for childrencan also be an important link in the web ofmutual support, depending on familycircumstances).

intended occupancy levels ofinstitutions, usage levels of dayfacilities and the extent of anyancillary activities, such as thecarrying out of surgical operations orprovision of advisory services, shouldbe consistent with road safetyconsiderations, available on-siteparking and servicing provision tothe relevant standard (GEN 9), andthe safeguarding of amenity in theaffected locality;

the amenity value of existing maturetrees and gardens should bemaintained;

(iv)

(v)


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

Satellite antennae are dealt with via GEN 11.

Special considerations may also arise in GreenBelt locations and within or adjacent toConservation Areas (GB 6, ENV 24B).

Some compromises are called for when dealingwith older housing. However, it is important toconsider the interests of whole blocks of terracedhouses, not least when their backs are fortunateenough to be oriented towards the sun, beforeallowing any first floor rear extensions. As arule, a systematic approach to all units in a blockand, in particular, joint extensions undertaken byneighbours can ease many problems

adequate provision for motor carsand other common domestic needs,including outdoor pursuits, so as tomaintain unimpeded visibility for allroad users, the safe and free flow oftraffic, pedestrian safety andappropriate levels of visual amenity.

(v)

This policy is complemented by SupplementaryPlanning Guidance Note 6 which providescomprehensive guidelines for the benefit ofhouseholders and their advisers.

avoids unacceptable intrusiveness,overshadowing and dominance atclose quarters in respect of bothhomes and gardens;

(iv)

maintenance of reasonable standardsof light and privacy for the dwellingin question and its affectedneighbours (including, in both cases,garden privacy);

(iii)

The Borough contains many modern housesbuilt to very modest standards, in terms of plotsizes and separation distances. Very often, once"permitted development" extensions andgaraging requirements have been taken intoaccount, there is little scope for furtherexpansion. Even single-storey extensions canhave a seriously detrimental effect onneighbours.

respect for the character of itsneighbours and local setting;

(ii)

respect for the scale, design,character and appearance of theoriginal dwelling in question;

(i)

Extensions to dwellings and other domesticdevelopments have a substantial effect on thelocal environment, as time goes by. They arealso an important part of local business activity.However, if not properly controlled, they cancompromise living conditions, spoil particularstreets and damage the attractiveness of the areato wider investment.

The Council will expect householderdevelopments to comply with the followingrequirements:

GEN 8Householder Developments

A Supplementary Planning Guidance Note onFire Escapes is available (SPG 1).

Separate staff accommodation should meet allthe relevant standards for a new dwelling (GEN5).

Having regard to the scope of the Use ClassesOrders and traffic, considerations, it may also benecessary to impose restrictions on changes ofuse, prevent separate or in-house staffaccommodation being turned over to otherpurposes, limit occupancy/usage levels andrestrict ancillary activities, It is, of course, opento the Council to challenge excessiveadvertisement displays by exercising itsdiscontinuance powers.


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

New developments, including changes of use,will also be required to make adequateprovision for cycle parking.

B

the development could be served byimprovements to an identifiedalternative transport mode then, asan alternative to providing parkingthe Council will negotiate a planningobligation which may include acommuted payment towards the costof one or more of public or sharedparking, the improvement of publictransport and the provision of cycleroutes serving the site.

(b)

it is inappropriate to require on-siteparking, for example in urbancentres where alternative parkingexists, or

(a)

where the development is ofsignificant scale and

(v)

It is acknowledged that a review of car parkingpolicy and standards will have to be carried out.Until such time as any new standards have beenformulated, applications for planning permissionwill be determined in accordance with thecriteria set out in this policy, and by reference topreviously adopted parking standards as a basisfor discussion and negotiation with developers.It is the intention that the previously adoptedstandards, which are contained in SupplementaryPlanning Guidance Note 7, should be consideredas maximum standards as recommended in PPG13.

The Council will remain committed to ensuringthat any relaxation of car parking requirementsdoes not result in hazards to all road users andloss of amenity to residents, when parkingspreads into the surrounding area.

Street parking adds to dangers by impairingvisibility and places children and partiallysighted people at risk, amongst others. Parkingon footways and margin strips is also a seriousnuisance; it creates problems for all pedestrians,including mothers with push-chairs. Similarly,there are dangers associated with trying to parktoo many cars in front or side gardens, includingvehicles overhanging footways and

the car parking requirement shouldbe satisfied within the curtilage of thedevelopment site;

(iv)

a reduction in car parkingrequirements will not be acceptable ifthis would result in a danger to publicsafety or demonstrable harm toresidential amenity;

(iii)

the extent to which the developmentcan be reasonably and adequatelyserved by alternative means oftransport;

(ii)

the Council's parking standards willprovide the basis for negotiatingprovision. As a general rule,operational requirements will be keptto a minimum, and non-operationalrequirements will be interpreted as amaximum level of provision:

(i)

This could take place in association with thesecuring of commuted payments from thebeneficiaries of planning permissions, with thefunds received being spent on implementation ofpublic transport proposals and environmentallybeneficial transport schemes included in theUDP.

The policy reflects PPG 13 guidance todiscourage unnecessary use of private cars byestablishing a graduated approach to anyrequirements for parking provision. Thecircumstances in which parking provision willbe required are identified, and a distinction isdrawn between 'operational parking' needs iespace required for cars regularly and necessarilyinvolved in the operation of the business/use ofparticular buildings, and 'non-operational' needs,ie. space required for vehicles which do notnecessarily have to be parked on site, (forexample employee or visitor parking).

The exact requirement will vary accordingto specific circumstances and the Councilwill take the following into account:

A

PPG 13 has introduced the need for afar-reaching re-assessment of parking policy,opening up the possibility that requirements forprovision of parking spaces might be reduced incircumstances where the potential exists fordevelopments to be served by public transport.

New development, including changes of use,will be required to make suitable provisionfor car parking or contribute to means tofacilitate access to it, such as publictransport, cycleways or pedestrian routes.

GEN 9Parking and Servicing


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

The Council recognises that advertising has auseful role to play in the commercial life of theBorough and the appearance of the builtenvironment.

On the other hand, excessive advertisingmaterial can create the wrong impression, interms of inward investment and the detrimentaleffects on local amenity. For such reasons, it isintended to continue the use of discontinuancepowers in transport corridors and other locationswhere there is a problem (ENV 21).

In considering any application forAdvertisement Consent, including exercisingits powers to require the periodic renewal ofexpress consents, removal at the end of afixed term and the discontinuance of existingdisplays, the Council will have regard to thePlan Objectives and take the following intoaccount:

GEN 10Advertising in St. Helens

commencing a comprehensive review ofon-street parking and increasedenforcement. It is the Council's intentionto incorporate this Strategy into the UDPat the first opportunity.

(iii)

seeking a long-term reduction in thenumber of public spaces available in thetown centre;

(ii)

changing the balance of short and longstay parking to encourage the use ofalternative modes of transport forparticular journeys such as those to workand to give priority in the allocation ofspaces to short-term visitors to the towncentre such as shoppers;

(i)

In accordance with the advice in PPG 6, theCouncil has produced an ImplementationStrategy (1996) for St. Helens town centre whichincludes a strategy for car parking.This involves:

In those circumstances where a planningobligation and/or commuted payments is soughtas part of a planning permission, there must be aclear mechanism or proposal in place to whichthe funding contribution is directed. Thecalculation of a commuted sum will be based ona sum equal to the current rate for provision ofnon-operational car parking which wouldotherwise be deemed necessary for thedevelopment to receive planning permission.

Streets must be kept reasonably clear for thepassage of all classes of vehicles, includingemergency vehicles, buses and drivers ofperipatetic support services consequent uponincreased emphasis on care in the community.

difficulties in maintaining safe access to frontdoors. In addition, when any of these aspectsget out of hand, residents suffer a loss ofamenity because of arguments about rights topark and an outlook dominated by cars (GEN 5,GEN 8).


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

Government advice (PPG 8) asks Local PlanningAuthorities to take account of the strategicrequirements of telecommunications networksand to recognise their special needs in preparingdevelopment plans.

Planning permission will be granted fortelecommunications developments providedthat the following general principles aresatisfied:

GEN 11Telecommunications Apparatus

as advertisement should not impedethe visibility of road users in thevicinity of junctions, accesses, busstops and crossing points

(ix)

the effect of the advertisement uponhighway safety, the safe use andoperation of any form of traffic ortransport, including the safety ofpedestrians;

(viii)

Safety

in the right locations, (and inparticular in relation to free-standingposter displays) whetheradvertisements can offer theopportunity to secure vitality andenvironmental benefits, by screeningeyesores and redevelopment sites orproviding a solution to the use ofmarginal land left by road works,albeit on a temporary basis whereappropriate;

(vii)

the advertisement should notprejudice the amenity of theoccupiers of nearby dwellings orother buildings, either by reason ofinappropriate design or means ofillumination;

(vi)

the advertisement should not lead tointrusive visual clutter;

(v)

Further guidance on advertisement control in St.Helens is contained in Supplementary PlanningGuidance Note 8, 'Advertising in St. Helens'.

advertisements should not conflictwith the character, appearance,architecture, setting or historicalmerits of Conservation Areas andListed Buildings;

(iv)

advertisements on buildings shouldappear as an integral and not adominant feature of the building;

(iii)

In some circumstances hoardings can make auseful contribution to improving theenvironment, for example by tidying vacant landin the short term with appropriatecomplementary landscaping. Poster displayswill normally be unacceptable in opencountryside and residential areas.

free-standing displays should beintegrated with their surroundings byappropriate design and landscaping;

(ii)

advertisements should be compatiblewith the character of theirsurroundings, including the scale anddetailing of any building againstwhich they are seen, by reason oftheir size, siting, height above groundlevel, materials, colour and design;

(i)

Government policy on advertisement control iscontained in PPG 19, which recognises that theonly factors to be taken into account indetermining the acceptability of anadvertisement, are the interests of amenity andpublic safety. The policy is structured to reflectthese two considerations.

Amenity


The design and performance of dish aerials isimproving, so that they are generally becomingsmaller and generally less obtrusive. However,it remains necessary to ensure that domestic

Special issues arise in relation to ConservationAreas and Listed Buildings. Separate ListedBuilding Consent will also normally be requiredfor any apparatus on or within the curtilage of aListed Building

apparatus, mountings and ancillarystructures should be coloured in adurable finish appropriate to thebackground against which they willbe seen, usually so as to merge into it.

(ix)

A variety of options exists for avoiding adversevisual impact, down to and including groundsiting of equipment on nearby land and runningthe signal by cable to the reception point.

dishes and antennae should notnormally be placed above the highestpart of the roof of a building, onchimneys or otherwise, except wherethey would be no more obtrusive thana conventional television aerial;

(viii)

The General Development Order providesopportunities to erect many facilities withoutreference to the Council, though in some casesthere is a short notification period which allowsfor intervention where there is a significantamenity issue. Therefore, with respect to largerand more intrusive installations, where fullcontrol exists, it is appropriate to insist on thebest possible arrangements. Indeed, it will befor operators to demonstrate that sharing offacilities and other solutions have been fullyexplored.

siting at ground level, withappropriate screening, is to bepreferred to mounting on buildingsor other structures;

wall-mounted dishes and apparatusshould be placed in the leastobtrusive position possible, takingaccount of the architectural detailingof the building and its neighbours;

(vi)

(vii)

This policy is intended to provide guidelines forboth commercial and domestic situations in away that is sufficiently flexible to accommodatethe rapid pace of technological change in thisparticular field. The Council acknowledges thatmodern telecommunications apparatus facilitatesnew choices in matters such as banking andworking from home; established and newsystems contribute in some part to cutting downthe need to travel and thus should not be seen asinherently hostile to the environment.

apparatus should normally beunobtrusive in relation to primaryresidential areas, areas of mixed use,Conservation Areas and the setting ofListed Buildings;

in areas frequented by the generalpublic for their business, shoppingand pleasure, apparatus should beout of sight from street level, so far aspracticable;

(iv)

(v)

apparatus in the countryside andclose to open land within the urbanareas should normally either be sitedso that it is out of sight of the generalpublic or where the landform,buildings, established trees andopportunities for new woodlandplanting make it possible to ensurethat views are masked or broken up;

(iii)

wherever possible, masts and towersshould be shared and mountedapparatus should otherwise begrouped to minimise visual clutter;

(ii)

In exercising its powers of control andenforcement as Local Planning Authority, theCouncil will have regard to the wider benefits oftelecommunications developments, the technicalconsideration which may limit the range ofoptions available to operators providingimportant services, and the need to strike asensible balance between operational demandsand constraints. In addition to policiesprotecting the countryside from unnecessary andobtrusive developments (GB 2, GB 13, ENV18-19), including inappropriate development onthe edges of urban areas, it will apply the generalprinciples contained in Policy GEN 11.

wherever possible, non-domesticapparatus should be sited within theurban areas;

(i)


A comprehensive approach to such matters,perhaps involving local residents, may identifysimpler, cheaper and less intrusive solutions,whilst enhancing the general sense ofwell-being. For example, smaller lights at lowerlevels, mounted on buildings, may suffice. Moregenerally, security installations represent a useof energy and source of general light pollution,which it is desirable to keep to the minimum (seealso GEN 10).

Similarly, cameras designed to improvecommercial security can give rise to concern thatthey will be improperly used to look into nearbyhouses, impairing their sense of security.However, loss of privacy in this way can beovercome by sensitive siting and building inmechanical stops to limit camera sweep.

In any event, the direct effects need to berecognised. Glare from lights without cutoffs orbaffles can be extremely intrusive and create aprison-like atmosphere which is offensive tolocal residents. Lights tripped by sensors maybe even more disturbing.

This policy is intended to complement GEN 4and GEN 11, concerning general security andtelecommunications apparatus, since there arecommon issues.

There is a trend towards provision of highintensity security lighting and security controls,mounted on high columns or towers for whichplanning permission is required.

A balance has to be struck between betteroperating conditions or security, on the onehand, and local amenity, on the other. Suchinstallations can be associated with increasedusage of sports facilities or longer workinghours, with potential for general disturbancelater in its day.

In exercising its powers of control andenforcement as Local Planning Authority,the Council will have regard to the availablechoice of lighting and security measures appropriate to the illuminationand oversight of sports facilities, car parks,service areas and security compounds. Sofar as practicable consistent with their purposes, it will require the siting, height,design and colouring of columns and towers,together with their fittings, to be such as tolimit their visual impact, glare, light spillageand actual or perceived intrusion on theprivacy and general amenities of nearbyoccupiers.

GEN 12Lighting and Security Apparatus

It is acknowledged that technical considerationwill mean it may not be possible to satisfy all ofthe relevant general principles listed in thepolicy in every case. Therefore, in such cases itwill be necessary to come to a balancedjudgment over whether the benefits of theproposed development would outweigh theperceived harm.

installations and commercial installations closeto houses are, so far as practicable, out of directpublic view, out of the line of sight fromprincipal windows and so positioned or treatedas to avoid nuisance from glare.


the scheme should not prejudicedevelopment of neighbouring land orfrustrate a more appropriate form ofdevelopment in association with suchland.

(viii)

the development should not causeundue loss of trees of public amenityvalue or otherwise be detrimental tothe residential character of thelocality;

(vii)

where land is being severed, adequatespace should be retained to ensuresatisfactory provision for theservicing, garaging/parking andgarden needs of existing houses;

(vi)

appropriate standards of light,privacy (including garden privacy)and security should be achieved inrespect of both the existing andproposed dwellings and, inparticular, should be such as toensure that large gables do notdominate houses and gardens at closequarters;

(v)

This policy does not necessarily preclude thedevelopment of pockets of backland on an adhoc basis provided the requirements identifiedare satisfied.

the site should be large enough toaccommodate one or more dwellingsof a size and type reasonablyappropriate to the character of thearea, having regard to plot size;

(iv)

use of the access should not causeunreasonable disturbance or loss ofprivacy to existing dwellings or theirgardens

(iii)

adequate provision should be madefor normal servicing requirements,such as refuse collections;

(ii)

safe vehicular access, whether sharedor otherwise, should be available;

(i)

Backland and tandem development, as opposedto the comprehensive development of backland,is normally taken to refer to the building of one,two or three dwellings behind existing dwellings(directly behind, in the case of tandemdevelopment) served by a private drive, whetherexisting or specially provided for the purpose. Itincludes the development of severed garden landwhich does not enjoy direct frontage access(which would otherwise be classed as infilling orrounding off) and the conversion ofcoach-houses and other such buildings onbackland.

Planning permission for backlanddevelopment will be permitted subject tosatisfying all of the following criteria:

GEN 14Backland and Tandem Development

the proposal is for a specified period.(iii)

the proposal complies with the Plan'sother policies;

(ii)

the proposal will not prejudice thelong term after-use of the site;

(i)

Circumstances can arise where a temporary useof land may be appropriate even though this isnot the same use as the plan allocation.Examples might include temporary playfacilities, car parks, temporary housing whilerefurbishment is in progress and so on. TheCouncil will adopt a positive and flexibleapproach to such circumstances, so long as theproposal is consistent with the Plan's overallaims and policies.

Planning permission for temporarydevelopments will be granted on sitesallocated for development in the Plan, orelsewhere, where:

GEN 13Temporary Development


it is appropriate in terms of its siting,scale, design, materials andlandscaping and does not detractfrom the appearance and openness ofthe Green Belt;

(i)

This policy is intended to give furtherclarification of the general approach toapplications for development in the Green Beltand the criteria for safeguarding the value of theGreen Belt as an amenity.

Subject to the provisions of Policy GB 1,development in the Green Belt will bejudged against the following criteria:

GB 2

in the case of mining operations, highenvironmental standards must bemaintained and the site be wellrestored.

(iv)

so far as possible, contributes to theachievement of the objectives for theuse of land in the Green Belt;

(iii)

maintains openness;(ii)

Minerals can be worked only where they arefound. The development need not conflict withthe purposes of including land in the Green Belt,so long as high environmental standards aremaintained. In applying this policy the Councilwill take account of the existing environmentalquality of the site, the methods of working andrestoration proposals.

does not conflict with the purposes ofincluding land in the Green Belt;

(i)

Planning permission for mineral extraction,engineering and other operations andmaterial changes in the use of land will notbe permitted unless the proposal:

In all cases, the onus will be on the developer toprove the case for development. For example,PPG 21 indicated tourism development is not agood reason for relaxing the general restraint ondevelopment in the Green Belt and all proposalswill have to meet the requirements of GB 2.

Mining Operations and OtherDevelopments

(b)

limited infilling or redevelopment ofspecified major existing developedsites (see Policy GB 3).

(iv)

With regard to Policy GB 1(ii), only facilities ofan essentially rural character will be acceptable,such as playing fields. This would normallyexclude a facility such as a football stadium,which is essentially urban in character.

limited extension, alteration orreplacement of existing dwellings (seePolicy GB 6 and GB 6A)

(iii)

essential facilities for outdoor sportand outdoor recreation, forcemeteries, and other uses of landwhich preserve the openness of theGreen Belt and do not conflict withthe purposes of including land in it(see Policies S1 and GB 10);

(ii)

agricultural and forestry (unlesspermitted development rights havebeen withdrawn) - see Policy GB 9;

(i)

New buildings within the Green Belt will notbe permitted, except in very specialcircumstances, unless it is for the followingpurposes:

In the Green Belt there will be very strictcontrol, in accordance with national policy,which establishes a general presumption againstinappropriate development defined in para 3.2 ofPPG 2 as development which is, by definition,harmful to the Green Belt. An applicant seekingplanning permission will therefore have todemonstrate that very special circumstancesexist why it should be granted unless theproposal falls within the categories defined inPolicy GB 1. It should not be assumed that itwill be possible to demonstrate such specialcircumstances in every instance. Anyapplication to be permitted on grounds of veryspecial circumstances must first be referred tothe Secretary of State as a departure from thedevelopment plan.

New Buildings(a)GB 1

General Criteria for DevelopmentControl in the Green Belt

GREEN BELT POLICIES


not occupy a larger area of the sitethan the existing buildings (unlessthis would achieve a reduction inheight which would benefit visualamenity).

(iv)

the character and dispersal of proposedredevelopment will need to be consideredas well as its footprint. The location of thenew buildings should be decided havingregard to the openness of the Green Beltand the purposes of including land in it,the objectives for the use of land in GreenBelts, the main features of the landscape,and the need to integrate the newdevelopment with its surroundings;

(ii)not exceed the height of the existingbuildings;

(iii)

contribute to the achievement of theobjectives for the use of land in theGreen Belt (see Policy S1);

(ii)

the relevant area for the purposes of (iv) isthe aggregate ground floor area of theexisting buildings ("the footprint"),excluding temporary buildings, openspace with direct external access betweenwings of a building, and areas ofhardstanding;

(i)have no greater impact than theexisting development on the opennessof the Green Belt and the purpose ofincluding land in it, and wherepossible have less;

(i)

In applying Policy GB 3, the followingconsiderations will apply:

Redevelopment should:

not lead to a major increase in thedeveloped proportion of the site;

(iii)

not exceed the height of the existingbuildings;

(ii)

have no greater impact on thepurposes of including land in theGreen Belt than the existingdevelopment;

(i)

Infilling should:

Bold Industrial Estate, Neills Road

Annex C of PPG 2 Revised acknowledges thatthere are major developed sites in the Green Beltwhich pre-date the Green Belt designation. It isrecognised in the guidance that infilling and/orredevelopment of such sites can help to securejobs and prosperity without prejudicing oradding to the impact on the openness of theGreen Belt. Policy GB 3 therefore identifies onesite in the Green Belt where infilling/redevelopment is acceptable in principle.

Limited infilling or redevelopment of the major existing developed site listed belowand shown on the Proposals Map will bepermitted subject to the criteria below, andthe additional requirements of any sitespecific policy;

GB 3

Major Existing Developed Sites in theGreen Belt

it will not conflict with otherobjectives for the use of land withinthe Green Belt (see Policy S1A), andwherever appropriate, will make apositive contribution to theirachievement.

(iv)

it does not conflict with the purposesof including land in the Green Belt;

(iii)

Subject to satisfying the criteria in Policy GB 2,consideration will also be given to the extent towhich proposed industrial or commercialdevelopments, including extensions, areessential to the continuation of an existingindustrial or commercial enterprise and theimportance of the contribution they would maketo the economic development of the Borough.

it will not generate so much traffic asto cause nuisance or danger norrequire any major improvements torural roads;

(ii)


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

Where fully satisfied in all these respects,the Council will normally impose anoccupancy condition in terms such as thefollowing and may, where appropriate, alsoseek a legal agreement to like effect: "Theoccupation of the dwelling shall be limited toa person solely, mainly employed, or lastemployed, in the locality in agriculture asdefined in Section 336 of the Town andCountry Planning Act, 1990, or in forestry,or a dependent of such a person residingwith him or her, or a widow or widower and,for the avoidance of doubt, the locality shallinclude any place of employment within aradius of five kilometres from the dwelling".

and the development otherwise meetsthe requirements of Policy GB 2 andthe functional requirements of theenterprise.

(v)

the dwelling is commensurate in sizewith the agricultural or forestryneeds of the enterprise;

(iv)

The purpose of Policy GB 4 (iii) is to ensure thatthe siting of new dwellings is visually acceptableand is not detrimental to the appearance of theGreen Belt.

The definition of locality in the proposedoccupancy condition is not intended to beinflexible, although the wording has beensupported on appeal. The wording is intended toavoid ambiguity and may, in certaincircumstances, be varied or omitted inrecognition of the implications of a particularsiting.

the siting of the dwelling isconvenient to the source of theemployment and is well related toexisting farm buildings or otherdwellings;

(iii)

it can be demonstrated thatreasonable steps have been taken tofind suitable accommodation withinthe locality, including nearbysettlements, and that no suchaccommodation is available;

(ii)

it can be demonstrated that there isan overriding operationalrequirement for the worker to liveclose to the workplace;

(i)

As a general rule, an application for a newdwelling must demonstrate that there is a realneed for the dwelling to be built in the GreenBelt because of an overriding employmentconsideration requiring residence in theimmediate locality, (see PPG 7, Annex E).Supporting evidence from recognisedagricultural consultants will normally berequired. The activity giving rise to the need forthe dwelling should be viable and capable ofbeing sustained for at least ten years. Very oftenit is appropriate to proceed by way of temporaryaccommodation, in the first instance (see PPG 7and GB 11).

Applications for new dwellings toaccommodate key agricultural and forestryworkers will only be permitted where:

GB 4

Dwellings for Key Agricultural andForestry Workers

proposals will be considered in the light ofall material considerations, includingvisual amenity and the traffic and travelimplications of redevelopment

(iv)

the site will be considered as a whole,whether or not all the buildings are to beredeveloped;

(iii)


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

For the purposes of this policy, the originaldwelling is defined as it was at 1st July 1948, orwhen first built, if erected at a later date.

their scale, design and materials areappropriate to the character of theoriginal and its setting;

(ii)

the building is structurally sound orcan be made so without partiallyrebuilding or otherwise losing theidentity and character of the original;

(i)

Provided that it does not result indisproportionate additions over and above thesize of the original building, the extension oralteration of dwellings is not inappropriate inGreen Belts. In dealing with alterations andextensions to dwellings in the Green Belt, theCouncil is concerned to ensure that there is acontinuity in style and that refurbishmentsinappropriate to a rural setting are avoided.

Alterations and extensions to existingdwellings in the Green Belt may bepermitted, provided that they satisfy all ofthe following criteria:

GB 6

Alterations and Extensions to ExistingDwellings

evidence that the property has beenadvertised as a dwelling with anoccupancy restriction, at regularintervals over at least a 12 monthperiod, or such period as may beagreed with the Council, in both localand agricultural trade papers at ajustifiable asking price, havingregard to the effect of the occupancycondition on market value, and thatthere have been no genuine offersreceived.

(b)

a reasoned statement in support,normally from recognisedagricultural consultants; and

(a)

In order for the Council to be satisfied thatthe condition is genuinely redundant, it willbe necessary for an application to beaccompanied by:

Agricultural advice on behalf of applicants mayalso be submitted by other persons whosequalifications and competence are agreed by thecouncil. In all cases, those providing adviceshould state their credentials.

the length of time which has elapsedsince the condition was imposed.

(iv)

the extent to which the operationalneed which gave rise to the originalpermission for the dwelling is nolonger applicable having regard tocurrent and foreseeable needs in thearea as a whole; and

(iii)

the proximity of settlements andsimilarly restricted dwellings;

(ii)

the nature and method of farming inthe vicinity;

(i)

There are a number of dwellings in the GreenBelt which have existing agricultural occupancyconditions, some of which date back to the1940s. The increase in farm diversification andthe decrease in farm labour employment arelikely to lead to an increase in applications toremove such restrictions. Policy GB 5 sets outthe criteria against which the Council will judgesuch applications. As a general rule, the Councilconsider that there are unlikely to be justifiablegrounds to consider the removal of anoccupancy condition until at least 10 years haveelapsed.

The Council will be prepared to removeagricultural occupancy conditions ifjustified, having regard to:

GB 5Redundant Occupancy Conditions


the buildings are of permanent andsubstantial construction and arecapable of conversion without majoror complete reconstruction;

(iii)

it does not have a materially greaterimpact than the present use on theopenness of the Green Belt and thepurposes of including land in it;

(ii)

the proposal satisfies the criteriacontained in GB 2;

(i)

Many buildings exist in the Green Belt whichcan usefully be converted to other uses. Themajority, but not all, of these will be redundantagricultural buildings which are attractive andtheir retention is necessary if the character andvisual amenity of the Green Belt is to bemaintained and enhanced. In thesecircumstances, sympathetic conversion toalternative uses is preferable to gradualdilapidation and demolition. Conversion of buildings also provides an opportunity to fosterdiversification of the rural economy, which isencouraged by Strategic Guidance and PPG 2.

The change of use of existing buildings in theGreen Belt will be permitted provided:

GB 7Change of Use of Existing Buildings

In applying the policy, the Council will beparticularly concerned to ensure that where thedwelling proposed for replacement contributes tothe quality of its setting in the Green Belt, thenthis will be safeguarded through careful andsympathetic design, including where appropriatethe re-use of existing materials or theirreplacement by a modern equivalent.

Policy GB 6A sets out the matters which will betaken into consideration.

the design and materials areappropriate to its setting.

(ii)

the new dwelling is not materiallylarger than the dwelling it replaces;

(i)

It is recognised that, in some circumstances, thereplacement of existing dwellings may bedesirable, for example if it maintains thecharacter of a settlement or as a contribution toaffordable housing. Government guidancerecognises that the replacement of existingdwellings need not be inappropriatedevelopment

Replacement of existing dwellings in theGreen Belt may be permitted provided that:

GB 6A

Replacement of Existing Dwellings inthe Green Belt

the scale of extensions is in keepingwith the plot size, there beingsufficient curtilage around thedwelling to accommodate normaldomestic activities (including anyvehicles to be parked in the open)without undue detriment to itssetting.

(v)

in the case of larger extensions,appropriate landscaping (screenwalls, planting) is incorporated in thescheme from the outset;

(iv)

Where appropriate, conditions will be used tomake it clear that the separate occupation oflarge extensions, including detachedoutbuildings, is not permitted.

general compliance with the Plan'spolicies for householderdevelopments, (GEN 8) includingproper garaging of cars, in theinterests of safeguarding ruralamenity;

(iii)


the building is in sound condition andlarge enough to provide usableaccommodation without substantialreconstruction of the main externalwalls and roof and substantialextensions or raising of the roof, orloss of features of internalarchitectural, historic or intrinsicinterest, the onus being on thedeveloper to provide evidence ofstructural stability and a full surveyof the building as existing;

(ii)

In order to further safeguard the character ofsuch buildings, and the appearance of the GreenBelt, conditions will normally be attached tomaintain control over future extensions and,where appropriate, outbuildings and otheralterations.

The proposal satisfies the generalcriteria contained in Policy GB 7;

(i)

This policy is directed at the specific issue of theconversion of existing buildings (especiallythose of agricultural origin) into dwellings.

Conversion of existing buildings intodwellings in the Green Belt will bepermitted where all of the following criteriaare satisfied:

GB 8

Change of Use of Existing Buildingsinto Dwellings

sufficient space is available forparking, surfacing and amenitypurposes, without encroachment intosurrounding fields or risk of dangerto landscape features of ecologicaland/or visual importance.

(x)

public utility services can be providedwithout detriment to the appearanceof the countryside; and

(ix)

any necessary off-site accessimprovements, inclusive of passingplaces, can be provided to theappropriate standard, together withany necessary compensating works tomake good lost hedgerows, walls andother features of ecological and/orvisual merit;

(viii)

there is no conflict with obligations tosafeguard protected animals andbirds;

(vii)

the proposal as a whole, includingany alterations, is not detrimental tothe contribution which the buildingmakes to its surroundings;

(vi)

the new use is compatible with itsimmediate neighbours in terms ofgeneral environmentalconsiderations;

(v)

Of course, not all buildings are suitable forre-use, for structural and other reasons. Someare not available for re-use at all, or to their fullpotential, because they are occupied by protectedbirds and other animals, such as owls and bats(see ENV 9). However, their retention asrefuges may make it possible to permit new usesof other buildings in the same locality. Thesame is true of more ruinous buildings notcapable of re-use which are not necessarilyunsightly. On the other hand, someprefabricated structures are ugly and, whereverpossible, should be removed.

proposals for the relocation of anyresidual activities are consistent withGreen Belt objectives and thecountryside setting;

(iv)


PPG 2 Revised indicates that when grantingpermission for the use of agricultural buildingsfor non-agricultural purposes, local planningauthorities should consider whether proliferationof farm buildings constructed under permitteddevelopment rights could have a seriouslydetrimental effect on the openness of the GreenBelt. In granting permissions for conversions,the Council will consider the use

When granting permission for the use ofagricultural buildings for non-agriculturaluses, agricultural permitted developmentrights may be withdrawn in respect of theparticular agricultural unit or holding

GB 9Agricultural Permitted Development

garden yard areas and exposedsecondary elevations are screenedwith brick or stone walls, all-timberfences of appropriate specificationand/or (off-site) tree belts of nativespecies, as existing, made good,supplemented or to be provided.

(viii)

free-standing garages are designed inaccordance with the buildingtradition of the original building andexecuted in identical harmonisingmaterials;

(vii)

detailing is in accordance with thebuilding tradition and materials ofthe original building;

(vi)

total extensions do not exceed 25% ofthe original ground floor area,defined by the main walls (measuredexternally), no allowance being madefor demolished floorspace;

(v)

the outward appearance of the mainelevation of the building, viewed in itssetting, is substantially unaltered interms of form and openings, providedthat, where a free-standing buildingis exposed on both main elevations,one may be altered within the termsof the criteria in (iii), subject to theprovision of suitable means ofenclosure or (off-site) landscapescreening;

(iv)

the main external walls and roof havesufficient existing openings (includingany previously blocked up which arepossible to reuse without loss ofcharacter) to accommodate windowsand doors so as to permit conversionwithout loss of identity, providedthat, in the absence of good reasons tothe contrary, the total door andwindow areas, less rooflights, may beincreased by up to 25%;

(iii)


There have been instances in the Borough wheredevelopment outside the Green Belt has had adetrimental impact on the functions of the GreenBelt and the amenities of the countryside. PolicyGB 12 seeks to ensure that urban fringedevelopment complements, rather than detractsfrom, the amenity of the Green Belt. It isparticularly important to define suitableboundaries by fencing and/or landscaping. Thiscomplements the amenity of the Green Belt,avoids untidy edges and will assist in preventingencroachment.

In considering applications for developmenton land adjoining the Green Belt, theCouncil will have special regard to the riskof subsequent encroachment and its effecton the visual amenity of the opencountryside and, in appropriatecircumstances, will require that suitableschemes of planting and boundarytreatment are carried out.

GB 12Development Adjoining the Green Belt

Some people prefer to live permanently incaravans. However residential caravans requirethe same services, water, sewerage andelectricity as ordinary houses and they should bewithin easy reach of schools, shops andcommunity services. Applications for the sitingof residential caravans should be considered inthe same way as proposals for the erection ofpermanent dwellings. However, this is withoutprejudice to the occasional use of appropriatelysited temporary accommodation for key workers,pending release of existing accommodation ornew provision for the needs of a particularenterprise (See GB 4).

Applications for the siting of residentialcaravans in the Green Belt will beconsidered in the same way as proposals forthe erection of permanent dwellings.

GB 11Residential Caravans

The onus of proof rests with developers to showthat a Green Belt location is necessary and thatappropriate provision cannot be made byconversion of existing buildings or appropriateexpansion of existing facilities.

environmental impact.(iv)

the effect on agricultural land and thequality of the landscape; and

(iii)

the extent to which proposals wouldreduce conflicts between urban andrural uses;

(ii)

the retention of open breaks betweensettlements;

(i)

Whilst open recreational uses, such as golfcourses and parks, are generally appropriate inthe Green Belt, it is likely that there will beincreasing pressure for developments in theGreen Belt, which are related more to buildings,such as public houses, hotels and restaurants.The changing agricultural economy means thatpressures for such developments in St. Helensare likely to increase. Whilst, in general terms,the Council wishes to support new enterpriseswhich would benefit local needs and tourism, thequality and amenity of the Green Belt must beprotected. Policy GB 10 sets out general criteriaagainst which all proposals for recreational useswill be assessed.

Applications for the development of newoutdoor recreational or sports facilities, orextensions to existing facilities, will beassessed with regard to the general criteriafor development in the Green Belt and thefollowing specific criteria:

GB 10Recreational Developments

of Policy GB 9 and will be guided by the advicein PPG 2 Revised that any conditionwithdrawing permitted development rightsshould be used with great care, and must fairlyand reasonably relate to the proposeddevelopment


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

Circumstances where this could arise includeindustrial developments with external storageand turning areas as well as opportunities forpermitted development. While anyencroachment into the Green Belt could beunintentional and would be subject toenforcement action, the policy is intended toprevent such problems from arising in the firstplace.


pinderg

Cross-Out

Proposed uses not specified will be considered inaccordance with the policies contained within thePlan.

For those sites being allocated for development, itis considered that planning policies must besufficiently flexible to ensure that advantage istaken of opportunities which arise. For this reason,alternative acceptable uses are suggested for anumber of sites. Where more than one use isproposed, a mixed use scheme involving all orsome of the uses will usually be acceptable.

Sites indicated with an * have the benefit of acurrent planning permission. In the event of theexisting permissions lapsing, subsequentdevelopment proposals on these sites will beconsidered in accordance with relevant policies.Alternative economic land uses compatible withsurrounding uses will normally be acceptable inprinciple.

Sufficient industrial and commercial land isallocated to provide a wide choice of site by size,location and suitability for different uses.

The construction of the M62 Link Road introducesa significant new opportunity to improve thedistribution of economic development and reducethe impact of industrial development in residentialareas. It is for this reason that the previousindustrial allocations on a number of sites in Area 6are not being carried forward in the Plan. Thisapproach is also being applied to a site in Area 1 atVista Road. All such sites are listed in Schedule 1.

In accordance with Part 1 Policy S2 thefollowing sites are allocated, or haveplanning permission, for economicdevelopment. Planning permission willbe granted on the allocated sites for theclass of development indicated subjectto normal site considerations. Onlysites over 0.4 ha are listed and shownon the Proposals Map, with theexception of the Sutton Village InsetMap.

ECON 1

Economic Development LandAllocation

The Council considers it important to raise thestandard of existing and new industrial estatedevelopment in the Borough. Design requirementsare set out in Policy GEN 1 and GEN 2.

The allocation satisfies the requirements of Part 1policies S2 Provision of Land for EconomicDevelopment and S3 Priority Locations for EconomicDevelopment.

This chapter contains the Plan's allocation of sites foreconomic development and the Council's policy forencouraging the development of tourism.

Introduction

ECONOMY


Reference should be made to Policy ENV 30 whichsets out the Council's requirements to satisfyvarious drainage matters in consultation with theEnvironment Agency.

Assessments will be required to identify whether ornot development proposals are acceptable in trafficterms, and to ascertain the necessity forincorporating highway improvement works toprotect the safe and efficient operation of theall-purpose trunk roads and motorways.

2Ec1, 2Ec2, 2Ec3, 2Ec4, 2Ec5, 2Ec6, 2Ec9, 2Ec11,2Ec12, 4Ec1, 4Ec2, 4Ec3, 5Ec1(a), 5Ec1(b), 5Ec3,5Ec4, 5Ec5, 5Ec7, 5Ec8.

The Highways Agency has indicated that it isconcerned to ensure that development on sites inthe Southern Corridor and off the East LancashireRoad (A580) is not detrimental to the safety andfree flow of traffic using trunk roads. Inaccordance with advice contained in PPG 13, aTraffic Impact Assessment, to a specificationagreed by the Highways Agency, will be requiredin relation to the following sites.

In addition to the above, Bold Power Station (Area6) is allocated in the Plan for environmentalenhancement and residential development, whereasin the Sutton Local Plan it has a presumption infavour of industrial development.

Proposals for development of these de-allocatedsites will be considered in relation to the policies ofthe Plan and with particular attention being given tothe environmental impact on adjoining sites.Several of the Area 6 sites may be suitable forresidential use, subject to consideration of theviews of the Health and Safety Executive (PolicyENV 28).

Vista Road 4.22Worsley Brow 3.19West of Morris Street/south of Helsby Street 0.26East of Sutton Road/west of Morris Street 0.27Bentinck Street 0.58East of Morris Street 0.26

1 6 6

6

66

Schedule 1

De-allocated Industrial Sites

Sub-Area Industrial Sites Area (ha)

Sites in close proximity to residential areas will berestricted to uses which would not have adetrimental effect on residential amenity.


B1, B2, B8Other servicefacilities

2.54Land north-east of Washway Lane*4Ec3

B1, B2, B8Retail (1000m² gross max)Car-relateduses

15.14Land to south of Washway Ln and east of City Rd4Ec2B1, B2, B8 1.00Land west of Scafell Rd4Ec1

AREA 4 - ST. HELENS WEST

B1,B2,B8B1, B2, B87.20Land south -west of Sandwash Close, Rainford*3Ec2B1B10.51Land east of Mill Ln, Rainford*3Ec1

AREA 3 - RAINFORD, BILLINGE & MOSS BANK

B1, C12.65Land west of Piele Rd2Ec141 HouseB1, B81.35Land north of The Parks, Lodge Ln2Ec13

B1, B2, B86.85Old Boston/Wilcock Rd 2Ec12B1, B2, B82.62Kilbuck Lane2E11

B1,B2,B8B1, B2, B80.95Land south-west of Kilbuck Ln*2Ec10B2, B8B1, B2, B83.57Land north of Kilbuck Ln2Ec9

B1, B80.73Kenyons Lane2Ec8B1, B2, B81.31Land north-west of North Florida Road2Ec7

A1 (non-food)B1, B2, B8

2.85North Florida Road2Ec6B1, B2, B81.84Haydock Lane2Ec5B1, B2, B80.80Land east of Millfield Ln, Haydock2Ec4B1, B2, B80.90Land at Millfield Ln/Haydock Ln2Ec3B1, B2, B86.11Land east of Sainsburys Dist. Depot, Haydock2Ec2

B1,B2,B8B1, B2, B82.37Land north-east of Sainsburys Dist. Depot , Haydock*2Ec1AREA 2 - HAYDOCK AND BLACKBROOK

ChildrensDayNursery on0.06ha

B10.61Site of 67-151 Earle Street*1Ec3B1, B2, B82.09Sankey Valley Industrial Park1Ec2

B2, B8B1, B2, B82.18Sankey Valley Industrial Park*1Ec1AREA 1 - NEWTON-LE-WILLOWS

UsesGranted

AcceptableUses

Area(Ha)

NameSite Ref.

ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT LAND ALLOCATION


B8B1, B2, B81.00Land at Abbotsfield Rd Industrial Estate (east of TAC)*6Ec17B1, B2, B81.79Land at Abbotsfield Rd Industrial Estate (south of TAC)6Ec16B1, B2, B81.30Land at Abbotsfield Rd Industrial Estate (north of TAC)6Ec15

B1, B2, B80.95Land at Abbotsfield Rd Industrial Estate (east ofGateway)

6Ec14B1, B2, B81.01Land off Brindley Road6Ec13

B1, B2, B80.43Land at Abbotsfield Rd. Industrial Estate (north ofGateway)

6Ec12

B1, B2, B8B1

1.151.58

Land at Penlake Industrial EstateLand north of Reginald Road

6Ec106Ec11

B1B1

1.511.96

Nook LaneRolling Mill Ln

6Ec86Ec9

B1,B2,B8B1, B2, B87.31Land between Lancots Ln and Ellamsbridge Rd (formerSidac site)

*6Ec7B1, B2, B81.84Land east of Baxters Ln (south of Hays Chemical Plant)6Ec6B1, B2, B81.73Land west of Lancots Ln (north of Hays Chemical Plant)6Ec5B1, B2, B81.30Land south of Webb St/east of Baxters Ln6Ec4B10.49Land north of Webb St/south of Sutton Rd6Ec3B1, B2, B80.98Land south of Fleet Lane6Ec2B1, B2, B80.55North of Bedford Street6Ec1

AREA 6 - PARR, SUTTON & BOLD

B1B13.54Former Rainhill Hospital*5Ec10B1, B2, B80.96Land at Stoney Lane Industrial Estate (West) Rainhill5Ec9

B1, B2, B816.91Land off Burtonhead Rd (Ravenhead Pk)Landoff

5Ec8B1, B2, B88.92The Score5Ec7B1, B2, B82.29Land off Delphwood Drive5Ec6B1, B2, B813.44Former Lea Green Colliery5Ec5

B1, B2, B89.53Land to east of M62 Link/north of Lea Green IndustrialEstate

5Ec4

B1,B2,B8PetrolStation

B1, B2, B84.92Land to east of M62 Link, south of Lea Green IndustrialEstate

*5Ec3

B1, B2, B82.54Land at rear of Reality furniture east of Lea GreenRoad

5Ec2B1, B212.8 Land at Lea Green Farm5Ec1(b)

B1,B2Motoristsfacilities

B1, B225.64Land at Lea Green Farm*5Ec1(a)AREA 5 - SOUTHERN CORRIDOR

UsesGranted

AcceptableUses

Area(Ha)

NameSite Ref.


pinderg

Cross-Out

Car ParkOffice

0.09Land at junction of Helena Road/Normans Road*SVE2B1, B80.66Land at St. Helens Junction, Station RoadSEV1

SUTTON VILLAGE INSET (SHOWN ON INSET MAP)

UsesGranted

AcceptableUses

Area(Ha)

NameSite Ref.

ENV 10 The Mersey ForestENV 22 The St. Helens CanalREC 5 Strategic Footpaths and CyclewaysREC 6 Key Recreation Areas

Several of the other policies in the Plan will assistthe growth of tourist visits, in particular:

Development proposals which would have adetrimental effect on existing or potentialtourist facilities will normally be refused.

protection and enhancement ofenvironmental resources (subject toother relevant Policies in the Plan, eg.REC 5 (ii) and REC 6)

(iii)

improved access;(ii)

development of visitor attractions andaccommodation;

(i)

St. Helens is not a traditional tourist area.However, the Council considers there is scope toencourage visitors to the Borough and thusbroaden its economic base. This is consistentwith Strategic Guidance, which identifies thedevelopment of tourism as being important forMerseyside, in relation to urban regeneration,PPG 21 on Tourism and the Regional TourismStrategy as contained in the document "Buildingon Success". The development of the World ofGlass visitor attraction is an example of the styleof tourist development which the Council wish toencourage. Whilst ECON 2 seeks to encouragetourist related development, planningapplications will also be judged against all otherrelevant policies in the Plan, particularly theGreen Belt and General Policies.

The Council will normally considerfavourably development proposalswhich would encourages tourist visitsto St. Helens, such as:

ECON 2

Development of Tourism


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

Elephant Lane/Thatto Heath Road, ThattoHeath

(xv)

Peckershill Road/Junction Lane, SuttonVillage

(xiv)Warrington Road, Rainhill(xiii)Church Road/Ormskirk Road, Rainford(xii)High Street, Newton-le-Willows(xi)Cambridge Road, Newtown(x)Four Acre Lane, Marshalls Cross(ix)Higher Parr Street, Fingerpost(viii)Walmesley Road, Eccleston(vii)Clock Face Road between 103/111(vi)Clipsley Lane, Haydock(v) Chancery Lane, Parr Stocks(iv)

Chain Lane Shopping Precinct,Haresfinch

(iii)

Boundary Road, West Park(ii)

Main Street, Billinge(i)

The local centres contained in Schedule 2 areidentified on the Proposals Map in adiagrammatic manner only, ie. definitiveboundaries are not shown. Where there is morethan one concentration of shops, additionalsymbols are used.

St. Helens Town Centre shopping areaEarlestown Town CentreLocal Shopping Centres:

1. 2.3.

Schedule 2 - Shopping Centres

the layout provides adequate carparking, cycle parking and servicingarrangements that comply with PolicyGEN 9 and is conveniently located inrelation to public transport andpedestrian routes; and the scheme willnot result in harmful environmentaleffects or undue loss of amenity to localresidents.

(ii)

the site enjoys good access to thehighway network and is capable ofsatisfactorily accommodating theestimated peak flows of traffic,including heavy goods vehicles;

(i)

The concentration of new retail developmentwithin existing centres (see Schedule 2) is theapproach identified in Part 1, Policy S5 andendorsed by Regional Planning Guidance.Within this policy framework however, theCouncil considers that it is necessary to have aset of criteria against which to assessdevelopment proposals, in order to ensure thatproper standards of highway safety aremaintained, that they are truly sustainable inlocation and that residential amenity is protected.

Retail development and associated serviceuses in, or immediately adjacent to, anestablished shopping centre as shown on theProposals Map and listed in Schedule 2 willbe permitted, subject to there being noconflict with other Plan proposals andpolicies and provided that, in particular, thefollowing criteria are all satisfied:

RET 1Retail Development in Existing Centres

RETAILING


For clarification of the phrase, "deterrence ofinvestment", contained in criterion (iii) , thisrelates to PPG 6 which advises that in assessingapplications for developments which may havean impact on a nearby town, district or localcentre, the local planning authority shouldconsider:

The Council may require the preparation of anenvironmental Assessment and will be guided bythe provisions of Circular 15/88 and the Townand Country Planning (Assessment ofEnvironmental Effects) Regulations 1988.

In assessing the extent to which the proposalwould threaten the vitality and viability ofexisting centres, the Council will consider thelikely cumulative effects of outstanding planningpermissions in the catchment areas of thesecentres.

the effect on overall traffic patterns(viii)

the proposal will have good access tothe highway network capable ofsatisfactorily accommodating theestimated peak flow of traffic,including heavy goods vehicles, andprovide adequate car parking andservicing (GEN 9); and

(vii)

there is no significant harmfulenvironmental effects or undue loss ofamenity to neighbouring residentialareas and the surrounding locality;

(vi)

However, the Council acknowledges that someforms of retailers have specific site requirementswhich may not always be capable of beingaccommodated in or adjacent to existing centres.Proposals for large retail developments outsidethe existing centres (large being defined ashaving a gross floorspace of around 1,000 squaremetres) will be considered against the criteria inRET 2. As advised by PPG 6, the Council willtake into account other recent or proposed retaildevelopments in assessing the extent to which theproposal would threaten the vitality and viabilityof existing centres. The Council may also wishto impose conditions to restrict the impact of aproposal on the role of existing centres, includinga limitation on the types of goods sold.

evidence that a sequential approach tosite selection has been adopted whichdemonstrates firstly, that no suitabletown centre sites are available,followed by edge-of-centre sites, districtand local centres;

(v)

it is readily accessible by both publicand private transport;

(iv)

it will not cause significant harm to theviability and vitality of any shoppingcentre identified in Schedule 2 andshown on the Proposals Map, or inadjacent authority areas, through thediversion of trade and/or deterrence ofinvestment;

(iii)

it is not located within the Green Belt;(ii)

it makes a positive contribution to theeconomic and environmentalimprovement of the urban areas anddoes not undermine the plan strategy;

(i)

Strategic Guidance states that existing towncentres should continue to be the main focus forthe provision of shopping facilities within theBorough. St. Helens and Earlestown towncentres have already received substantialinvestment and there is a need to ensure thatmaximum use is made of the existinginfrastructure. Shopping is the major land use intown and local centres and the key to theirvitality and viability. PPG 6 defines town centresas, "town and traditional suburban centres whichprovide a broad range of facilities and servicesand which fulfil a function as a focus for both thecommunity and public transport". For Planpurposes, the above definition encompasses thecentres as defined in Schedule 2.

Any proposal for large-scale retaildevelopment outside an existing centre willbe considered against the following criteria:

RET 2Out-of-Centre Retail Development


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

measures will be required to preventany undue nuisance by reason of noise,general disturbance or otherwise, eg.installation of insulation andself-closing doors, prohibition ofexternal loudspeakers;

(iii)

the external appearance should be suchas to avoid a break in the shoppingfrontage;

(ii)

The appearance of Amusement Centres requirescareful control. Problems of dead frontagecaused by non-retail uses can be resolved by theprovision of a shop window display. Noise willbe the most common effect on amenity generally.This can be dealt with by the imposition ofplanning conditions dealing with noise insulation,self-closing doors, and the prohibition of externalloudspeakers. Where an amusement centre isproposed in a shopping area containingresidential flats or near to other

the use should relate to the groundfloor only;

(i)

Whilst Amusement Centres are now a commonfeature of everyday life, applications for newfacilities are often controversial and can give riseto strong feelings in the community. Objectionsof a 'moral' nature are not the concern of theCouncil as Local Planning Authority. However,such applications also raise issues of amenity andPolicy RET 3 is intended to protect residents anddirect Centres to the most appropriate locations.

Amusement Centres are generally acceptablein secondary shopping areas and localcentres (see RET 1) subject to considerationof effects on amenity, but will not bepermitted in defined primary shopping areas(TC2(a), E2) or in small local parades orisolated shop units within predominantlyresidential areas, and as a general rule,

RET 3Amusement Centres

The wording of the Policy acknowledges that inconsidering development proposals, a balancemay need to be struck between the variouscriteria. PPG 6 is largely concerned with the effect of new proposals on the vitality andviability of existing centres but does advise thatthis has to be weighed against the economic,social and environmental impacts a new schememay produce. In carrying out this balancingexercise, the Council will ultimately be guided bythe advice in PPG 6 that new retail developmentsshould support the Government's objectives ofsustaining and enhancing existing centres.

Advice in PPG 6 indicates that retaildevelopment should be sited where it is likely tobe accessible by a choice of means of transport.This approach is supported by the general adviceon planning for less travel in PPG 13. TheCouncil will require developers to demonstratethe impact of the proposed development onoverall travel patterns with the aim of reducingthe amount of travel by the private car andmaximising public transport use.

the likely effect on future private sectorinvestment needed to safeguard the vitalityand viability of that centre.

(ii)

the extent to which developments wouldput at risk the strategy of the town centre,taking account of progress being made onits implementation, in particular throughpublic investment; and

(i)


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

The Use Classes Order means that there is adegree of freedom to move to other uses withinA3 or from A3 to other uses. Where appropriate,the Council will consider restricting permissionsgranted to the specific use applied for.

the overall impact of the use on thelocality is acceptable, having regard toother uses of like nature in the vicinity.

(vii)

The nature of these uses means that trafficproblems can arise. Whilst the availability ofoff-street parking is the preferred situation, suchfacilities are often not available. Of primeconcern, in fully assessing proposals will behighway safety and loss of amenity arising fromon-street parking.

the use will not result in traffic hazardsor disturbance arising from on-streetparking in the locality;

(vi)

hours of opening are consistent withmaintenance of amenity in the locality;

(v)

appropriate on-site provision is madefor disposal of both casual litter andwastes;

(iv)

As a general rule, the Council will require newestablishments near to residential properties toclose no later than 2300 on Mondays toThursdays, 2330 on Fridays to Saturdays and2230 on Sundays. These general hours may beamended according to circumstances. Premisesin town and local centres, where residentialamenity is not affected, will normally not besubject to hours restrictions.

artificial ventilation, where proposed,is acceptable in terms of siting,appearance and noise;

(iii)

The Council will require applications to beaccompanied by details of the proposed means ofventilation and litter disposal.

there will be no unreasonable loss ofamenity in the locality from cookingsmells;

(ii)

In general terms, such uses are acceptable intown and local centres, although the amenity ofresidents must be protected.

the amenities of the occupants ofresidential premises in the vicinity,including accommodation above andadjacent to the proposed use, wouldnot be unduly harmed;

(i)

Applications for hot food shops, restaurants andcafes can be controversial proposals and often theissues arising are not directly planning matters.

The building or change of use ofestablishments to provide hot food forconsumption on or off the premises will onlybe permitted where:

RET 4

Hot Food Shops, Restaurants andCafes

customer WCs should be provided.(vii)

provision should be made for thedisabled;

(vi)

the number, location and types ofmachine to be provided and details ofcirculation space for customers shouldbe made clear;

(v)

residential property, its effects on amenity willbe less during shopping hours than in theevening, when ambient noise levels are usuallylower. In such cases a limitation on openinghours may be appropriate. Account must alwaysbe taken of the amount of noise already generatedby shops and other establishments in the area. Itwould be unreasonable to require AmusementCentres to be quieter than their neighbours.

hours will be restricted to shop openinghours;

(iv)


accommodate the shop signage in away that contributes to the overalldesign.

(c)

respect the context of the street orspace in which they are set;

(b)

be appropriate to the building in whichthey are set in terms of proportions,detailing and materials;

(a)

The Council will expect all new and alteredshop fronts to:

Given that the built environment in St. Helens isin need of improvement, it is consideredimportant to ensure that, with regard to shopfronts, existing features of quality are retainedand that new developments do not worsen thesituation. Particular attention will be given toensuring that architectural features are retainedand that advertisements are in scale with thebuildings, are not unduly dominant, do notconflict with architectural features and arepositioned so as to be seen as integral features. For the avoidance of doubt, the positioning of"Dutch blinds" at first floor level will not

Design(i)RET 6Alterations and New Shop Fronts

Vehicles may be parked at or near the premisesor at a remote location. In some instances theremay be a service road or lay-by which canlegitimately be used. However, to the extent thatvehicles are likely to congregate in public view,rather than in an enclosed parking area, thelikelihood of disturbance is enhanced and will betaken into consideration.

There is a tendency for customers to call atoffices, even when no waiting facilities areprovided and conditions seek to ensure that aradio-control centre is closed to calling customersor is only open at certain times. As a generalrule, therefore, voluntary restrictions on openinghours are not sufficient to overcome amenityobjections.

appropriate off-street provision ismade for the service vehicles.

(vi)

the use will not result in traffichazards;

(v)

radio equipment will not cause loss ofamenity through unreasonableinterference to radio and televisionreception in the immediate locality;

(iv)

Locations outside main shopping centres or inproximity to residential accommodation aretherefore generally inappropriate, howeverbooking offices are regulated. The Councilcannot prevent vehicles congregating in aparticular area; it can only test proposals byallowing temporary periods, where appropriate,and subsequently refusing permission, shouldworking practices turn out to be unsatisfactory.

sound-proofing, where proposed, willbe effective in preventing problems ofnoise transmission;

(iii)

there is no residential accommodationabove or in premises adjoining the taxioffice which would continue to beoccupied separately;

(ii)

24 hour activities will not causeunacceptable disturbance to thelocality as a whole, having regard toother uses in the vicinity;

(i)

Various forms of taxi businesses are a feature ofpublic service provision and have grown inimportance in recent years. Even where vehiclesare supposed to remain on the road, remote fromthe office, experience shows there is a tendencyfor drivers to return for rest, to lie over or pick uppassengers. Given that services are frequentlytargeted at night club, restaurant, public houseand hot food patrons, there is considerablepotential for disturbance, indiscriminate parking,and abuse of waiting restrictions.

The building or use of premises to providetaxi and vehicle hire services, radio-controlcentres, associated facilities for drivers andwaiting rooms will only be permitted where:

RET 5Taxi Offices


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

It is acknowledged that, in certain circumstances,such as small shop units, the provision of rampswill simply not be practicable. However, in mostcases it should be possible to widen doorwaysand lower stall risers. Where automatic tellermachines are being provided, at least one shouldbe placed at the appropriate height for wheelchairusers.

The Council will therefore require designs toincorporate appropriate measures, such as ramps,automatic doors, handrails, etc. to facilitateaccess.

For those groups in society with special needs,access to shopping facilities is an essential aspectof daily life. Whilst Policy RET 5 (iii) is aimedprimarily at the disabled, it is considered that anyresultant improvements in access will benefitothers with special needs, such as the elderly and adults in charge of small children.

All new and significantly altered shop frontsshould normally make full and properprovision for access by those with specialneeds.

Access for Those with Special Needs(iii)

galvanised finishes.(d)

unperforated roller shutters;(c)

projecting shutter boxes;(b)

the blanking out of windows;(a)

The Council will expect security measures tobe accommodated in an unobtrusive mannerand should not include:

Whilst the Council acknowledge that the need forsecurity is often paramount to the retailer, thecreation of "dead" frontages in town centres andsuburban areas can create a desolate and eventhreatening environment. The Council willtherefore seek a balance between the securityneeds of the industry and the need to protectamenity. With regard to roller shutters, the steellink-mesh see-through style is preferred. Solidshutters may be acceptable if properly integratedand provided with a suitable decorative finish(see also GEN 4).

Security(ii)

normally be acceptable. In other positions theywill be judged on the basis that they are of short-lived materials and can add to the vitality of acommercial street without doing long-term harm.


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

In addition to Motorways and Trunk Roads,improvement of the other routes is also vital tothe maintenance and development of the localeconomy. A considerable proportion of theCouncil's highway investment resources will berequired for this purpose.

A prime concern of the transport policies is to assisteconomic regeneration. However, the Council alsoconsider that the main land-use and transport policies ofthe Plan interrelate to produce an underlying theme of"sustainability". In particular:

At a strategic level PPG 13 indicates that DevelopmentPlans have an important role to play, through locationalpolicies, in helping to reduce the need to travel by carand by encouraging development patterns which givepeople the choice of using more environment-friendlymeans of transport than the car.

The existing Motorways and Trunk Roads in theBorough are the M6, M62, A580 (EastLancashire Road), A570 (Rainford Bypass), theWidnes Eastern Bypass Northern Section and theA57/M62 (Junction 7) roundabout. In addition tothese existing routes, the DOT propose thewidening of the M62 between Junction 6 and 7.Of significance to the Borough is the proposalfor a new Junction 8 on the M62.

to give a high priority to safety andenvironmental schemes and measures aimed atreducing casualties and improving the qualityof life for those working and living inMerseyside.

(iv)

to secure the most efficient and effective use ofthe existing highway network through theapplication of measures appropriate to thedefined function of each road;

(iii)

to increase the relative attractiveness of publictransport and non-motorised forms of transportas a means of moderating the upward trend incar use and securing a shift of mode away fromthe private car;

(ii)

The Strategic Highway Network is shown on theProposals Map. This Network has been derivedfrom the Council's TPP, which distinguishesbetween Motorways and Trunk Roads thePrimary Road Network (routes of more thanlocal significance) and the Strategic RouteNetwork (routes which carry significantcross-boundary flows or significantly higherflows than would be generated by the localcommunities through which they pass).

Highway Improvementsto target additions or improvements to thetransport network on schemes which areessential to support economic development andurban regeneration;

(i)

The primary objectives of the TPP are consistent withthe overall objectives of the Plan:

The Council's transport policies are contained in theTransport Policies and Programme (TPP), which issubmitted on an annual basis to the DETR. Itcomplements the Merseyside transport package bidproduced by the five Merseyside Highway Authoritiesand Merseytravel based on the Merseyside IntegratedTransport Study (MERITS) completed in 1992.

reduce reliance on the private car(iii)

encourage alternative means of travel whichhave less environmental impact

(ii)

support for the continued regeneration oflocal shopping centres;

the improvement of public transport,notably the development of new railwaystations linked to the major economicdevelopment opportunities;

the development of a network ofcycleways to provide an alternativelong-term means of travel between majorland-uses (see Policy REC 5)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

reduce growth in the length and number ofmotorised journeys

(i)

It is acknowledged in Government guidance that thereare important interactions between transport andland-use. PPG 13 (1994) on Transport states thatplanning should integrate with transport policies to:

the continued concentration ofdevelopment within the built up area as aconsequence of urban regeneration;

the concentration of new economicdevelopment within priority areas;

(i)

(ii)

Introduction

TRANSPORT


the electrification of the Liverpool toWigan route via St. Helens Central; and

the electrification of the Liverpool toManchester route via St. Helens Junction.

(ii)

(iii)

St. Helens is an area of lower than average carownership. Strategic Guidance recognises theimportance of ready access by public transport to jobsand shops and for recreation. The Council will continueto work closely with the Merseyside PassengerTransport Authority and Executive, Railtrack and,where appropriate, neighbouring authorities, to seekimprovements to public transport.

Public Transportthe introduction of a rail service betweenSt. Helens Central and Warrington viaEarlestown;

(i)

in the public interest. The new bus station inSt. Helens Town Centre, opened in 1995, is anexample of the improvements to public transportinfrastructure that the Council wishes to promote.

Rail

The need for adequate cross-boundary servicesand links to the national and Regional Servicesrun by the relevant Rail companies arerecognised and the Council have attempted toestablish a better dialogue with them through theMPTE in an effort to influence the level ofservice in St. Helens. The introduction of a stopon the Liverpool - Edinburgh/Glasgow route atSt. Helens Central is an example of theimprovement in level of service that is requiredto assist the regeneration of the Borough.

In addition to supporting efforts at the regionallevel to seek improvements in the rail network tothe North-West such as the West Coast MainLine, the Council will also press for thefollowing local improvements:

The Blackbrook Diversion is a bypass of an olderresidential area on the A58 to the north-east ofSt. Helens town Centre. Heavy traffic flows on the roadcause serious environmental problems and significantnumbers of injury accidents. The existing route is poorwith slow speeds and congestion. The new road willprovide a much improved link to St. Helens townCentre, Haydock Industrial Estate and, via the TownCentre and M62 Link Road, areas to the southwest (seeTRA 1).

The St. Helens Inner Ring Road Stage V will completethe last section of the town centre inner ring road andwould enable further traffic management andpedestrianisation measures to take place in the northernpart of the town centre. The route would link StandishStreet to Higher Parr Street near the St. Helens Linkwayreplacing the existing Atlas Street. Funding has beensecured through Capital Challenge.

The St. Helens Link Road, completed in October 1994,is the most significant highway scheme to beimplemented in the Borough. The construction of theroad has provided the impetus for economicregeneration and an opportunity for reduction of trafficin residential areas. The Link Road is therefore, notsurprisingly, the focus of a number of Plan policies,particularly the priority location for economicdevelopment in the southern corridor (Part 1 Policy S3)and related transport proposals (TRA 3 and 4) .

Total bus mileage in St. Helens has increased by24% since deregulation in October 1986,although the overall number of passengers hasdecreased. This increase in mileage has led toconsiderable traffic congestion on the popularroutes in St. Helens Town Centre, and is causingparticular problems for the Council as HighwayAuthority. Whilst the Mersey PassengerTransport Executive (MPTE) has overallresponsibility for co-ordinating public transportthroughout Merseyside, it is only directlyinvolved with the subsidised bus services, whichamount to just 20% of the total. There is a need,therefore, for the Council and MPTE to maintainclose liaison, to ensure that bus services operate

the St. Helens M62 Link Road.

the Blackbrook Diversion.

St. Helens Inner Ring Road Stage V.

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

BusesThe TPP identifies expenditure on three major highwayschemes, as follows:


reduce congestion; and(ii)assist public transport;(i)

The TPP's minor works programme includesschemes which:

One of the Plan's objectives is to pursue transportimprovements which secure public safety andenvironmental enhancement. It is considered thatPolicy TRA 2 will assist by civilising traffic inresidential areas and that physical features suchas ramps, chicanes and "narrowings", whereother design measures may not achieve thenecessary calming effect, can help to keepvehicle speeds down and improve driverbehaviour.

The Council will normally require trafficcalming measures to be incorporated into thedesign of all new residential developmentswhere new road construction is necessary.In addition, where the traffic consequenceswould include increased risk to safety or lossof amenity, permission may be refused unlessdevelopers are prepared to renderappropriate financial contributions toimplement necessary off-site calmingmeasures.

TRA 2

Traffic Calming

to complement the Council's proposals toupgrade and develop the HaydockIndustrial Estate.

-

to provide a much improved link fromHaydock to St. Helens Town Centre and,via the M62 Link Road, to the south-west;and

-

to ensure that a high standard route existsbetween St. Helens and the trunk routes tothe north and east;

-

to improve the redevelopment potential ofvacant housing sites along the A58;

-

to reduce delays, congestion and accidentson the A58;

-

to improve the environmental conditionsof people living in Haydock, especiallyadjacent to the A58 spine road;

-The bypass is required:A highway to bypass Blackbrook will be

constructed between Blackbrook Bridge andthe junction of Vicarage Road (A58) and theEast Lancashire Road (A580). Within thecorridor defined by the safeguarded lines onthe Proposals Map, development will not bepermitted which would prejudice theeffective and economic construction of theroute.

TRA 1

Blackbrook Diversion

The policy reflects guidance in PPG 13 to discourageunnecessary use of private cars by establishing agraduated approach to any requirements for parkingprovision. In appropriate circumstances the Councilwill negotiate as an alternative to parking provision acontribution toward public on shared parking or publictransport improvements.

The Council's policy on car parking and servicing, asset out in GEN 9, is to require all new developments tomake an appropriate level of on-site provision as well asaccommodating the requirements of public transport,cyclists motor-cyclists and pedestrians.

Car Parking and Servicing


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

The Council will give particular attention toprotecting the amenities of the occupiers ofresidential property in the close vicinity of thenew stations and, where appropriate andnecessary, this may include seeking specificamelioration, including off-site measures, bymeans of a legal agreement with the developers.

In accordance with the advice in PPG 13 topromote acceptable alternatives to the private carand the conveyance of commercial traffic by roadvehicles, the Council will support the servicingof economic development sites by the railnetwork where feasible. It is envisaged thatopportunities for such provision relate primarilyto sites in the Southern Corridor and the formerParkside Colliery.

In addition, the Council will support theprovision of new railway sidings andrailhead facilities where these are proposedfor economic development sites.

The Council recognises the importantenvironmental benefits that can be gained fromgreater use of the rail network. Rail travel is anenergy-efficient means of transport which cancontribute to reducing road congestion at peakperiods and help to reduce accidents. TheCouncil will therefore continue to work closelywith Merseytravel on the provision of newrailway stations and the enhancement of stationfacilities. The proposed station at MarshallsCross relates to the Lea Green Farm economicsite (Site 5Ec1 a & b) and demonstrates theintention of relating rail travel opportunities tostrategic developments wherever possible.

The Council will support the provision ofnew railway stations. Land required for theconstruction of the proposed MarshallsCross and Carr Mill Stations, as shown onthe Proposals Map, will be safeguarded fromdevelopment.

TRA 3

New Rail Facilities

TRA 2 is intended to complement the Council'shighways programme by ensuring that trafficcalming measures are provided in connectionwith new residential developments. Where thenew housing development will create ademonstrable deterioration in the conditions ofsafety and environment quality on surroundingroads, in order to secure off-site works,developers will normally be expected to enterinto legal agreements with the Council Theamount of contribution which the developer willbe expected to make towards the cost of suchworks will be related to the degree to whichconditions on the affected roads may have been,or will be changed by the new housing scheme.For the avoidance of doubt, this policy will beaimed at measures within estates and/or locationssuch as schools in the vicinity which would beaffected by significant increases in the level oftraffic resulting from developments.

improve access to residential areas andschools.

(iii)


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

identifying and developing newmulti-purpose cycle routes across theBorough, away from main trafficroutes where possible or desirable;

(ii)

provision of secure cycle parks thelocation and types of which will bereviewed in the light of demand;

(i)

Cycling is an increasingly popular mode oftransport and recreation for which little provisionis currently made in the Borough. It is likely thatthe absence of such provision is a disincentive toincreased cycle use. Cycling organisations havecommented that St. Helens is a hostile place forcyclists. It is considered important therefore thatgreater support of cycling is given to meet thedemand and because cycling is an efficient formof transport which is relatively cheap, availableto all, takes up little space, is noiseless, emits nofumes and promotes good health.

The Council will encourage greater provisionfor cycling, both for recreation andcommuting to work, and improve conditionsof safety for cycling and facilities for cyclists.Measures to be pursued will be:

TRA 7

Cycling

The role of the Sutton Oak branch line, currentlyused (in part) for freight only, is vital to theimprovement of links to national and regionalservices, particularly the introduction of apassenger connection to the inter-city network atWarrington.

Development which would prejudice therestoration of the rail link betweenSt. Helens Central and St. Helens Junction(the Sutton Oak branch) will not bepermitted.

TRA 6

Sutton Oak Link Line

This policy is intended to be complementary toTRA 4 with the aim of promoting publictransport in order to ease the environmentalproblems caused by increased use of the privatecar. Merseytravel have indicated that theyspecifically wish to provide such a facility atSt. Helens Junction.

The Council will support a policy ofproviding rail/bus interchanges at keylocations. Land required for the provision ofsuch a facility at St. Helens Junction, asshown on the Proposals Map, will besafeguarded from development.

TRA 5

Rail/Bus Interchange

The Council will give particular attention toprotecting the amenities of the occupiers ofresidential property in the close vicinity of thenew stations and, where appropriate andnecessary, this may include seeking specificamelioration, including off-site measures, bymeans of a legal agreement with the developers.

land north of Newton Station (Area 1).(ii)

land west of Marshalls CrossRoad/south of Eltonhead Road (Area5); and

(i)

PPG 13 on Transport suggests that, whereappropriate, plans should include provision forpark-and-ride schemes to encourage use ofpublic transport and reduce congestion..Merseytravel wish to encourage park-and-ride inSt. Helens and the Council are fully supportive ofthat aim.

The Council will support a policy ofproviding park-and-ride facilities at suitablelocations. Sites are allocated forpark-and-ride at:

TRA 4

Park and Ride


pinderg

Cross-Out

The implementation of (ii) will focus onSt. Helens Town Centre, which is the maindestination for journeys in the Borough.Policy TRA 7 should be read inconjunction with Policy REC 5 whichseeks to provide strategic routes forpedestrians and cyclists.

the development of an off-roadpedestrian/cycle network (see PolicyREC 5).

(iv)

The provision of secure cycle parks hasstarted in St. Helens Town Centre and willbe pursued in other centres. Merseytravelhave commented that this proposalcomplements their own policy ofproviding secure cycle parking at railwaystations in the Borough.

the consideration of cyclists in newdevelopments and the design ofhighway schemes (GEN 6, GEN 9);

(iii)


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

RESIDENTIAL LAND SUPPLY


Reference should be made to Policy ENV 30 which sets out the Council's requirements to satisfy variousdrainage matters in consultation with the National Rivers Authority.

Drainage

The Council considers it important that the new residential development creates a good quality environmentand that the quality of existing residential areas is protected and improved. This will be pursued by theapplication of the relevant development control policies (GEN 5), particularly through the provision of openspace within new developments and making dwellings accessible to those with special needs. Referenceshould also be made to traffic calming measures required by TRA 2.

Quality of Residential Areas

The allocation satisfies the requirement of Part 1 Policy S6, Provision of Land for Residential Development.

This chapter contains the plan's allocation of sites for residential development and the Council's policy forincreasing the provision of affordable housing.

Introduction

RESIDENTIAL LAND SUPPLY


Site capacity figures are given as estimates unlessindicated by planning permission.

Sites indicated with an * have the benefit of acurrent planning permission.

As indicated in Part 1 of the Plan, it is considerednecessary to have a supply in excess of thesesuggested figures. At current building rates(1996), the sites listed in RES 1 would satisfydemand up to at least 2005.

These sites, which are over 0.4 ha in site, areshown on the Proposals Map (eg. 1H1).

Strategic Guidance requires that the Plan makesprovision for 6,700 dwellings to be constructedbetween 1986 and 2001. In addition, the Councilis required to have a five-year supply of housingland to accord with the guidance contained inPPG 3.

In accordance with Part 1 Policy S6, thefollowing sites are either allocated forresidential development or have the benefitof planning permission.

RES 1

Residential Land Allocation


721.30 Land south of Sherdley Road*5H1AREA 5 - SOUTHERN CORRIDOR

983.50 Former West Park School, Alder Hey Road*4H7241.21Land off Knowsley Road4H6393.72Eccleston Hall Hospital*4H5380.93Marsden Avenue*4H4762.53North of Marsden Avenue*4H3461.56Cowley Street/Albert Street*4H2440.50 College of Technology, North Road*4H1


90.55Former Soldiers & Sailors Club, Billinge Road, Downall Green*3H580.56Land at Sidings Lane, Rainford*3H490.43Land off Billinge Road, Downall Green*3H3

130.51Leyland Green Road, Downall Green3H2110.40 Land west of Alder Lane, Crank3H1

AREA 3 - RAINFORD, BILLINGE AND MOSS BANK

160.48Avondale Road2H10170.52Rear of Owl's Nest Hotel, PH, West End Road2H9350.94New Boston*2H8301.09Juddfield Street2H7461.74Site of 212 - 290 Clipsley Lane/Darent Road*2H6461.35Coopers Lane*2H5270.91Station Road2H4

32612.15Princes Pit*2H3521.59East of Finney Grove*2H2

32022.90Islands Brow Burgy, west of Hinckley Road*2H1AREA 2 - HAYDOCK AND BLACKBROOK

794.78North of Newton Park Drive*1H91655.53Common Road1H8

160.49Land at Bertram Street1H790.45Mill Lane*1H6

160.53Cheshire Close (Former Newton Hall)*1H5783.42Dean Meadow*1H4

35013.83Belvedere Road/Vista Road*1H3401.34Earle Street/Viaduct Street*1H2200.54North of Cherry Street1H1

AREA 1 - NEWTON-LE-WILLOWS

Site Capacity(Actual orEstimated)

Area(Ha)

AddressUDP Ref.


351.17Land adjacent Bold Miner's Welfare Club, Fleet Lane6H12290.91Land at Peasley View Estate*6H11200.61Land south of Leach Lane*6H10

60.50 Land off Eaves Lane*6H9431.30Land at junction of Newton Road/Provident Street*6H8571.58Land off Monastery Road6H7702.08Land south of Sorogold Street6H6200.53Land at Hollybank Street6H5482.05Land east of Boardmans Lane6H4803.99Land at Willow Tree Avenue6H3401.62Land south of Fleet Lane6H2

90.58Land at Tunstall's Way*6H1AREA 6 - PARR, SUTTON AND BOLD

841.69Land at Lea Green Farm, Marshalls Cross*5H141239.48Land south of Rainhill Road*5H13

260.86Land north of Walkers Lane5H1240.44R/o Woodland Cottage, Rainhill*5H11

1304.31Land off Elephant Lane5H1090.55Land off School Lane*5H9

190.77Land off Chapel Lane*5H840016.44Greenbank, Canal Street*5H7

511.89Nutgrove Colliery5H630016.27Former Clay Colliery5H5

643.85Stonecross Park*5H4713.13Land to south of Green End Lane/north of M62 Link spur road5H3471.49Land off Marshalls Cross Road5H2

Site Capacity(Actual orEstimated)

Area(Ha)

AddressUDP Ref.


the occupation of the dwelling shallinitially be limited to:

(i)

In granting permission, the Council willconsider imposing the following condition:

The affordable dwellings shall be providedeither through a partnership between thedeveloper and a Housing Association forrented or shared ownership or by theconstruction of low-cost units for sale.

In accordance with DOE guidance, considerationhas been given to an overall target for theprovision of affordable housing in the Borough.Taking into account the numbers on Councilwaiting lists (2,600 at 1st April 1993), a samplesurvey of the Borough carried out during thesummer of 1993 and the analysis of housingneed contained in the 1993 Housing Strategy, itis concluded that a figure of 2,000 dwellingswould be a realistic target.

worker (based on average earnings) and a mere0.6% would have been available to an unskilledmanual worker. Affordability in the rentedsector gives rise to similar concerns, with rentsincreasing in the private rented sector by 13% in1992.

whether there will be particular costsassociated with development of the siteand whether the provision ofaffordable housing would prejudice therealisation of other planning objectivesthat need to be given priority indevelopment of the site.

(iv)

evidence of local housing need; and(v)

the market suitability of the site toaccommodate an element of highdensity development;

(iv)

St. Helens is a low wage, high unemploymenteconomy. This means that for many,"owner-occupation is either not reachable or is avery high-risk venture" (St. Helens HousingStrategy 1993). Of the properties available forsale in St. Helens in June 1993, only 19% fellwithin the mortgage capacity of a skilled manual

the proximity of the site to publictransport;

(iii)

under-investment in private sectorclearance, improvement and area renewalleading to potentially serious problems forthe future.

-the proximity of the site to localservices such as schools, shops andmedical facilities;

(ii)

rising homelessness, particularly amongyoung families and single people

-increasing levels of rent in all sectors-a site size over 1.5 ha or developments

of 40 dwellings or more;(i)

many older houses in the public sector inneed of investment

-

rising demand for rented housing whilstlosses from Council and private rentedstock outstrip the supply of new housingassociation properties

-

economic conditions preventing manyhouseholds from gaining access to anactive and relatively buoyant privatehousing market

-

In its 1993 Housing Strategy, the Councildescribed the extent of housing problems in theBorough as follows:

On suitable sites the Council will expectprovision to be made for affordabledwellings, the number of which shall be thesubject of negotiation between the Counciland the developer. In this context affordableis defined as being available for those whoseincomes generally deny them theopportunity to enter the housing market.

In considering whether a site is suitable foraccommodating affordable housing, thefollowing criteria will be considered:

RES 2

Affordable Housing


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

Before planning permission is granted for thedevelopment of a site which will include anelement of affordable housing, the developershould be able to demonstrate the means bywhich the affordable houses will be brought ontothe market and made available to a qualifyinghousehold and, if appropriate, how suchdwellings will remain available for households inthis sector thereafter. This could include apartnership agreement with a housingassociation, or other social body, to offer housesfor rent or a scheme which would involve sharedownership. For the purpose of this policy,criterion (v), local housing need, shall be definedas the need identified by the Council in the partof the Borough within which the proposal issited. The Council will be able to advisedevelopers on the nature of the local housingneed.

In accordance with the advice in Circular 13/96the Council may consider that, on certainqualifying sites, it is preferable to seek afinancial or other contribution towards theprovision of affordable housing on a differentsite in the Borough.

RES 2 has been devised following a series ofmeetings with major house builders, HousingAssociations and close collaboration with theCouncil's housing section. The advice receivedwas that generally, on suitable larger sites, a mixof tenures and densities would be acceptable.RES 2 therefore only applies to sites over 1.5 ha,subject to policy criteria (i)-(iv). The Councilwill negotiate on the basis of a figure beingderived from applying a density of 40-50dwellings per hectare to 25% of the site area,subject to a maximum of 50 per site.

If the dwelling remains unoccupied for aperiod of three months as a result of noqualifying persons being available, then thedwelling can be sold or let on the openmarket with priority being given toSt. Helens' residents.

The scope for the involvement of the planningsystem in St. Helens is limited. Of the totalhousing land supply identified in the Plan,approximately 65% already has the benefit of aplanning permission. However, implementationof RES 2 in conjunction with other initiatives,such as Bold Power Station, could deliverapproximately 300 affordable dwellings by 2001.

a person is a qualifying person inrelation to the dwelling if they have aninterest in the dwelling and,immediately prior to occupying thedwelling, they satisfied the Council thatthey were in need of affordable housingin terms of the Council's approvedcriteria and obtainedconfirmation in writing from theCouncil that they were so satisfied.

(ii)

a wife or husband (or person living assuch), licensee, dependent orsub-tenant of a qualifying person.

(b)The Housing Strategy proposes a range ofmeasures aimed at providing affordable housing,primarily by the Council in its enabling role. Thepurpose of RES 2 is to provide legitimateplanning assistance to the enabling process andensure that a percentage of the requiredaffordable housing is delivered through planningpermission.

a qualifying person; or(a)


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

that a satisfactory level of residentialamenity can be provided.

(ii)

that a separate means of access canadequately be provided; and

(i)

Developments involving units outside of thedefined town centres will be considered againstthe Policies contained in the Plan. Unless thereare highway safety reasons to the contrary, it willnot be normal practice to require dedicatedparking provision to be provided for proposedresidents.

and the remaining local centres as set out inSchedule 2 of the Plan, subject to satisfyingthe following criteria:

Planning permission will be granted for there-use or conversion of vacant floorspacelocated above shops and offices into housingunits in St. Helens Town Centre, Earlestown

Advice on encouraging vacant floorspace to beput to productive housing use is contained invarious documents including the Circular onPlanning and Affordable Housing. PPG 6 andthe national Empty Homes Strategy initiative.Such development can be considered assustainable and in line with PPG 13.

The Council will encourage the re-use ofsuitable redundant and vacant floorspace forresidential use. In particular:

RES 3

Vacant Floorspace

In accordance with the advice in Circular 13/96,the occupancy criteria incorporates a cascadeapproach. This approach should ensure thatoccupants will always be found for anyaccommodation whilst ensuring that people inlocal housing need take priority.

a person(s) shall be in receipt of an incomewhich does not permit entry to the housingmarket.

(iii)

a person(s) shall have been on St. HelensCouncil Housing Register more than oneyear and be in need of housing; or

(ii)a person(s) shall be priority homeless; or (i)

For the purposes of RES 2, the Council'sapproved criteria will be as follows:

Clearly, there could be a conflict between theneed for higher density developments and theCouncil's standards for residential developmentas contained in the Plan. Appropriate relaxationswill be made consistent with maintenance of anacceptable level of amenity.

For the avoidance of doubt, dwellings referred toin this policy, includes flats.


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

ENVIRONMENT


The protection and enhancement of the environment is equally a major component of the Council's UrbanRegeneration initiatives to generate new business confidence and attract inward investment.

In an area which, since the industrial revolution, has borne the full impact of rapid industrial expansion andexploitation, these environmental assets have come to be particularly highly valued by the local communities.

The policies of the UDP seek to tackle not only the legacy of environmental problems inherited from the pastin St. Helens, such as derelict and contaminated land, but also to protect and enhance its valuable resources.Although St. Helens may be under-represented in statutorily protected features such as Sites of SpecialScientific Interest, Local Nature reserves and Scheduled Ancient Monuments, it does not mean that the assetsit does posses do not merit the fullest protection through the policies of the Plan.

Environmental issues have a more far reaching significance than the policies contained in this section of thePlan. For example, the location of development influences the pattern and mode of travel which, in turn,affects the consumption of energy, air quality and global warming. The need for all Plan policies toaccommodate such wider concepts as energy consumption and sustainable development is, for such reasons,reflected in Part 1, Policy S7.

The Plan seeks to balance the requirements of development and the environment and this is consistent withRegional Planning Guidance, PPG 1 and PPG 12.

The Planning and Compensation Act 1991, requires all development plans to include policies in respect of theconservation of natural beauty and amenity.

The quality of our physical environment has a significant influence on our physical and psychological wellbeing. It is becoming increasingly an issue of public awareness and community concern. A wide range ofenvironmental issues has therefore been considered in preparing the UDP, having regard to the White Paper"This Common Inheritance" and the UK Strategy for Sustainable Development.

ENVIRONMENT


"The Government attaches great importance tothe retention of recreational and amenity openspace in urban areas. Demand is concentratedthere, and it is important that people -particularly children and elderly people - shouldhave access to open space close to where theylive. Open space, whether or not there is publicaccess to it, is also important for its contributionto the quality of urban life. It enhances thecharacter of conservation areas, listed buildingsand historic landscapes; it can attract businessand tourism; it is part of the urban regenerationprocess. Use of land as open space is no lessimportant than other uses. Once built on, openspace is likely to be lost to the community for

The role and value of urban open space has beenacknowledged in Planning Policy Guidance: Housing (PPG 3) and Planning PolicyGuidance: Sports and Recreation (PPG 17),which includes the following paragraph:

A number of open spaces have been developedfor residential use in recent years. Without anadequate policy framework further inappropriatelosses may occur. The Sports Council, NationalPlaying Field Association and Central Councilof Physical Recreation have jointly expressedconcern about the national loss of playing fieldsto built development.

Where an area of open space is of value (asdefined by Policies ENV 1 and REC 2), anyrelaxation will only be considered where thedeveloper provides a replacement facility, orits equivalent, convenient to the accessrequirements of the users.

Open spaces include formal parks, recreationand sports grounds, including those in privateownership, school playing fields, amenity openspace, informal space, allotments, churchgrounds and woodlands. Derelict land may alsohave existing or potential value as open space.

the development would have anadverse effect on the amenity of anyneighbouring open space, including theGreen Belt.

(iii)

(e) as a buffer between incompatibleuses.

(d) for children's play;

education, in particular the availabilitywithin easy, and if possible walkingdistance from schools, of sites which canact as a teaching resource.

-(c) as a visual amenity, or important

visual break in an otherwiseintensively developed area;

cultural association, such as links betweenthe open space and the historical/socialdevelopment of the area;

-(b) for historic or archaeologicalreasons;

nature conservation;-(a) for nature conservation;the open space has a specific value;(ii)

visual amenity, including the "image" ofthe Borough;

-formal and informal recreation;-it is of value for formal or informal

recreation (see also Policy REC 2);(i)

Open spaces form an integral and vital part ofthe urban fabric. They may fulfil a variety offunctions:

Planning permission for developmentinvolving the loss of existing open space willnot be permitted if any of the followingapply:

ENV 1

Protection of Open Space


There is considerable variation in the nature ofthe open space resource between the Areas. Inthe Borough overall, the provision of playingpitches is below the NPFA recommended levelof 2.4 hectares per 1000 population. FormalParks and Sports Grounds are best representedin the western parts of the Borough, although itis here that there has been the greatest lossrecently of playing fields to residentialdevelopment. Informal Open Space is moststrongly represented in the Newton, Haydockand Carr Mill areas. The lowest levels of

As a general rule sites less than 0.4 ha in sizehave not been shown on the Proposals Map.Their exclusion does not necessarily mean thatthe requirements of Policy ENV 1 will not beapplied.

Golf Courses(v)other open spaces;(iv)private sports grounds;(iii)

Sites used in connection with educationalestablishments;

(ii)

maintained as Public Open Space for bothformal and informal recreation;

(i)The policy does not preclude development.However, it has been drafted in the context ofsufficient land having been allocated to satisfydevelopment requirements during the Planperiod. Accordingly, the loss of any open spaceidentified in the policy would only be permittedwhere the developer was able to providereplacement facilities, or their equivalent, whichwere convenient and attractive, and were likelyto prove no less attractive for the members ofthe public. This requirement could take theform of a contribution to the extension orenhancement of open space in the vicinity.

The open space sites to which Policy ENV 1applies are shown on the Proposals Map and forinformation purposes described as:

In assessing whether an open space is of valuefor recreation the Council will take into accountthe requirements of Policy REC 2. A number offactors will be considered including the existinguse of the threatened open space; whetheralternative facilities exist; the accessibility of thethreatened and alternative facilities.

It should be noted also that approximately 505hectares of vacant or derelict land has thepotential to fulfil an open space function.Policy ENV 10 identifies fourteen such areas totalling 300 hectares where informalrecreation could be accommodated in awoodland setting.

Informal Open Space 322(iv)General Public Open Space 126(iii)Sports Grounds/Recreation Grounds 554(ii)Formal Parks 189(i)

There is an increasing local appreciation ofenvironmental issues, such as visual amenity,nature conservation and informal recreationneeds, which has been demonstrated wheredevelopment proposals have threatened localinformal open areas, such as the Burgy Banksand Sutton Mill Dam, and local residents haveorganised campaigns for their retention andenhancement.

Hectares

A Borough survey of open space in 1990,updated in 1993, identified a total open spaceresource of approximately 1191 hectares, asfollows:

existing informal open space are in the southern parts of the Borough, but it is here that the greatest potential for increasingprovision exists due to the large number ofopportunity sites, many of which form part ofthe Wasteland to Woodland and RavenheadGreenway initiatives.

ever; planning decisions resulting in thedevelopment of open space should, therefore,take into account the long term impact of theloss of such space."


Existing Greenways in St. Helens are extremelypopular with the public. Sections of the SankeyValley Park at Blackbrook and Newton-le-Willows have recorded levels of use as great asthe most intensively managed town park.

they do not prejudice the appearanceof the Greenway and the contributionit makes to the landscape structure ofthe area;

(i)

Development proposals in Greenwayswill only be accepted if they satisfy allof the following:

(b)

complement the Borough's economicinitiatives by improving theappearance of the area;

(iv)

Some of the designated Greenways are inprivate ownership. However, although theremay not be public access over these areas, andsuch access may not always be appropriate, theyfulfil either or both of the first two purposeslisted under sub-section (a) of the policy, andmake a valuable contribution to the quality ofthe environment and ecology in the Borough.

provide a recreational resource easilyaccessible to the main concentrationsof population and priority areascapable of assisting the development offootpath, cycle and bridleway routeswithin the Borough and linking withthe surrounding countryside;

(iii)

give additional definition andprotection to the network of wildlifecorridors, historic and archaeologicalresources;

(ii)

secure a landscape structure based onthe physical characteristics specific toSt. Helens

(i)

St. Helens is characterised by substantialwedges of open land, partly protected by GreenBelt policies, but also extending into the urbanarea. These areas of open land have, in places,been developed as Greenways, in some casesproviding opportunities for public access andinformal recreation; in other locations, informaluse has developed. Of particular importance isthe relationship between the Greenways and theCouncil's priority areas (see Part 1 para 4.15).Significant wildlife resources exist within thesecorridors, together with features of industrialarchaeological significance. The combination ofthese features make the Greenways particularlyvaluable for education. The linear nature ofthese green spaces is also valuable in enhancingwildlife links between open spaces.

A strategic network of Greenways, asshown on the Proposals Map, will besafeguarded, in order to:

(a)ENV 3

Greenways

While any redevelopment would normally takeplace on the site of the original school buildings,the policy, in appropriate circumstances, may bemore flexibly applied to permit the developmentof an equivalent area elsewhere within theredundant school curtilage where this wouldproduce an improved distribution ofdevelopment and open space and accord withthe maintenance of local amenity and other Planpolicies.

the development of the playing fieldswill not normally be permitted, unlessall the requirements of ENV 1 aresatisfied and it can be demonstratedthat the land will not be required in thelonger term for school use.

(ii)

redevelopment of the footprint of theschool buildings, includinghardstandings and other incidentalopen spaces, will normally bepermitted;

(i)

The rationalisation of school places has resultedin a programme of school closures. While theredevelopment of such sites, usually forhousing, can contribute to the residential landsupply, the playing fields may also fulfilimportant open space functions. Fullconsideration must be given to these aspects.PPG 17 (para. 43) recognises that onceredeveloped, it is unlikely that school playingfields can be recovered, and that particularattention should be given to the possible longerterm requirement for educational or communityuse.

In the event of a school closing and itsassociated playing fields being declaredredundant, applications for development willbe considered on the following basis:

ENV 2

School Playing Fields


The Greenway network is an importantframework for the development of a footpathand cycle network through the Borough (seePolicy REC 5). However, it is inevitable thatthere will be constraints in achieving this, notleast adequate financial resources. It isimportant to stress that this does not devalue theprinciple of Greenways; even without publicaccess they can perform important landscape,amenity and nature conservation functions.

One particularly valuable relationship, from aneducational and historical perspective, is theextent to which different species of plants havebecome established on a variety of wasteproducts from the town's industrial past. Forexample, certain plant groups growing on alkalifrom the chemical industry provide a referenceto the past in the absence of other physicalremnants. The juxtaposition of these sites andtheir relationship within the Greenway networkincreases their value to the community.

The full value of wildlife, particularly within anurban setting such as St. Helens, is the extent towhich it is an integral part of a range ofcommunity benefits.

Within the urban area of St. Helens (outside theGreen Belt) there are 18 km of main river, 61%of which are covered by this Policy. Protectionof aquatic habitats, a commitment to keep landopen where possible and, where necessary, tore-establish the continuity of the river corridor isan important function of the Policy.

The network, as shown on the Proposals Map,has been defined on the basis of physically orvisually linking existing open spaces along themajor linear features of the Borough, such asriver valleys, canal systems and disused railwaylines. These corridors are also particularlyimportant in defining the physical character ofSt. Helens, contributing to the Borough'sindividuality.

they would not destroy or impair theintegrity of the Greenway, as a wildlifecorridor.

(iv)

they would not destroy the integrity ofthe Greenway network, in terms oflinkages, character and amenity;

(iii)

The Council attaches considerable priority to thedevelopment of the Greenway network and isseeking public access onto more of theGreenways. This will be achieved throughnegotiation and agreement with the relevantlandowners. Recent investment has beenconcentrated on the Ravenhead Section andfurther development will be pursued asresources permit.

they would not prejudice theestablishment of an access link;

(ii)


Where, in the opinion of the Council, a specificproposal would impinge directly or indirectly onan SSSI, it will be the applicant's responsibilityto show that the value of the site would not bedamaged, degraded or otherwise changed by anyworks connected with the proposal. This mayrequire the applicant to engage suitably qualifiedconsultants to provide the necessary assessment.

This policy relates to sites of particular valuewhich merit statutory protection under Section28 of the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981.The designation of an SSSI is made by EnglishNature. There is one SSSI in St. Helens, atStanley Bank Meadow, Haydock, to which thispolicy applies.

Development will not be permitted whichwould destroy or significantly harm, directlyor indirectly, the nature conservationinterest of a designated or proposed Site ofSpecial Scientific Interest (SSSI)

ENV 4

Statutory Site Protection

ensuring wildlife sites are available to everyone-securing linkages between sites; and-protection of established sites;-

PPG 9 Nature Conservation gives guidance to local authorities to include in their UDPs policies andproposals to give appropriate effect to nature conservation. The Plan takes account of the NatureConservancy Council which in its document "Planning for Wildlife in Metropolitan Areas" identify threeelements of a wildlife conservation programme:

The Group has assisted in reviewing the "Policy for Nature" and an updated version was published early in1998.

The preparation of the "Policy for Nature" was overseen by the Wildlife Advisory Group, which wasestablished by the Council in 1982 to advise on nature conservation. It brought together organisationsoperating in St. Helens with a special involvement and expertise in nature conservation, such as EnglishNature, the Lancashire Wildlife Trust, the Groundwork Trust, Landlife and National Museums and Gallerieson Merseyside.

The Policy stated that, despite the urban characteristics of St. Helens, there is a wealth of sites with wildlifeinterest. These include relics of old woodland and mossland preceding the Borough's industrialisation, as wellas a range of wasteland sites which have developed as a result of industrial processes. This coincidence ofindustrial history and wildlife interest is a feature of particular importance in St. Helens.

In 1986 the Borough Council published its draft 'Policy for Nature'. This was a corporate approach to theissue of nature conservation and reflected the importance of wildlife for: community value - wildlife sitesprovide pleasure, well-being and opportunities for informal recreation; education; environmental health; theimage of the Borough, assisting to change perceptions about the environmental assets of St. Helens; aninformal ecological approach to landscape management, which can be a cost-effective method of treatment.

Nature Conservation

While the emphasis of Policies ENV 1, 2 and 3is the protection of existing open spaces,opportunities to create new open spaces willalso be pursued. In particular, new developmentwill generate additional pressure for recreationaland amenity space, and Policy GEN 5 andSupplementary Planning Guidance Note 5provide guidelines for new provision in thecontext of housing estate layouts.


All sites were scored on the basis of thesebiological criteria and those scoring highestincluded in the Schedule. These sites weresubsequently scored on the basis of theireducational and community value as well as afurther 31 sites which had just missed selectionon purely biological grounds. Thus all sitesincluded in the Schedule have been consistentlyevaluated on biological, educational andcommunity criteria.

Exceptions to this policy may be permissible ifan applicant can demonstrate that the benefits ofthe proposed development exceed the harm tothe nature conservation value of the site and thatany such harm has been kept to a minimum andfully compensated for by habitat creation orlocal enhancement elsewhere within the site orlocal area.

It is the Council's view that it is the combinationof the biological with other factors, such aseducational potential and recreational value(including relationship with the town's industrialarchaeological past), which make these sitesparticularly valuable in the St. Helens contextand worthy of protection.

Other factors, such as value for birds, mammals,insects and potential for education, will also betaken into account by the Council, inconsidering proposals, when these data areavailable.

naturalness-contiguity-species diversity-species rarity-habitat rarity of occurrence-habitat diversity on site-

The Sites of Community Wildlife Interest havebeen identified following an updated survey in1990, with guidance from the St. HelensWildlife Advisory Group, based on thefollowing botanical criteria:

The PPG on Nature Conservation advises thatthe protection and enhancement of national andlocal nature conservation interests is properlyco-ordinated in development and land-usepolicies.

Features of wildlife interest and value can befound throughout the Borough. The sitesreferred to in Policy ENV 5 are of particularimportance locally and worthy of protection. Policy ENV 6 proposes the establishment ofLocal Nature Reserves, to which this policy willapply.

Development directly or indirectly affectingsites of local nature conservation interestwhich are shown on the Proposals Map andlisted in Schedule 3, will only be permittedwhere the Local Planning Authority issatisfied that the nature conservation interestcan be safeguarded. If necessary this mayrequire appropriate conditions and/orseeking legal agreements.

ENV 5

Sites of Community Wildlife Interestand Local Nature Reserves


English Nature is promoting the establishmentof locally-based groups to identify sites ofregionally important geological/geomorphological interest (RIGS) which couldbe safeguarded through Local Authorityplanning policies. These would be essentiallyequivalent in status to Sites of CommunityWildlife Interest. A RIGS group has beenestablished in Merseyside which has identified anumber of sites to which Policy ENV 5 willapply. Further sites may be designated as RIGSwhen identified and evaluated.

It will also be an applicant's responsibility toshow that development in the vicinity of anidentified site of wildlife interest will not have adetrimental effect on them, for example byaffecting drainage and water quality.

Where, in the opinion of the Council, a specificproposal would impinge directly or indirectly ona Site of Community Wildlife Interest or RIGS,it will be the applicant's responsibility to showthat the value of the site would not be damaged,degraded or otherwise changed by any worksconnected with the proposal. This may requirethe applicant to engage suitably qualifiedconsultants to provide the necessary assessment.

Equally, sites could be deleted from theSchedule if they no longer satisfy the selectioncriteria.

The schedule will be kept under review and inthe event of sites coming to the attention of theCouncil, which satisfy the selection criteria, thenthese will be added to the Schedule and PolicyENV 5 will apply.

Further detail on the process is explained inSupplementary Guidance Note 3.

Acidic grassland; west of M6Glasshouse Close WoodStanley Bank Meadows, Wood andPondSt. Helens Canal, BlackbrookHaresfinch Burgy BankSt. Helens Canal, Merton BankMerton Bank MarshHaydock WoodHavannah FlashCloghe Wood and Grassland

2W12W22W3

2W42W52W62W72W82W92W10

Wood Pit CovertLyme Pit TipWood Pit TipCrow Lane CopseNewton Common PondThe DingleGrassland, North of Sankey BrookMucky MountainsRed Brow WoodFormer Garden, WargraveNewton BrookGallows CroftOld Hey Wood

1W11W21W31W41W51W61W71W81W91W101W111W121W13

SITE NAMEUDPREF

SITE NAMEUDPREF

Schedule 3 Sites of Community Wildlife Interest


Ravenhead PondsThatto Heath MeadowsDobbs Wood - Sherdley ParkDelph Wood - Sherdley ParkDam Wood - Sherdley ParkAnsdell's WoodDisused Railway, Micklehead Green

5W15W25W35W45W55W65W7

Windlehurst QuarryCrank CavernsThatto Heath Railway CuttingWargrave QuarryCronton LaneTaylor Park QuarryThe Dingle

RIGS 1RIGS 2RIGS 3RIGS 4RIGS 5RIGS 6RIGS 7

Regionally Important Geological/Geomorphological Sites

St. Helens Borough Cemetery, WindlehurstWindlehurst QuarryWindlehurst CopseMill Brook, EcclestonMill Wood, EcclestonEccleston Bottom DamSales Wood/Gorse PlantationFormer Thatto Heath Reservoir

4W14W24W34W44W54W64W74W8

St. Helens Canal, Broad Oak BasinBanks of Hardshaw BrookBanks of Sutton Brook, Worsley BrowGrassland by Parr MossSutton MossEllamsbridge to Watery LaneBold MossSutton Leach Former ReservoirRough Grassland around Sutton DamStreamGrassland and Scrub by MineralRailwaySmall Ponds groups, south AbbotsfieldRoadPond, north of Gorsey LaneConey Green Wood/Currant DamPlantationPond, east of Disused RailwayPond, north of Eccles PlantationHolly Nursery

6W16W26W36W46W56W66W76W86W9

6W10

6W11

6W126W13

6W146W156W16

Siding Lane, RainfordRainford Linear Park, NorthRainford Linear Park, SouthBillinge BeaconWooded Gulley, BillingeDisused Depot, RainfordTwelve Yarder PondsBirchley WoodStream - Birchley/Fir WoodFir WoodFairfield WoodGoyt Hey WoodCarr Mill RoadCarr Mill DamFenny Bank FarmWoodland beside Old Garswood RailwayMoss Plantation, WindleClinkham WoodEmma WoodCarr Mill Dam, South BankWoods at Shaley BrowBispham Hall Woods and BillingePlantations

3W13W23W33W43W53W63W73W83W93W103W113W123W133W143W153W163W173W183W193W203W213W22

SITE NAMEUDPREF

SITE NAMEUDPREF

The National Parks and Access to theCountryside Act 1949 (Section 21), enablesLocal Authorities to declare Local NatureReserves, which bestows additional protectionto sites and the opportunity to manage themfor public enjoyment.

Land at Stanley Bank, Haydock is allocatedas a Local Nature Reserve. The Councilwill declare further Local Nature Reserveswhere appropriate and Policy ENV 4 willapply to such sites.

ENV 6

Local Nature Reserves


Marshes on Wasteland, HaydockIndustrial Estate (2Ec6 and 7)

Pond at Piele Road, Haydock IndustrialEstate

Marshes on Wasteland, HaydockIndustrial Estate (2Ec11)

Islands Brow Burgy (2H1)The sites are as follows:

in considering specific developmentproposals, opportunities may exist tointegrate the wildlife interest.

(ii)

development may be delayed, in whichcase temporary management of the site,with the landowner's agreement, may bepossible;

(i)

There are certain sites in the Borough which,on botanical grounds, would merit inclusion inthe Register of Sites of Community WildlifeInterest. However, these sites either have thebenefit of planning permission or coincidewith an alternative allocation in the Plan,where the Council, in seeking a balancebetween the interests of conservation anddevelopment, has considered that thedevelopment interest should prevail.Nevertheless, the wildlife value of these sitesshould remain a policy consideration because:

This policy is intended to cover thosesituations where the wildlife interest may notbe of sufficient value to resist development butwhere, with a sympathetic approach, it may bepossible to integrate existing features into thefinal scheme design. Where that is notpossible, conditions will be applied to requirethe creation of new wildlife habitats as part ofa landscaping scheme, wherever possible.

Policies ENV 5, 6 and 8 deal specifically withsites which should be protected on account oftheir nature conservation value. However, itshould not be assumed that natureconservation interest is restricted to such sites.It is quite likely that development sites containfeatures of value - a pond or hedgerow forexample. Equally, opportunities may exist toadd to the Borough's wildlife resources.

In determining applications for planningpermission and when considering its owndevelopment schemes and proposals, theCouncil will ensure that effects uponwildlife and geological features are takeninto full account. Where developmentproposals are acceptable in principle, thedeveloper will be required to includemeasures to mitigate their effects uponfeatures of nature conservation value.

ENV 7

Nature Conservation WithinDevelopment Sites

The first Local Nature Reserve (LNR) is atStanley Bank, which includes the Borough'sonly Site of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI).In considering further designations, prioritywill be given to examples of habitats undergreatest threat from the SCWI/RIGS list orwhich provide opportunities for environmentaleducation.


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

There is other current legislation aimed atprotecting particular species and their habitats,for example, the Protection of Badgers Act1972 and the Conservation (Natural Habitats)Regulations 1994. It is possible that furtherlegislation may be enacted during the currencyof the UDP of which this policy will takeaccount where it is relevant to land useplanning matters.

The Council has a duty to take full account ofwildlife in determining all planningapplications, and therefore, will require thedeveloper to provide details relating toprotected species, prior to considering anapplication. This is likely to be in the form ofsurveys undertaken by suitably qualifiedpersons and incorporation of mitigationmeasures where appropriate.

The species most likely to be encountered inSt. Helens and which may be affected bydevelopment are bats, the barn owl and greatcrested newt.

The Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981recognised that protecting sites of interest fornature conservation was only a part of thenecessary protection for wildlife. A numberof species are also protected. These may beplants or animals, on land or in water, and areidentified in Schedule 1, 5 and 8 of the Act.Animals which are mobile may use areasoutside designated sites for shelter and/orbreeding. If damage or destruction to theseplaces occurs or if the animal itself is killed orprevented from using these areas, thenprosecutions may result.

Development will not be permitted wherethe Council is satisfied that it would have anadverse effect on wildlife species and theirhabitats protected by law. In sensitivelocations, where such harm can be avoided,and subject to all other relevantconsiderations, planning permission will begranted but conditions will be attached tothe permission, and/or obligations soughtunder Section 106 of the Town and CountryPlanning Act 1990, to ensure protectedspecies and their habitats are adequatelysafeguarded.

ENV 9

Species Protection Policy

Derelict and vacant land can be a majorresource in St. Helens where unusual plantcommunities have arisen on spoil heaps,resulting from the glass, coal and chemicalindustries. Disused railway lines and canalshave also been identified as wildlife resources.

Consideration will be given to the retention,creation or enhancement of features ofwildlife value in proposals for the treatmentof derelict and vacant land.

ENV 8

Derelict Land as a Wildlife Resource

Sherdley Colliery (5Ec7)Lea Green Colliery (5Ec5)Sedgemarsh, WindlehurstBerrington Lane Sand Pit


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

ENV 11-13 Other Tree Planting policiesENV 3 Greenways

Ex-Sidac Car Park and Filter Beds 6

(xiv)Bold Colliery 6(xiii)Bold Moss Tip 6(xii)Clock Face Colliery 6(xi)

As well as promoting the woodland plantingof sites identified in Policy ENV 10, theCouncil will keep under review theopportunity to bring additional areas into theMersey Forest initiative and other sites will beidentified as programmes develop. Whilemany of the Plan's policies will assist inachieving the aims of the Mersey Forest, thefollowing are particularly important:

Lea Green Farm (part) 5(x)Lea Green Colliery 5(ix)Sutton Manor Colliery 5(viii)Red Quarry 5(vii)

Ibstocks complex including BuffQuarry 5

(vi)Ravenhead Nature Park 5(v)Roughdales Tip 5(iv)Greengate Tip 5(iii)Princess Pit 2(ii)

St. Helens is playing a significant part in anumber of ways but particularly by targetingderelict, neglected and underused land forwoodland planting. The Council through itsWasteland to Woodland partnership hasrecognised this potential, especially in the areaof degraded landscape to the south and east ofthe Borough. Approximately 400 hectares ofwasteland have been identified for large-scalewoodland planting through joint action by themajor landowners, funding agencies and theCouncil.

Lyme and Wood Pits 1(i) Area

The Mersey Forest as described in para 3.15(Part 1), is a joint initiative between nine localauthorities and the Countryside and ForestryCommissions to establish a 'community forest'north and south of the River Mersey, to theeast of Liverpool.

The Council will encourage woodlandplanting especially where this wouldcontribute to the creation of the MerseyForest. The sites identified below areallocated for woodland planting, informalrecreation and wildlife habitat creation.

ENV 10

The Mersey Forest

There is a wide range of activities which a local authority can pursue to secure the protection, managementand planting of trees and woodlands, including the management of its own land. It is the intention to reviewthese opportunities in a comprehensive manner and produce a Strategy for action.

Many opportunities for woodland planting are available on derelict land, particularly in the southern part ofthe Borough, with community and improved landscape benefits. The Wasteland to Woodland project andMersey Forest initiative will enable these opportunities to be realised.

Whilst the average woodland cover of the United Kingdom is 10% of the land area, in St. Helens only some3.5% is woodland.

reduction in pollution.(vii)renewable resources;(vi)educational opportunities;(v)shelter(iv)nature conservation;(iii)informal recreation;(ii)visual amenity;(i)

Trees and woodlands make an enormous contribution to the image of the Borough and provide a variety ofbenefits, including:

Trees and Woodland


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

do not make adequate provision forreplacement planting to compensatefor any losses as a result ofdevelopment.

(iii)

The attraction of the St. Helens countrysiderelies to a significant extent on the smallwoodlands which break up the agriculturalfield pattern. The wooded valleys, in the northof the Borough are particularly noteworthyand include ancient woodlands. Many of thewoods are now mature or over mature and in adegraded state and there are very few youngerwoodlands. There is a need for new plantingfor landscape improvement and to assist ruraleconomy

do not incorporate measures for thesuccessful retention of existing trees;

(ii)

would result in significant loss oftrees;

(i)

Trees are a scarce resource locally andconsequently there is a need to conserveexisting features whether in the countryside,urban fringe or built-up areas.

Proposals affecting existing trees andwoodlands will not normally be permitted ifthey:

ENV 12A

Development Affecting Existing Trees

information on the existing and proposedground levels at tree bases within thecanopy spread.

(v)assessment of general condition of trees;(iv)

species of free-standing trees, ornumbers of different species in treegroups or percentage of different speciesin woodlands;

(iii)

trunk girths of free-standing trees at1.3m above ground height and extent ofcanopy spread;

(ii)

location of all trees, tree groups, whereappropriate, woodlands and hedgerows;

(i)

The survey should provide the followinginformation, as appropriate:

It is necessary to have adequate informationabout the condition, location, size and type oftrees on a site if proposals are to be properlyassessed. Surveys should be carried out by aqualified arboriculturalist, particularly onthose sites with significant tree cover.

Where a proposal affects a site containingexisting trees or woodlands, the Council willnormally require applications to beaccompanied by a tree survey, to enable theeffect of the development on the trees to beproperly assessed.

ENV 11

Tree Surveys

As a general rule, any new or replacementplanting should use native species.

REC 5 Strategic Footpaths and Cycleways

ENV 22 The St. Helens Canal

ENV 21 Environmental Improvements within Transport Corridors

ENV 20 Landscape Renewal


not normally permit development onthe best and most versatile land, thatis grades 1, 2 and 3A as classified bythe Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheriesand Food; and

(i)

Practically all agricultural land in St. Helens iswithin the Green Belt. Almost half (46.7%) offarmland in St. Helens is classified as Grades1 and 2, compared to 17.4% in England andWales. Government guidance (PPG 7) statesthat Grades 1, 2 and 3A constitute the best andmost versatile land and considerable weightshould be given to

In considering planning applications fordevelopment on agricultural land theCouncil will:

ENV 14

Agricultural Land Quality

in areas deficient in trees.(v)

within or adjacent to anyenvironmental improvement area orcorridor defined elsewhere in thePlan;

(iv)in or adjacent to the Green Belt;(iii)

The Council will expect trees to be designedinto development proposals from the outset.Conditions will be imposed to ensure thatplanting proposals are carried out andmaintained.

adjoining amenity areas and openspaces;

(ii)

adjacent to roads or other publicfrontages;

(i)

It is desirable to increase tree cover in theBorough, thus improving the appearance ofthe area, giving shelter and enhancing wildlifehabitats. With increasing traffic andassociated pollution, the value of trees andshrubs for intercepting pollutants is anadditional reason for well landscaped trafficroutes

The Council will normally require theplanting of trees on development sites, and,in particular, will require planting to be anintegral part of proposals for sites whichare:

ENV 13

New Tree Planting on DevelopmentSites

As a general rule, replacement planting shouldbe of locally native species.

trees to be replaced in the event offailure or damage during aprescribed period.

(iv)

Landowners often require advice and guidanceon techniques and grants. The Council willencourage owners and tenants to manage,maintain and restore existing woodlandsthrough recognised grant schemes operated bythe Forestry Authority, CountrysideCommission or other grant-assisting bodies.

(iii)

layouts to provide adequate spacingbetween existing trees and buildings,taking into account the existing andpotential size of trees and theirimpact both above and below groundlevel;

retained trees and woodland to beprotected and managed before,during and for a prescribed periodafter construction;

(ii)

trees or woodlands affected bydevelopment to be replaced on atleast a 2:1 basis, either within thedevelopment site, or in a suitablearea nearby, under an agreementbetween the Council and thedeveloper;

(i)

The Town and Country Planning Act 1990places a specific duty on the Council toensure, when granting planning permissionthat adequate provision is made for thepreservation and planting of trees. Inappropriate circumstances, the Council willmake use of its powers to secure the protectionof amenity trees and woodlands includingnewly planted trees, by making a TreePreservation Order. Existing large or maturetrees are of a higher amenity importance andshould be retained in favour of proposedreplacement trees, as a general rule.

Where planning permission is granted theCouncil may impose conditions requiring:

ENV 12B


the proposal will assist inmaintaining the viability of thatagricultural holding;

(ii)

the proposal relates to land that ispart of an existing agriculturalholding under the control of theapplicant;

(i)

Government guidance (PPG 7) states thatchanges in agriculture mean that it is no longernecessary to retain as much land as possible inagricultural use. It suggests that the priorityshould now be to sustain diversification of therural economy, so as to provide wide andvaried employment opportunities and toencourage a broadening of the economic baseof rural areas, while protecting theenvironment. This would generally includethe re-use or adaptation of

Planning permission may be granted forsmall, farm based developments where itcan be demonstrated that:

ENV 17

Farm Diversification

respect the scale and local traditionof existing buildings.

(iv)

have no significant adverse effect onthe amenities of any neighbouringdwellings or other buildingsconnected with agriculture;

(iii)

be sited close to existing building ,wherever possible;

(ii)

minimise impact on the surroundinglandscape, trees and features ofwildlife value;

(i)

Many modern agricultural buildings are starkand utilitarian in design, with little attemptbeing made to blend them in with traditionalfarm buildings in the area or with thelandscape. Government guidance in PPG 7,while acknowledging that choices of designand materials may be constrained byoperational needs, expects farm buildings tobe designed and built to blend withneighbouring buildings and with thesurrounding countryside. Where planningpermission or prior notification to the Councilfor agricultural built development is required,the Council will seek to achieve these aims byreference to Supplementary PlanningGuidance Note 2.

New buildings for use in connection withagriculture and forestry, together withalterations and extensions to existingbuildings, and other developments, will berequired to:

ENV 16

Design of Agricultural and ForestryDevelopments

PPG 7 acknowledges that the loss of part of aholding can have important implications forthe remainder and that the effect of severanceand fragmentation upon the farm and itsstructure may be relevant. In St. Helens in1991, 61 out of a total of 153 holdings weresmaller than 20 hectares and only 13 werelarger than 100 ha (June 1991 AgriculturalCensus). The viability of many holdings isthus marginal.

Development which would substantiallyerode the viability of a farm holding orimpair farm structure will not normally beallowed. Applicants will be expected tosubmit details of the effect of proposeddevelopments on farm structure andviability.

ENV 15

Farm Structure

protecting such land against development.Once agricultural land is developed, even forsoft uses such as golf courses, return to bestquality agricultural use is seldom practicable.

require proof that, where planningapplications entail the use of land forpurposes other than builtdevelopment, the land will be capableof return to agricultural productionin the future without significant lossof land quality.

(ii)


The Merseyside Structure Plan identified twoareas of Heritage Landscape in St. Helens.One, primarily historic in character, centred onBold Hall in the south; the second was a moreextensive area of relatively unspoilt,undulating landscape between Rainford andBillinge, in the north, including the highest

Two areas of Heritage Landscape, at BoldHall and between Rainford and Billinge areidentified on the Proposals Map.Development will not be permitted whichwould adversely affect the special character,amenity and appearance of these areas.

ENV 19

Heritage Landscape

Much of the countryside surrounding thebuilt-up of the Borough is attractive andworthy of safeguarding. While Green Beltdesignation will protect much of this rurallandscape from the direct effects ofdevelopment, a policy is required whichensures that new developments in or near opencountryside do not damage the rurallandscape.

In considering applications for developmentin, or on the edge of the countryside, theCouncil will have regard to the effect on theappearance of the surrounding area.

ENV 18

Landscape Protection

the primary purpose is the sale ofproduce grown on the farm or in theimmediate locality.

(c)

in the case of new buildings, noexisting farm buildings are availableto accommodate the use;

(b)

the net retail floorspace will notexceed 100 square metres;

(a)

in relation to proposed farm shopswhere a specific planning permissionis necessary that:

(viii)

For clarification, criterion (iii) would permitthe development to be operated by somebodyother than the farmer so long as the enterpriseis not self-contained and either physically orfinancially separated from the farm.

the activity, and any related buildingworks or change of use is compatiblewith its immediate neighbours, interms of general environmentalconsideration;

(vii).

the enterprise is not a clear case ofover development of the site andwould not harm the objectives of theGreen Belt;

(vi)

Any proposals for farm diversification willalso be required to comply with other relevantPlan policies, particularly those relating to carparking standards, satisfactory access to thehighway network, design of any new buildingand use of appropriate materials and adequatelandscaping/boundary treatment.

The immediate locality will be interpreted aswithin 5 km of the proposed farm shop.

the development will not lead toirreversible development orreduction in quality of the best andmost versatile agricultural land;

(v)

the enterprise will not reduce theviability of neighbouring agriculturalholdings, by increasing problemssuch as trespass, vandalism, theft orin any other way;

(iv)

agricultural and other rural buildings, providedtheir form, bulk and general design are inkeeping with their surroundings. It is notnecessary to consider whether a building isneeded for its present agricultural use or otherpurposes. The PPG remains, however, fullycommitted to policies for conserving andprotecting all areas of countryside, includingGreen Belts.

the proposal does not involve thedivision of the proposed enterprisefrom the existing agriculturalholding;

(iii)


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

The Council will continue to promote theimprovement of the landscape in partnershipwith the private sector and other agencies.The area now forms part of the proposedMersey Forest (para. 3.15, Part 1 and PolicyENV 10)

Within this area new development will notnormally be permitted if it would lead tofurther deterioration of the landscape orprejudice efforts to secure landscaperenewal.

land to the south and east ofNewton-le-Willows

(iv)

land between Haydock andNewton-le-Willows;

(iii)

land north of the M62 and south ofClock Face and Sutton;

(ii)

land between Rainhill and ThattoHeath/Sutton Manor;

(i)

This area broadly conforms to the zone of'degraded landscape' diagrammaticallyidentified in the Merseyside Structure Plan. Ithas also provided the focus for the Wastelandto Woodland initiative (para. 4.20, Part 1).The need for priority action is influenced bythe visual prominence of the area from severalstrategic transport routes, including the M62Link Road and the Liverpool-Manchesterrailway line.

The Council will give priority to landscaperenewal within that area which includes:

ENV 20

Landscape Renewal

where broader criteria, such as visualquality, are to be applied, whether areasin addition to that previously identifiedaround Rainford and Billinge, includingthat inherited from Wigan as a result ofboundary amendments, should beincluded.

(ii)

whether areas of historic orarchaeological value in addition to BoldHall merit such designation; and

(i)

However, the Council intends to review theheritage Landscape designations for possibleamendment at a future update of the Plan, toassess:

point in then District. These are confirmedand shown on the Proposals Map.


Opportunities to return the canal tonavigational use are severely affected by pastdevelopment. Although resource constraintsmay restrict significant advances during the

Development proposals which wouldprejudice the long-term aspiration ofreturning the canal to navigational use willnormally be refused.

improve the environment along thecanal corridor.

(iii)

encourage its restoration forrecreational and other uses;

(ii)

protect the route of the St. HelensCanal;

(i)The St. Helens Canal, although not a listedstructure, is of major historical importance,being the first modern canal of the industrialrevolution. Although it had been neglected formany years, it is now being gradually restoredby the Council and voluntary sector,particularly the Ravenhead section within theTown Centre and Newton Locks in Area 1.The canal is the central feature of a major partof the Greenway network (see Policy ENV 3)and provides opportunities for wildlife,informal recreation, education and generalenvironmental enhancement. As restoration ofthe canal proceeds and public accessibilityincreases, opportunities for economicdevelopment may also increase. These, also,will be considered positively subject to notprejudicing the environmental andnavigational aspirations of the canalrestoration.

The Council will:ENV 22

St. Helens Canal

The level of advertising throughout theBorough is generally at a reasonable level, butthere are certain concentrations, particularlyon radial routes, which can be described asexcessive. A successful pilot programme ofdiscontinuance on Parr Stocks Road/BroadOak Road will be repeated elsewhere in theBorough as necessary and as resources permit.

the Liverpool to Manchester railway.(vi)give priority attention to thetreatment of land in Councilownership, promote enhancementschemes and encourage otheragencies to do likewise.

(iv)the Liverpool to Wigan railway line;(v)the M6;(iv)the M62 Link Road;(iii)serve notices, where appropriate,

requiring landowners to maintaintheir land in a tidy condition;

(iii)

the M62;(ii)the A580 (East Lancashire Road);(i)

The routes in question are:

refuse consent for advertisementsand take action to remove existingadvertisement displays which, byreason of their size or character,would detract or already detractfrom their visual amenity;

(ii)

require new development to be of ahigh design standard and suitablyscreened or landscaped, wherevernecessary;

(i)

The policy will apply to the major transportroutes within the Borough which carry themajority of the visitors to St. Helens and thosepassing through. The appearance of theBorough from these routes is important increating a favourable impression thuscomplementing the Borough's efforts to attractnew investment, as part of its urbanregeneration initiatives.

Within the major transport corridors asshown on the Proposals Maps, the Councilwill:

ENV 21

Environmental Improvements withinTransport Corridors


Vulcan Village, Newton-le-Willows(vii)Rainford No. 2(vi)Rainford No. 1(v)Rainhill(iv)the area should have a special

architectural or historic characterand interest, which is desirable topreserve or enhance;

(i)Willow Park, Newton-le-Willows(iii)High Street, Newton-le-Willows(ii)Victoria Square, St. Helens Town Centre(i)

There are seven Conservation Areas in theBorough as follows:

In considering whether the designation ofConservation Areas is necessary in order topreserve or enhance the character orappearance of an area, the Council willapply the following criteria:

ENV 24A

Designation and Review of ConservationAreas

Work undertaken as a requirement of ENV 23(iii)(c) should be by a qualified archaeologistin accordance with a programme approved bythe Council and the results lodged with theSites and Monuments Record at LiverpoolMuseum.

in those situations wherepreservation is not feasible, adequateprovision has not been made for theexcavation and recording of the site.

(c)

Government guidance, PPG 16 'Archaeologyand Planning' recognises the importance ofarchaeological remains and the need to givethem full consideration in the planning anddevelopment control process.

Developers will be encouraged to discuss theirproposals at an early stage with a recognisedarchaeological body.

the development would prejudice thepreservation of archaeologicalfeatures where they are found;

(b)

in the opinion of the Council,insufficient information is providedto determine the archaeologicalimpact or development;

(a)

normally refuse planning permissionwhere:

(iii)

normally resist any proposaladversely affecting a ScheduledAncient Monument;

(ii)

Archaeological information for over 2000 sitesin St. Helens is held on the Merseyside Sitesand Monument Record (SMR). Thisdefinitive record is held, maintained andcontinuously updated by Liverpool Museum.

There are ten Scheduled Ancient Monumentsin the Borough. Applications for ScheduledMonument Consent must be submitted to theSecretary of State for the Environment.

require developers, landowners andother interested parties to take fullaccount of known or anticipatedarchaeological remains in theirproposals;

(i)

Archaeological remains are unique, finite andirreplaceable. The Borough has a rich heritageof archaeological sites, which contributetowards a greater understanding of the socialand historical development of the area.

In considering development proposalsaffecting archaeological sites or remains theCouncil will:

ENV 23

Archaeology

Plan period, the Plan can assist in ensuringthat no further impediments are placed in theway of securing this objective.


the preparation of enhancementschemes, subject to the availability ofresources; and

(v)

resisting residential development inthe rear gardens of existing dwellingswhere this would be out of characterwith the area;

(iv)

encouraging the retention of existingmature trees, open spaces and otherfeatures which contribute to thecharacter of the area and planting ofadditional trees, where appropriate;

(iii)

ensuring that materials used inpaving or other ground surfacetreatment are sympathetic;

(ii)

Where demolition is acceptable in principle,consent to demolish will not normally begranted unless a satisfactory treatment of thesite is specified or a satisfactory replacementdevelopment is proposed.

requiring a high standard of designfor new buildings or alterations toexisting buildings, thus ensuring thatany new building is designed toharmonise, in form, scale andmaterials with the area as a whole,and immediate surroundings, inparticular;

(i)

In considering applications for demolition theCouncil will take into account the quality ofthe building, its contribution to the overallcharacter of the area; and the positive effectredevelopment would have on theConservation Area in question. Replacementdevelopment will not be permitted unless itwould serve to preserve or enhance theConservation Area.

The Council will preserve or enhance thespecial character of its Conservation Areasby:

ENV 24B

Development in Conservation Areas

Section 71 of the 1990 Act states it shall bethe duty of Local Planning Authorities 'fromtime to time' to formulate and publishproposals for the 'preservation andenhancement' of their Conservation Areas.Due to the financial constraints within whichthe Council operates, it will be necessary tosecure external sources of funding to satisfythis requirement.

A review exercise has already been carried outin the Rainhill, High Street and Willow Parkareas. It is not necessary to review VulcanVillage because of its relatively recentdesignation. It is considered that Billinge andEccleston Park should be the initial focus forfuture investigations into new designations.

the resources available for designation, consultation andenhancement

(iv)

while the area may contain ListedBuildings this is not essential. Thespaces between buildings will includeroads, footpaths, walls, fencing,railings, gates, landscaped areas,trees and other features of landscapeinterest;

(iii)

With the exception of Vulcan Village (1986),all the areas were designated as ConservationAreas in 1976. The current relevantlegislation is the Planning (Listed Buildingsand Conservation Areas) Act 1990. Section69 of this Act states that it shall be the duty ofLocal Planning Authorities 'from time to time'to review existing Conservation Areas and toinvestigate whether other parts of theiradministrative areas shall be designated asnew Conservation Areas.

the area should mainly comprisebuildings and the spaces betweenbuildings but may include peripheralland where it is important to thesetting of the core area:

(ii)


Contaminated land is a significant problem inSt. Helens, as a result of its industrial past.The problems include heavy metalcontamination, alkali waste from thechemicals industry and methane gas fromlandfill sites. The Environment Agency hasnotified the Council of 60 sites where itrequires to be consulted on any developmentwithin 250 metres, under the terms of Article10 of the General Development ProcedureOrder 1995. Approximately 16% of the

On contaminated sites or sites suspected ofbeing either contaminated or affected bycontamination, the Council will requiredevelopers to carry out investigations toassess the nature and extent ofcontamination and to prepare programmesor schemes of works to treat or minimisethe problems. Planning permission willnormally only be granted subject toconditions requiring appropriate remedialworks to be undertaken.

ENV 26

Contaminated Land

Details of what steps have been taken tosecure continued occupation or alternative usewill be required as part of a comprehensivecase, in the event of any application for partialor total demolition.

The legislation and national guidance aredesigned to ensure that listed buildings arepreserved and that alterations are subject tostrict control. This policy is intended to see toit that appropriate high standards are set.

However, there are other buildings in theBorough which have architectural or historicalmerit which are not statutorily listed. Thevalue of these buildings often does not becomeapparent until they are threatened bydevelopment proposals. In suchcircumstances, the Council would seek toobtain statutory protection.

Because there are relatively few statutorilyprotected buildings in the Borough, theiroverall contribution to the quality of theenvironment is important. The Council willtherefore exercise great care when dealingwith applications for development affectingListed Buildings.

seek continued occupation oralternative use of the building inpreference to demolition.

(ii)

The 120 Listed Buildings in the Borough arevery varied in type and include the railwayviaduct at Newton-le-Willows, Birchley Hallat Billinge, the former Pilkington BrothersHead Office in Grove Street, the double lockson the St. Helens Canal and 17 churches.

require that all alterations are inkeeping with the character of thebuilding;

(i)

Buildings are listed because of their individualarchitectural merit, historical associations,sociological interest, value in technologicalinnovation or for their contribution to thetownscape of rural or industrial groups.

The Council will seek to protect ListedBuildings, and their settings from harmfuldevelopment and in consideringapplications for Listed Building Consent theCouncil will:

ENV 25

Listed Buildings

normally resisting the demolition ofbuildings which contribute to thecharacter of the Conservation Area.

(vi)


Experience of the operation of theseinstallations has been varied. In some cases,few problems have arisen but at the HaysChemicals plant, there have, in the past, beenincidents of chemical emission and communitydisruption. However, there has been nosignificant emission from the plant since 1986.

It is the intention that ENV 27 shall applyprimarily to development which is new to theBorough and not to existing sites. Howeverthe policy will be used as a guide to proposalsto extend development at existing sites, withthe exception of the Hays Chemicals plantwhich is subject to a separate policy AP6.1.

the proposal would not cause anuisance to residents within thevicinity of the plant.

(iv)

the proposal would not placeresidents within the vicinity of theplant at unacceptable risk; and

(iii)

There are currently four notifiable processes inSt. Helens. The Health and Safety Executivehave identified a consultation zone aroundeach plant and are consulted on significantplanning applications within the zones. Oneof these, the Hays Chemicals Plant, is inaddition, the only installation in the Boroughwhere the Control of Industrial MajorAccident Hazards (CIMAH) Regulations 1982also apply. Details of the zones and the HSEguidance are provided in SupplementaryPlanning Guidance Note 4.

the proposal would not prejudice theoverall Plan Strategy;

(ii)

there would be an overriding benefitto the community, such as assisting insafeguarding significant existingemployment opportunities orreducing existing risk levels;

(i)

Certain sites and pipelines are designated asnotifiable installations by virtue of thequantities of hazardous substance stored orused. The siting of such installations will besubject to planning controls aimed at keepingthese separated from housing and other landuses with which such installations might beincompatible from the safety viewpoint. Tothis end the Council will seek the advice ofHealth and Safety Executive on the suitabilityof a development in relation to the risks thatthe notified installation might pose to thesurrounding population.

New development which would benotifiable, under the Notification ofInstallations Handling HazardousSubstances Regulations 1982, or whichcould give rise to serious nuisance to thesurrounding population will not bepermitted. However, sympatheticconsideration may be given if all of thefollowing criteria are satisfied:

ENV 27

New Hazardous Development

Development or disturbance of contaminatedland may mobilise contaminants and introducethem into the water environment. Schemes fordeveloping contaminated land must includemeasures to avoid pollution of groundwaterand surface water.

Circular 21/87 advises local planningauthorities to set out in their DevelopmentPlans policies for the use of contaminated landand criteria which will be applied indetermining planning applications.

Borough's land area may be affected bylandfill gas within these consultation zones.


physical design and constructionmethods.

(vii)

ease of evacuation/sealing off thebuilding;

(vi)

extent of control over activities at thefacility;

(v)

age and health of people normallypresent;

(iv)

length of time spent in the premises bothindoors and outdoors;

(iii)number of people normally present;(ii)type of development;(i)

Details of the following matters will berequired in support of applications for newdevelopment in the HSE consultation zones:

The areas covered by the UnitaryDevelopment Plan already contain a numberof installations handling notifiable substances,including high pressure natural gastransmission pipeline. Whilst they are subjectto stringent controls under existing health andsafety legislation, it is considered prudent tocontrol the kinds of development permitted inthe vicinity of these installations. Indetermining whether or not to grant consentfor a proposed development within theseconsultation distances, the Council will takeaccount of the advice it receives from theHealth and Safety Executive about the risks tothe proposed development from the notifiableinstallation.

Within the consultation zones of existingnotifiable installations, the Council, inconsultation with the Health and SafetyExecutive, will seek to ensure that no newdevelopments take place which wouldsignificantly increase the population at risk.

ENV 28A

Development within Health and SafetyExecutive Consultation Zones

The UDP has enabled the Council to draw uppolicies on the siting of future hazardousdevelopment and on the use of land nearhazardous installations. A balance is soughtbetween the requirements of this industrialsector, public safety, amenity and therequirements of urban regeneration. It is theCouncil's view that the introduction of anynew processes must be viewed with extremecaution, to minimise the possibility of risk toexisting residents and occupiers, the negativeimpact such processes can have on the imageof the area, and avoid conflict with the aims ofurban regeneration.


However, in implementing the policy theCouncil will consult with the agenciesresponsible for applying standards set byGovernment legislation, including theEnvironment Agency and Health and SafetyExecutive.

Nevertheless, development plans may alsoinclude policies designed to control pollutionand to limit and reduce nuisances such asnoise, smells and dust.

The primary legislation for pollution controlrests outside the Planning Acts, in particularthe Environmental Protection Act 1990, theClean Air Act 1993 and the Environment Act1995 which includes provisions for airpollution and the licensing of waste disposal.It is not the purpose of this policy to be settingstandards for pollution control which is theresponsibility of other legislation.

All new developments will be required tomeet existing standards relating to air,water, groundwater pollution and noise.

noise levels(iv)the air;(iii)groundwater;(ii)

The purpose of this policy is to prevent levelsof pollution which would cause harm,adversely affect amenity, prejudice nearbyland or adversely affect urban regeneration.The policy will contribute to reducingpollution levels locally, nationally andinternationally.

surface water includingwatercourses, ponds and lakes;

(i)

Pollution is the release of substances into theair, water or on to land which are capable ofcausing harm to man or other livingorganisms.

The Council will not permit developmentwhich would introduce or increase pollutionto an unacceptable level as a result ofemissions or discharge affecting:

ENV 29

Pollution Control

The information listed in ENV 28A is requiredin order to assess the potential risks tooccupants of new development.

This particular issue relates to land in Sutton(Area 6) affected by the consultation zonesurrounding the Hays Chemical Plant.

The Council consider that an appropriatebalance of objectives can be secured, incertain circumstances, by being prepared toconsider favourably applications fordevelopment on those sites previouslydeveloped but now cleared.

It is the Council's responsibility to reach adecision on development proposals within aconsultation zone taking account of all therelevant planning factors including HSEadvice. While being mindful of the need tokeep the population at potential risk to aminimum, the Council also considers it has aresponsibility to avoid blighting andconstraints on urban regeneration, particularlyif such a policy is supported by the localcommunity directly affected.

Where the proposal is for theredevelopment of a previously occupied site,the Council will give particularconsideration to the contribution which theproposal would make to the regeneration ofthe area.

ENV 28B


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

affect the integrity of flood defences.(vi)

incorporate drainage or other workswhich would have a detrimentaleffect on the conservation of thewater environment including itspresent value or potential for wildlifeand recreation;

(v)

The policies in the Plan and in particular theallocation for residential and industrialdevelopment in the Plan have been consideredby the Environment Agency. Developersattention will be drawn, in particular, to thesites listed below where there will need to be acareful investigation of increased run-off andarising from such an investigation, thepossibility that improvement works to theaffected watercourse will be required orrun-off attenuation measures agreed as part ofthe development: 5H5, 5Ec1-5Ec5.

give rise to substantial changes in thecharacteristics of surface waterrun-off unless adequate off site workscan be provided;

(iv)

This policy has been requested by theEnvironment Agency and is consistent withCircular 30/92 and PPG 12. The Council willconsult the Environment Agency ondevelopment proposals and the developer willbe required to carry out any necessary floodprevention/alleviation works identified.

cause loss of natural flood plainexcept in exceptional circumstancesand where compensatory measuresare provided as agreed inconsultation with the EnvironmentAgency;

(iii)

cause loss of access to watercoursesfor future maintenance;

(ii)are in areas liable to flooding;(i)

Surface water run-off from new developmentis a major concern in the Borough and this canprejudice the development of land downstreamby increasing the risk of flooding.

Planning permission will not be granted forthose forms of development which:

ENV 30

Drainage

A large part of St. Helens is situated upon amajor aquifer which is used for both publicand private water supply. The Council will, inconsultation with the Environment Agency,ensure that development will not damage thesegroundwater resources or prevent their use.

While many improvements have been made,for example in reducing air pollution throughthe Clean Air Acts, much remains to be doneand it can be expected that new targets will beintroduced as a result of internationalagreements and European CommunityDirectives. The quality of the Borough'swatercourses remains poor. A contributoryfactor is the significant area of contaminatedland in St. Helens. While Part 1 policy S8provides a framework for the treatment ofsuch land the process will be expensive andlengthy. It is important to ensure thereforethat the existing situation is not worsened bynew developments. Reference should be madeto Policy GEN 1 which sets out criteria for allnew development.

As a consequence of this guidance accountwill be taken of the standards to which theseorganisations refer, insofar as they have abearing on land use planning.


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

the quality of proposed landscaping(planting of native species will be anormal requirement and may berequired off-site);

(iv)

the effect on areas of ecologicalinterest;

(iii)

the effect on productive agriculturalland;

(ii)

the effect on visual amenities,including existing trees;

(i)

Householders recognise that the appearance ofa residential area may be spoiled by thepresence of caravans in front gardens. Theycan also be a source of friction withneighbours whose light and outlook isaffected. However, planning permission is notrequired by a person wishing to store a touringcaravan within the curtilage of a dwelling.There is a need, therefore, for the provision ofsites where caravans may be kept when not inuse. Whilst it would be best for caravans to bestored in the urban area, they are frequentlystored in the countryside in old buildings or incorners of fields. However, unlike many otherforms of storage, there is little associatedactivity with storage of caravans and, providedthey are well screened, they may have littleimpact on the amenities of the Green Belt.

Favourable consideration may be given toproposals to store caravans within buildingsin the countryside, provided that theCouncil is satisfied that the building is notrequired for agricultural or other purposesappropriate to a rural area. Applicationsfor the storage of caravans within theenclosed farm complexes or in unobtrusivelocations on associated land will beconsidered in accordance with the followingcriteria:

ENV 31

Storage of Caravans

will also work with the Water Industry to help ensure that the environmental impacts of newinvestment are minimised and careful evaluation given to, amongst other issues, environmentalamenity and pollution.

(v)

will make every effort to handle applications expeditiously in accordance with GovernmentGuidance given in Circular 17/91;

(iv)

will continue to work closely with North West Water to enable them to meet their statutoryobligations to the benefit of the community and environment;

(iii)

will work with North West Water Limited, the Environment Agency, the Mersey Waste Disposalauthority and other Local Authorities in the region to ensure that investment by or on behalf of theWater Industry is planned in an effective manner;

(ii)

will work with the Industry to facilitate development proposals which will have majorenvironmental benefits both in St. Helens and regionally;

(i)The Council recognises the requirements placed upon the Water Industry and:

European Communities Bathing Water Directive (76/60/EEC), EC Drinking Water Directive (80/778/EEC),implemented by the Water Supply (Water Quality) Regulations 1989, and EC Urban Waste Water TreatmentDirective (92/271/EEC).

Adequate water and waste water services are vital to new developments, the communities they serve and tothe environment. Department of the Environment Circular 17/91 (Water Industry Investment, Planningconsiderations) gives guidance to Planning Authorities about the planning implications of an investmentprogramme being undertaken by the Water Industry. Investment by the Water Industry is concentrated in anumber of areas covering water and waste water treatment and the production of incidental renewable energyresources. Much of this investment is required to comply with EC Directives including the:

Water Industry Investment

Criterion (v) complements Policy ENV 3Greenways, by giving additional definition tothe protection of the water environmentoutside the Greenway network. Referenceshould also be made to Policy REC 7 whichencourages the recreational use of water areas.


the effect on the objectives of theGreen Belt.

(vi)

standard and location of vehicularaccess; and

(v)


RECREATION


existing levels of provision in relationto the following minimum standards:

(ii)

the existing recreational use of thefacility;

(i)

In assessing local need the Council will haveregard to the following:

Open space is a valuable resource for outdoorrecreation for the community, including theyoung, elderly and disabled. It can take the formof formally laid out facilities for organisedsports, such as playing fields, courts and bowlinggreens, either in the public or private sector;equipped children's play areas; and other playingareas suitable for informal use such as bychildren organising a game of football amongthemselves.

Planning permission will not be granted fordevelopments which would result in the lossof outdoor formal and informal recreationfacilities, including sports pitches, wherethere is an identified local need.

REC 2

Development Affecting RecreationalFacilities

A flexible approach to potential initiatives fromthe private sector is required, in order to takeadvantage of opportunities to enhance theBorough's leisure facilities, subject tocompliance with relevant policies.

Existing indoor facilities consist of fourswimming pools and four sports halls availablefor community use. The Council will review theadequacy of these facilities, as part of thepreparation of its Sports and RecreationStrategy. However, it is likely that limitedresources will restrict the Council's action tomake further improvements to existing facilities.

The Council will encourage the provision ofindoor leisure and recreation facilities,including those serving a wider regionalmarket, provided proposals do not conflictwith other UDP policies.

REC 1

Indoor Recreation

The Countryside Commission, in its 'Recreation 2000' strategy highlights the role of all relevant organisationsin promoting opportunities for countryside recreation and raising public awareness of countryside issues. TheUDP will provide the planning framework for the Council's Countryside Recreation Strategy which focuseson the general management of the countryside, raising public awareness and understanding and promotingpublic access.

The UDP provides the land use planning framework for the provision and safeguarding of indoor and outdoorrecreation facilities in the Borough. This role is emphasised in the Government's PPG Note 17 "Sport andRecreation".

Strategic Guidance asks Councils to work with the Regional Sports Council when considering sports andleisure facilities. The Council intends to prepare a Sport and Recreation Strategy in response to the NorthWest Council for Sport and Recreation's encouragement to local authorities to take a strategic approach to theplanning, provision and development of such facilities.

Recreation opportunities make a significant contribution to the quality of life and well-being of the Borough'spopulation. The leisure industry represents a growing sector of the national economy in terms of employment,income and investment. Demand is growing and an increasing proportion of consumer expenditure is directedtoward leisure activities.

RECREATION


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

Ease of access to local public open space shouldbe an important consideration in planpreparation. As a general rule the Council willseek to ensure as a minimum that everyhousehold has access to at least one area ofpublic open space within 400 metres of home.The ease of accessibility will be taken intoaccount when considering proposals affectingopen space.

These strategies are being updated and will betaken into account.

Wherever possible the NPFA guidelines will besupplemented by assessments of local need. In1989 Winter Sports Pitch, Tennis and BowlingStrategies were produced. The Winter SportsPitch Strategy concluded that pitch provisionwas broadly in balance with demand, with theexception of Billinge and Seneley Green andNewton-le-Willows. It also recognised the roleof school playing fields in dual educational andpublic use.

The Council will use the National Playing FieldAssociation's guidelines for the provision ofopen space in making a general assessment ofrecreational need, bearing in mind they relateonly to formal outdoor sports provision in thepublic and private sector such as pitches, greensand courts, school playing fields (whereavailable for public use) and outdoor equippedplaygrounds. In general terms, the Borough fallsbelow the recommended minimum guidelinestarget (2.4 ha per 1000) varying from a high inParr of 4.1 ha to a low of 0.6 ha in Haydock.The area for consideration will be definedinitially in relation to the Community Areasshown in Fig. 18. However, depending on thelocation of the threatened facility, eg. on theboundary of a Community Area, it will benecessary to adopt a flexible but realisticapproach.

the results of any local assessments ofrecreational need.

(iv)

all households should be within 400metres of open space suitable forinformal recreation use and/orchildren's play;

(iii)

0.8 ha per 1000 population ofchildren's playing space.

(b)

In addition to its recreational value, an openspace may have other important qualities, suchas amenity or wildlife value. Any proposalinvolving the loss of open space should. in thefirst instance, be assessed against Policy ENV 1.

The purpose of Policy REC 2 is to give greaterdefinition to recreational need, and provideguidelines against which any developmentinvolving the loss of recreational open space willbe assessed.

1.6 ha per 1000 population of formalyouth and adult playing space;

(a)


Fig. 18 Recreation Community Areas


Stanley Bank Farm/BlackbrookDiversion

(viii)

Slag Lane;(vii)

Carr Mill to Sutton Manor viaHaydock and Bold Moss;

(vi)

The Council commissioned a feasibility studyfrom the Groundwork Trust to investigate therecreational potential of the disused railwaylines. This highlighted the potential of thedisused mineral railway between Sutton and theBorough boundary but also identified a networkof potential routes taking as its basis thosefacilities in existence.

Carr Mill to Sutton via the RavenheadGreenway and Lea Green;

(v)the Sutton-Bold Mineral Railway;(iv)the Sutton Brook Greenway;(iii)the Sankey Valley;(ii)Rainford Junction to Carr Mill;(i)

Several Greenways, such as the Sankey Valleyand large parts of Sutton Brook, already existand are extremely popular for informalrecreation. The Borough is characterised byriver valleys, canal systems, disused railwaysand wedges of open land which presentopportunities to extend the network and promotelinks between town and country.

The Council will promote a network ofstrategic footpaths and cycleways as shownon the Proposals Map and listed below:

REC 5

Footpaths and Cycleways

a suitable replacement allotment canbe provided in the locality of at leastequivalent quality and size.

(ii)

the allotments no longer fulfil a localneed, and there is unlikely to be afuture demand for the plots;

(i)

Allotments for growing fruit, vegetables andflowers provide a valuable recreational facility,as well as supplies of fresh produce particularlyin those parts of the Borough where privategardens are restricted in size. There areapproximately 30 ha of allotments, of which halfare in Council ownership. The distribution ofsites is uneven, with little provision in Haydock/Blackbrook and Rainford/Billinge/Moss Bank.In general terms, there is sufficient land set asidefor allotments, although the popularity ofindividual sites is governed by the quality of sitemanagement.

Planning permission will not be granted fordevelopment which would lead to the loss ofallotments in the Borough unless:

REC 4

Allotments

New housing developments often generateadditional demand for play facilities which placea strain on existing facilities. Reference shouldbe made to Policy GEN 6 which requires newopen space provision to be made on most largedevelopments.

The Council is also seeking to support voluntarysector initiatives which improve provision.

Play is essential for children's healthydevelopment. it is important therefore thatsufficient safe and accessible areas of play areprovided close to children's homes. In responseto the generally poor condition of the Borough'splay areas, the Council have approved a strategyfor fixed play provision on children's play areas.A number of sites have been refurbished but, ingeneral terms, significant improvement isrestricted by limited resources.

Planning permission will not be grantedwhich would lead to a loss of equippedchildren's play areas, where there is a localneed. If the Council allows an exception itwill require the developer to provide areplacement play area in the vicinity, orenhance an existing one nearby, acceptablein terms of safety, quality and suitability forchildren's play.

REC 3

Children's Play


There is a shortage of bridleways in St. Helens.Opportunities to create new bridleways,particularly within the context of the MerseyForest sites (ENV 10) will be explored. It is not

In developing the network the Council will liaisewith landowners, developers and neighbouringauthorities and, where appropriate, makeprovision for cross-boundary linkages. Accountwill be taken of the needs of and pressures onagriculture, and the careful management ofaccess to sites of nature conservation interest.The policy is to prevent the long-termimplementation of the network being prejudiced.It will not necessarily prevent development onthe network so long as provision is made for thefootpath/cycleway route.

to facilitate cycling as a recreationalactivity and as an alternative method oftransport for a range of other activities,such as shopping and journey to work.The network is, therefore, an importantcomplement to Policy TRA 7 which seeksto promote cycling in the Borough. Thenetwork, particularly through Route (v),coincides with one of the Council'sEconomic Priority Areas (Part 1, PolicyS3).

(iv)

to link existing and proposed recreationalfacilities and, in particular, the woodlandsto be created as part of the Mersey Forest(see ENV 10). Opportunities to improvecross boundary links such as a linkbetween St. Helens and the Trans PennineTrail at Widnes, as part of the MerseyForest route network will be explored. Thenetwork, over part of its length, coincideswith the Greenways and this Policy shouldtherefore be read in conjunction withPolicy ENV 3.

(iii)

to create an informal recreation facilityaccessible to the main concentration ofpopulation. The network runs through thebuilt-up area, and the Council's priorityareas (see para 4.15, Part 1). The provisionof a recreational opportunity within suchareas is an important consideration;

(ii)give due weight to developmentproposals which would provide newlinks in the network or improveexisting links.

(ii)

to improve access between town andcountry. The network will assist inimproving access to informal recreationopportunities for all. This is in accordancewith the Countryside Commission'sRecreation 2000 Strategy and the Council'sCountryside Recreation Strategy;

(i)not grant permission for anydevelopment which would prejudicethe recreation route, unless specificarrangements are made for a suitablealternative linkage;

(i)

The network identified has a number offunctions:

The Council will:


St. Helens, in common with most other areas ofMerseyside does not possess any naturallyoccurring still water areas of any significance.

Many of the water features which do exist in theBorough owe their existence to the area'sindustrial past. They have been susceptible toneglect and misuse, which can lead to their lossby reclamation or infilling. Between 1968 and 1984, there was a 14% reduction in the total

The Council will protect the Borough'swater areas (rivers, streams, ponds, canals,dams and reservoirs) and seek to promotetheir recreational use, provided there is noconflict with the ecological value of the area.Development proposals which prejudiceexisting or potential recreational use will beresisted.

REC 7

Water Features

All of these areas have the potential to attractvisitors from beyond the Borough area and mayhave particular significance as part of theCouncil's tourism aspirations (see Policy ECON2).

Carr Mill Dam is a major regional angling andwater sports venue, although there is evidence ofconflicting interests. Sherdley Park hosts theSt. Helens Show, which is one of the largestevents of its kind in the country, as well as othersporting and entertainment events.

In the case of Haydock Park Racecourse, this isan existing facility attracting approximately180,000 people per annum.

The St. Helens Canal, particularly the stretchknown locally as 'The Hotties' in St. HelensTown Centre, has significant recreationalpotential in conjunction with proposals for theWorld of Glass, focusing on the science andtechnology of glass-making.

Planning permission will not be granted forany development within or adjacent to theseareas which could prejudice existing orfuture recreation potential.

Sherdley Park(v)Lyme and Wood Pit is a large area of despoiledland which offers considerable potential forsporting and informal recreation activities, and isattracting the interest of the private sector.

Carr Mill Dam;(iv)Haydock Park Racecourse;(iii)St. Helens Canal;(ii)Lyme and Wood Pit;(i)

In addition to the recreation potential of theGreenway network (ENV 3) and Wasteland toWoodland sites generally (ENV 10), it isconsidered that the areas identified in the policyhave particular significance for recreation.

The following areas are identified as KeyRecreation Areas:

REC 6

Key Recreation Areas

considered feasible to include facilities forhorseriding throughout the whole networkidentified in REC 5, particularly in the moreurban parts. However, where appropriate,consideration will also be given to this useparticularly where the network could link newwoodland sites (ENV 10) and any otheropportunities for new bridleway creation.


the other requirements of PolicyGEN 1 and other relevant generalpolicies being met.

(c)

car parking requirements beingsatisfied; and

(b)

there being no adverse effect onresidential amenity;

(a)

grant permission for new communityfacilities, subject to:

(ii)

not grant planning permission fordevelopment involving the loss ofexisting community facilities for whichthere is an identified need, unless asuitable alternative facility is provided;

(i)Local community facilities are an importantfeature of community life and can provide social,recreation and educational and spiritual benefits.They include churches and church halls,community halls, libraries, sports halls andschools.

The Council will:REC 8

Community Facilities

In many instances water areas are also ofwildlife value and can provide and attractivevisual setting for more passive pursuits such aswalking and picnicking.

Water provides opportunity for activities such asangling, and water sports (Eccleston Mere andCarr Mill Dam)

area of dams, reservoirs and canals in theBorough. In addition, many water courses areaffected by pollution, while in the countryside,many ponds have been filled by farmers.


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

MINERAL POLICIES


operations will not have anunacceptable effect on the viability orstructure of agricultural holdings orlead to the permanent loss or reductionin quality of the best and mostversatile agricultural land. Where

(vii)

access arrangements are satisfactoryand traffic generated will not have anunacceptable effect on propertiesadjoining routes used by mineraltraffic or on safety anywhere betweenthe site and the strategic highwaysnetwork;

(vi)

Whilst a proposal for mineral extraction may,when considered in isolation be acceptable inthat it fulfils the criteria of MIN 1, it may resultin the concentration of mineral activity in arestricted area, causing a prolonged andunacceptable burden on local communities.Planning permission will therefore, not be givenif proposals increase the overall level ofenvironmental disruption to an unacceptabledegree (GEN 2).

operations will not have anunacceptable effect on the waterenvironment, water resources,groundwater flows or the capacity offlood storage areas;

(v)

Most mineral exploration is classed as permitteddevelopment under the General DevelopmentOrder (as amended). However, there arecircumstances when planning permission isrequired and in such cases the Council willensure that environmental impacts areminimised.

satisfactory provision is made forscreening and landscaping whilst workis in progress, for restoration oncompletion of operations, which in thecase of larger schemes should bephased, and for appropriate aftercare;

(iv)

All mineral proposals must show that operationscan be screened and worked without anunacceptable environmental impact and that,where appropriate, the site can be satisfactorilyrestored in reasonable time, and that in the caseof non-hydrocarbons, there is a demonstrableneed for the mineral.

operations will not have anunacceptable impact on dwellings orother environmentally sensitive usesand identified development sites interms of visual amenity, noise,vibration, dust, smells, litter, vermin,air, land or water pollution or othernuisance;

(iii)

Because of the broad scope of the policy,covering both underground extraction andsurface working, all of the criteria may not berelevant in every case.

in the case of drift mining and deepmining, the scheme of workingminimises subsidence and risk ofdamage to buildings, structures andland;

(ii)

in accordance with the appropriateGovernment guidance, and with theexception of hydrocarbons, that thereis a demonstrable need and marketdemand and that in the case of allminerals there are proven adequatereserves in terms of quality andquantity;

(i)

The Plan adopts a criteria-based approach to theassessment of future mineral working proposalsand does not identify particular sites forextraction or indicate areas of search. To haveattempted to do so would have been technicallydifficult as the necessary backgroundinformation is not sufficiently accurate and therequired level of research could not be justifiedby the small number of proposals expected.Prospective mineral operators will need tosatisfy the various criteria set out in policy MIN1, which will be applied Borough-wide.

Applications for mineral exploration,working or associated disposal of mineralwastes and the provision of aggregate depotswill only be permitted if they meet thefollowing criteria:

MIN 1

Development Control Criteria

MINERAL POLICIES


ensure the satisfactory disposal ofmineral waste; and

(vi)

prevent or control the production anddisposal of polluted water and dust;

(v)ensure satisfactory access to the site;(iv)

control hours of working, vehiclemovement and maintenance of plantand equipment;

(iii)

control the levels of noise andvibration;

(ii)limit the duration of operations;(i)

Mineral working that is acceptable in principleand fulfils the criteria set out in MIN 1 will besubject to conditions to ensure that precisestandards of working and restoration aremaintained, in order to minimise theenvironmental impact of such operations. Where appropriate, legal agreements will beused to reinforce obligations and deal with anyoff-site matters (MIN 6). Wherever practicable,schemes should provide for progressiverestoration, to limit the overall period ofdisturbance for local communities and harm tothe appearance of the area.

Where working is acceptable in principle,the Council will require applicants to submitschemes of screening, working, progressiverestoration (which in the case of largerschemes should be phased) and aftercare forapproval. The Council will also, asappropriate:

MIN 2

Operational Criteria

in the case of oil and gas exploitation,it forms part of an overall scheme forthe development of a field approved bythe Council.

(xiii)

operations do not increase the extent ofactive workings in a particular localityto an acceptable degree; and

(xii)

operations will not have anunacceptable impact on the generallandscape setting;

(xi)

operations will not prevent theworking of other mineral deposits orwill not lead to the unacceptablesterilisation of minerals within the siteor in adjacent areas;

(x)

operations will not have anunacceptable impact on areas ofrecreational use or features oflandscape, ecological, archaeological orgeological interest;

(ix)

operations will not have anunacceptable effect on the structuralintegrity or setting of listed buildings,scheduled ancient monuments,heritage landscapes or conservationareas;

(viii)

necessary conditions will be imposed toensure that problems caused toadjacent agricultural operations areminimised


Mineral resources are finite and are likely to belost when building or other forms ofdevelopment takes place. Resources which arescarce or economically important shouldtherefore be safeguarded from sterilisation whilstalternative sites can be utilised. Wheredevelopment is inevitable, the prior extraction ofresources will be encouraged, where this isfeasible in terms of size and location and subjectto compliance with the other Plan policies andproposals. The existing consultation process inthe case of special industrial sands will continueto be implemented. Where planning permissionis granted for mineral extraction, the Councilwill expect that all minerals with an economicvalue within the approved site are exploited.

The Council will normally protect knownmineral resources from sterilisation by otherforms of development, and will, considerprior extraction of minerals before otherdevelopment proceeds, subject tocompliance with MIN 1-2.

MIN 4

Protection of Mineral Resources

In June 1990 the Council granted planningpermission for a major aggregates quarry (6.5million tonnes) in the Bold Heath area of theBorough. These reserves satisfy the landbankrequirement for crushed rock throughout thePlan Period.

Within this period Mineral Planning Authoritiesare required to provide for a landbank ofpermissions sufficient for at least seven yearsextraction, unless exceptional circumstancesprevail. This is because the overall process ofsite selection, acquisition, development and thegaining of planning and other approvals, is verytime consuming, and there is a need to ensure asteady and regular supply of aggregate mineralsto the construction industry.

the need to maintain a landbank ofreserves with permissions within theMerseyside area, in accordance withMPG 6 - Guidelines for AggregateProvisions for England and Wales.

(ii)

the contribution the proposal maymake towards maintainingMerseyside's share of the regionalproduction of aggregates, as expressedin Government Guidelines; and

(i)

The revised MPG 6 was published in April 1994and uses the results of the 1989 AggregatesSurvey as a basis for forecasting regionalproduction and demand for aggregates to theyear 2006.

The North West Aggregates Working Party hasapportioned likely demand to County level,which in the case of Merseyside has had to becombined with Greater Manchester to protect thecommercial confidentiality of producers. Thetwo former County areas are anticipating ademand for 6.6 m tonnes of sand and gravel and25.2 m tonnes of crushed rock to the year 2006.

In considering planning applications for theextraction of aggregate minerals, theCouncil will have regard to:

MIN 3

Aggregate Minerals

ensure satisfactory measures are takento safeguard any known or anticipatedfeatures of landscape, ecological,archaeological or geological interestlikely to be affected by the workings.

(vii)


Where extensions to existing sites are sought, theopportunity to consolidate earlier permissions, inorder to ensure the comprehensive working andrestoration of the

The Town and Country Planning (Minerals) Act1981, as now consolidated in the Town andCountry Planning Act 1990, gives LocalPlanning Authorities the power to reviewexisting planning permissions and to modify orrevoke earlier permissions, althoughcompensation may be payable to operatorswhere restrictions affect the winning andworking of the minerals.

Many old planning permissions characteristicallycontain a limited number of conditions which aregrossly inadequate by today's standards in termsof the controls over site operation andrestoration.

In the case of mineral workings which havelongstanding planning permissions withinadequate conditions of working orrestoration, the Council will seek to bringthem up to current standards, inconsultation with the operators. TheCouncil will only consider extensions toexisting workings if they are included withina comprehensive scheme to ensure interimlandscaping, full restoration andappropriate aftercare.

MIN 7

Review of Minerals Permissions

The routes used by heavy vehicles carryingminerals or mineral wastes from mineralworkings or depots may be unsuitable onhighway and/or environmental grounds. Ifsuitable alternative routes are available, or canbe provided, agreement of the operator to usesuch routes will be required.

Provision of rail-linked facilities in appropriatelocations will reduce the need to move mineralwastes by road and hence provide environmentalbenefit through reduced traffic congestion andfuel usage. Care will need to be taken to ensurethat the resulting road traffic serving the railfacility does not give rise to significant localenvironmental costs which outweigh theenvironmental gains elsewhere.

The Council will support the provision ofrail-linked aggregate depots, mineralextraction and disposal points, subject tocompliance with policy MIN 1 and otherpolicies and proposals in the UDP. Whereroad transport is unavoidable the Councilwill, where appropriate, enter into planningor other agreements to control the routing ofvehicles to and from such sites, and secureany necessary highway improvements.

MIN 6

Transport of Minerals

In many cases, the use of materials, oftenperceived as waste, as an alternative to naturalaggregates is technically feasible, economicallysound and helpful in achieving sustainabledevelopment. The use of waste as a secondaryaggregate produces benefits in conservingvaluable aggregate resources and reducing thequantity of materials requiring disposal.

The Council will support the use of wastematerials (such as colliery shale, demolitionmaterials, pulverised fuel ash and ash fromrailway embankments) as alternatives tonewly won minerals, subject to compliancewith other Plan policies and provided theurban regeneration strategy is notprejudiced.

MIN 5

Use of Secondary Aggregates

For example, in the case of opencast coal, it isoften possible to extract clays of commercialvalue. Such dual extraction will reduce thedemand to exploit other mineral sites.


whole of the site, will be a matter forconsideration, together with the criteria set out inMIN 1-2.


WASTE DISPOSAL POLICIES


will not have an unacceptable impacton areas of recreational use or featuresof landscape, ecological, archaeologicalor geological interest;

(viii)

In implementing this policy the Council willconsult and work closely with the EnvironmentAgency who are responsible for site licensing.

Planning permission will not normally begranted to proposals that cannot satisfy thecriteria established in this policy.

will not have an unacceptable effect onthe structural integrity or setting oflisted buildings, scheduled ancientmonuments, heritage landscapes orConservation Areas;

(vii)

operations will not have anunacceptable effect on the viability orstructure of agricultural holdings, orlead to the permanent loss or reductionin quality of the best and mostversatile land. Where necessaryconditions will be imposed to ensurethat problems caused to adjacentagricultural operations are minimised;

(vi)

that access arrangements aresatisfactory and traffic generated willnot have an unacceptable effect onproperties adjoining routes used bytraffic, or on road safety anywherebetween the site and the strategichighways network;

(v)

With regard to criterion (i), the Council willconsider the principles of proximity,sustainability, regional self sufficiency and theneed to encourage movement up the wastehierarchy when determining applications forplanning permission

In the past, waste facilities and particularlylandfill sites have often caused environmentaldisruption and pollution that would have beenunacceptable by today's standards, as a result ofinadequate control and a lack of understandingof processes. Previous tipping has, for example,resulted in 16% of the Borough now fallingwithin consultation zones for methane gas, etc.as referred to in Policy ENV 27. The purpose ofthis policy is to ensure that future waste facilitiesmeet a high standard of working and whereapplicable, restoration, and that they have anacceptable impact on amenities and theenvironment (GEN 2).

operations will not have anunacceptable effect on the waterenvironment, water resources,groundwater flows, or the capacity offlood storage areas;

(iv)

to identify landfill sites, especially thosereceiving putrescible material, will requiredetailed technical site assessment for eachprospective site, the information for whichis not currently available.

(ii)satisfactory provision is made forscreening and landscaping whilst workis in progress, for restoration oncompletion of operations, which in thecase or larger schemes should bephased, and for appropriate aftercare;

(iii)

by identifying new sites, little incentive isgiven to waste minimisation and recycling,as plentiful void supply will maintaincurrent low disposal costs.

(i)

There are a number of reasons for the Counciladopting this approach.

operations will not have anunacceptable impact on dwellings orother environmentally sensitive usesand identified development sites interms of visual amenity, noise,vibration, dust, smells, litter, vermin,air, land or water pollution or othernuisance;

(ii)

there is a demonstrable need for thefacility;

(i)

The Plan adopts a criteria-based approach to theassessment of future waste facilities (paying dueconsideration to the Waste Disposal Plan), anddoes not seek to identify or allocate specific newsites.

Applications for waste transfer, treatmentor disposal facilities will only be permitted ifthey meet the following criteria:

WD 1

Development Control Criteria

WASTE DISPOSAL POLICIES


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

Landfill, by reason of its low relative cost, is byfar the most widely used form of waste disposalbut it is not the only option. Landfill haslong-term and concealed costs and is likely,because of higher environmental standards, tobecome more expensive in the future.

The Government's White Paper, "This CommonInheritance", indicates that the Government'spriorities are to reduce waste at source, re-usewhat is left where possible, and dispose of the

The Council will support the development ofwaste recycling and collection facilities,including Waste Reception centres andoperations that will reduce the volume ofwaste requiring ultimate disposal, subject tocompliance with WD 1 and other Planpolicies and provided the urbanregeneration strategy is not prejudiced.

WD 3

Recycling

ensure the site is satisfactorily restoredand that suitable provisions are madefor aftercare, including, whereappropriate, the long-termmanagement of leachate and gasemissions.

(vi)

ensure there are adequate measures tosafeguard any known or anticipatedfeatures of landscape, ecological,archaeological or geological interestlikely to be affected; and

(v)Agreements with operators may be necessary toregulate traffic routes and guarantee fullrestoration of sites through a financial surety, insome instances.

The Council will, where appropriate, encouragethe direct use of methane for energy/heatgeneration (WD 4).

ensure satisfactory access to the site;(iv)

control hours of working, vehiclemovement and maintenance of plantand equipment;

(iii)control the level of noise and dust;(ii)limit the duration of operations;(i)

Operations that are acceptable in principle byfulfilling the criteria set out in WD 1 will besubject to conditions to ensure that properstandards of working and restoration aremaintained, in order to minimise theenvironmental impact of such operations. In thisrespect the Council will work closely with theEnvironment Agency to avoid unnecessaryduplication of control. For example, while thelong term management of leachate and gasemissions has now been brought under thecontrol of the waste licensing system theinfrastructure involved requires planningpermission.

Where proposals are acceptable in principle,the Council will require operators, to submitschemes of screening, working, progressiverestoration (which in the case of largeschemes should be phased) and aftercare forapproval, as necessary.

The Council also will, as appropriate:

WD 2

Operational Criteria

will not conflict with land useproposals contained in the Plan or becontrary to the overall aims of urbanregeneration.

(xi)

will not have an unacceptable impacton the general landscape setting; and

(x)

Where relevant, the Council's assessment willtake into account the possible effects ofsubsequent landfill gas generation on theimmediate environment and the developmentpotential of neighbouring land, having regard toArticle 18 of the General Development Order1988, together with measures proposed to limitsuch effects. In appropriate cases, the Councilmay seek a legal agreement to provide foroff-site investigation or monitoring andcontainment or remedial works.

will not lead to the unacceptablesterilisation of minerals within the sitesor in adjacent areas;

(ix)


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

If proper precautions are not taken, thegeneration of gas from the decomposition ofwaste and sewage can present a potential hazardand result in the release of methane into theatmosphere, with damaging effects on the ozonelayer. However, landfill and sewage gas canbecome a valuable resource if collected and usedto produce heat and/or electricity. The Councilwill therefore encourage schemes thatbeneficially use the gas produced at landfill sitesand sewage treatment works subject toappropriate environmental safeguards.

The Council will support the development offacilities to beneficially use gas generated bywaste and sewage treatment schemes,subject to compliance with WD 1 and otherPlan policies and provided the urbanregeneration strategy is not prejudiced.

WD 4

Renewable Energy

In St. Helens, existing activities for processingor treating materials range from high technologymaterials reclamation to scrap dealers. Anumber of these activities generateenvironmental problems due to inappropriatelocations and inadequate control over operations.The purpose of WD 3 is to ensure that in future,the environmental impact is acceptable. It is theintention that proposals for such uses will beassessed using WD 1, in addition to otherpolicies of the Plan.

The MWDA have a policy of providing WasteReception Centres within a three mile radius ofall housing. This provision has been met in theBorough but there are known problems withsome existing WRCs, which have essentiallyoutgrown their sites, and alternatives may needto be found within the Plan period. In additionto Waste Reception Centres, there are manycollection points for recycling waste materials,such as bottle banks, located throughout theBorough.

Discussions between the Council and theMWDA have considered whether there is a needfor a main sorting/transfer station to handleSt. Helens' waste, thus lessening the demand fordistant landfill. This is only one option forincreasing recycling and it is likely that therewill be an increasing need for outlets forreclaimed and recycled materials.

rest in the most environmentally responsibleway. St. Helens council has taken up thischallenge and has a Government approvedrecycling plan which seeks to recycle 25% of allhousehold waste in the Borough by the year2000.


PART 2

AREA POLICIES


Green Belt, (874 ha - 60% of the Sub Area)(viii)the Sankey Valley Park;(vii)the Sankey Valley Industrial Park and Deacon Trading Estate industrial areas;(vi)the former Parkside Colliery(v)the former mining area of Lyme and Wood Pits;(iv)

the residential areas of Newton Common, Southworth Road/Willow Park, Ashton Road and VulcanVillage;

(iii)the older centre of Newton-le-Willows, based on the High Street and Willow Park Conservation Area;(ii)the main shopping centre of Newton-le-Willows (Earlestown)(i)

Area 1 comprises

Detailed proposals for Earlestown are contained in a separate Inset Map.2.3

Journey-to-work patterns in Newton-le-Willows are complex, with strong commuting links to Wigan andWarrington. Although the majority of Newton residents work in Wigan and Warrington, the 1991 censusindicated that there has been an increase in the numbers working in West Lancashire, Liverpool and Sefton.

2.2

Newton-le-Willows is a free-standing settlement combining the characteristics of village (Newton-le-Willows)and small industrial centre, (Earlestown). The town had a generally stable population between 1951 (21,860)and 1971 (22,000) before declining to 19,273 in 1981. The increase to 19,417 by 1991 is a consequence offewer house demolitions and an upturn in housing completions after 1986.

2.1

Population and Employment2.

the future of the closed Parkside Colliery(v)the Green Belt;(iv)the need for environmental enhancement, including opportunities arising from the Mersey Forest;(iii)the relationship between housing development and open space;(ii)population and employment changes;(i)

The main issues affecting the Area are as follows:1.1

Main Issues 1.

AREA 1 - NEWTON-LE-WILLOWS


Newton Lake is an asset to the amenity of Willow Park and the area as a whole but has deteriorated in recentyears, due to pollution and neglect. Local residents, the Council and the Groundwork Trust have beeninvolved in assessing environmental damage and voluntary efforts are securing its restoration andenvironmental enhancement.

4.6

the Newton Brook from Castle Hill and Newton Lake in the north-east, southwards to Wargrave.(ii)the Sankey Valley Park from Havannah Flash/.Newton Common in the west to Hey Lock/Winwick;(i)

The Plan proposes a strategic network of Greenways throughout the Borough (ENV 3). The network is shownon the Proposals Map and in Newton-le-Willows includes two major corridors:

4.5

The Plan affords protection to Sites of Community Wildlife Interest (ENV 5). There are 13 such sites withinArea 1 and these are shown on the Proposals Map.

4.4

The countryside surrounding Newton-le-Willows, although attractive in parts, has been identified as a priorityarea for landscape renewal primarily because of the large derelict areas (ENV 20). Opportunities forwoodland creation in the area such as Newton Common and the Sankey Valley Park will be explored.

4.3

The site is in single ownership and discussions have taken place with the owners for the development ofrecreation facilities within the context of major woodland planting. The Plan proposes to encourage theenvironmental improvement and development of the site for leisure uses within general Green Belt constraints,involving the removal of industrial allocations and extension of the Green Belt area (ENV 10).

4.2

A total of 92 ha of Area 1 consists of derelict and despoiled land, the vast majority of which is contained onthe former Lyme and Wood Pits. This remains largely unreclaimed, though certain areas have experiencednatural regeneration and are of ecological value. Reclamation of this land will be a major issue during the Planperiod.

4.1

Environmental Enhancement4.

It is considered that this will provide an improved balance between housing and open space, particularly inthose parts of Newton-le-Willows with the highest housing densities.

3.6

Mesnes Park is to be enlarged with the remainder of the former Selwyn Jones Playing Field to bedeveloped (AP1.1iv)

(iv)

the Collingwood Road open space to the rear of Newton College will be retained as public open space(AP1.1ii); and

(iii)

the Newton Brook and Sankey Valley, with extensions into the Dingle and Red Brow Wood, areidentified as Greenway with potential for informal recreation (ENV 3);

(ii)existing residential allocations have been retained (RES 1);(i)

The following approach has been adopted:3.5

In Newton-le-Willows some places are worse off than others in terms of open space provision. For instance,the residential area south of the Manchester/Liverpool railway line, between Park Road North and WargraveRoad, is particularly short of both formal open space and breaks in built development.

3.4 Between 1982 and 1995, 30 ha of open land were developed for housing. 3.3

(43%)57 haInformal Open Space(8%)11 haPublic Open Space(39%)51 haFormal Recreation(10%)13 haParks

Recent housing developments in Newton-le-Willows have highlighted the importance of achieving anadequate balance between open space and development. There are 132 ha of open space inNewton-le-Willows comprising:

3.2

Policy RES 1 allocates a total of 33.5 ha for development in Area 1 consisting largely of previous Local Planallocations. Of this total, 29 ha are sites on open land.

3.1

Housing and Open Space3.


provision is made for public access bya network of routes between VistaRoad and Swan Road, with links toRose Avenue and Church Road,Haydock

(iii)

any proposals for coal washing mustsatisfy the requirements of Policy MIN1; and

(ii)

the uses are compatible with its GreenBelt location;

(i)

This is a Mersey Forest and Community Wildlife site,located between Newton-le- Willows and Haydock, in animportant wedge of Green Belt.

The area in and around the former Lyme Pit and Wood Pitis in private ownership. It is known that the owners wishto investigate the potential of the former colliery site forrecreational and associated uses. However, any futurescheme will have to be assessed in the light of Green Belt policy, highway capacity and general amenityconsiderations, particularly where the site is closest toexisting residential properties.

In accordance with Policy ENV 10, theCouncil will support proposals for thereclamation of the former Lyme and WoodPits, west of Vista Road, (including thoseareas south of Shaw Street/Rose Avenue,Haydock) for recreational use in a woodlandsetting, subject to compliance with all of thefollowing criteria:

AP1.2

reinforce the Park's role in the neighbourhood and toextend the existing facilities for local residents.

(iv)the Bradlegh Road locality;(iii)

the terraced housing and other residential areas closeto Earlestown Town Centre;

(ii)Mesnes Park extension.(iv)

within the Sanderling Road residential site;(i) off Caunce Avenue;(iii)

north-west of Collingwood Road/HopeStreet and rear of Victoria Road;

(ii)east of Victoria Road;(i)

Policies ENV 1 and ENV 3 are proposed to protectexisting open spaces and to develop a greenway network.Policy AP1.1 is aimed at providing additional open spacein deficient areas, as follows:

The following sites are allocated for PublicOpen Space use:

AP1.1

AREA POLICIES

In a proposed modification to the Plan approved on 19th September 1996 the Council proposed removing 34ha from the Green Belt and allocating it for industrial use. The matter was considered at a ModificationsInquiry in September 1997 with the Inspector subsequently recommending that Parkside Colliery remain in theGreen Belt.

6.2

Parkside Colliery ceased operation in 1992 and the pit-head buildings subsequently demolished. However thesite remains derelict with extensive areas of hardstanding.

6.1 Parkside Colliery

Sites of Possible Change6.

One significant change to the Green Belt boundary has been made at Vista Road where the Green Belt hasbeen extended over former industrial allocations.

5.1

The Green Belt5.


Whilst the majority of the industrial land allocated in theformer Newton-le-Willows District Plan has beenreclaimed and infrastructure constructed to facilitatedevelopment, this land remains largely derelict andoccupied by some environmentally unacceptablecommercial uses. Acute pollution has been caused byoperations at the former Mendbill Oil site and itsreclamation would, in particular, improve theenvironmental condition of the area and its commercialviability.

The Council will promote and supportproposals for the reclamation andredevelopment of the former Sankey Sugarworks and Mendbill Oil sites, south ofJunction Lane for industrial purposes

AP1.3


It is considered that planning policies must be sufficientlyflexible to ensure that advantage is taken of thoseopportunities which do arise. For this reason alternativeacceptable uses are suggested for a number of sites.Where more than one use is proposed, a mixed usescheme involving all or some of the uses may beacceptable.

The following sites are allocated fordevelopment and are shown on the InsetMap.

E1

INSET POLICIES

Whilst an attempt to market the redundant station building on the "island" platform has been made, theCouncil is concerned that the potential of the station's historical importance has not been realised. Thesignificance of the building ideally merits full restoration, preferably involving an interpretative centre.Railtrack has indicated that it supports this idea but that its funds are limited. Council financial assistance isunlikely in the foreseeable future. In the absence of such a scheme, alternative commercial uses may beacceptable, including offices, although access to the site is problematic.

5.1

Earlestown Railway Station5.

The Council has completed the first phase of pedestrianisation at Market Street and it is proposed to continuethe project to its conclusion.

4.1

Highway Improvements4.

Some improvement to servicing and car parking would come about by the redevelopment of some of thevacant sites. However, some of the existing car parks were only ever laid out to temporary specifications andare now showing signs of wear and tear. It is proposed to upgrade these car parks, subject to the availability offinance.

3.1

Improvement of Servicing and Parking3.

under-used sites/buildings, particularly Earlestown Station, listed for its special architectural and historicinterest.

(vi)poor environment for residents and shoppers;(v)poor rear servicing to commercial premises;(iv)vacant sites that have only been developed to a temporary standard;(iii)the need to satisfactorily redevelop cleared sites;(ii)the older nature of the highway network and building stock;(i)

Summary of Problems2.

Earlestown is the Victorian Town Centre of the Area. It is the main shopping centre of the Area and is theonly other Town Centre in the Borough, apart from St. Helens. Its continued improvement and regenerationwill remain a priority.

1.1

Introduction1.

EARLESTOWN TOWN CENTRE - INSET MAP


Extensions toexisting shops on MarketStreet, rearservicing and arear accessroad

0.07 Grafton Street7

a) Retailingb) Officesc) Financial & Professional Services (A2)d) Food & Drink (A3)

0.07 Site of 1/23 HaydockStreet

6

a) Car Parkingb) Bus Station

0. 18Temporary car parkbounded by TamworthStreet, Lord Street andLegh Street

5

Car Parking0.26 Temporary car parkbounded by TamworthStreet, Lord Street,St. John's Street andSankey Street

4

Car Parking0.11 Former railway line, rearof 52-94 Haydock Street

3

Car Parking0.6 Site of 27-45 HaydockStreet

2

a) Retailingb) Housingc) Financial & Professional Services(A2)d) Food & Drink (A3)

1.2Earle Street/Gable Street/Legh Street/WellingtonStreet

1

Proposed uses not specified will be consideredin accordance with the policies contained withinthe Plan.

In the event of the existing permission lapsing,development proposals on this site will betreated in accordance with the policies containedwithin the Plan.

AcceptableUse

Area(ha)

Site NameRef.No.

Within this area, which is shown on the InsetMap, the Council will not normally allowthose non-retail uses at ground floor

Oxford Street(iii)Bridge Street, 7-31, 4-40(ii)Market Street, 9-47, 6-42(i)

Whereas in the Newton-le-Willows District Plan,non-retail uses were restricted in Market Streetonly, it is now considered appropriate tostrengthen the retailing core of the Town Centrearound to Oxford Street and Bridge Street, inorder to retain its viability. Non-retail useswhich are considered appropriate to prime areasare restaurants and cafes which complementretailing. Certain other non-retail activities suchas banks, estate agents and building

The following streets or parts of street shallbe defined as the prime shopping area of theTown Centre

E2

Proposals for retail development on sites E1(1) and E1 (6) must be of an appropriatescale and type which would not significantlydetract from the vitality and viability of theexisting Earlestown shopping centre, asdefined in Policy E2 and the EarlestownInset Proposals Map


the building, The Council will encourage usesthat would lead to investment in safeguardingthe existing fabric.

Earlestown Station is of great historicalimportance in the development of the country'srailways. It is considered that the importance ofthe building has not been sufficiently recognised,not only in terms of its wider historicalimportance but also as an individual ListedBuilding of special architectural and historicvalue. The development of Liverpool andEarlestown junctions has resulted in awkwardaccess to the station building, with pedestrianaccess only via a footbridge. However, despitethis problem, it is felt that more should be doneto preserve and enhance

The Council will encourage the protectionand enhancement of Earlestown Stationbuilding. Proposals for new uses oralteration will be considered on the basis ofcompatibility with the historic fabric of thebuilding, though with due consideration ofexisting problems of access and safety.

E6

Bridge Street(iii)

Haydock Street (from Bridge Street toStanley Street);

(ii)

Market Street (from Bridge Street toStanley Street);

(i)

Given the proposal to pedestrianise certain TownCentre streets, it is important that new uses orproposals to redevelop sites in those streetsaccommodate adequate rear servicing.

Any redevelopment or change of use ofproperties in the following street must bedesigned, where possible, to allow servicingfrom the rear:

E5

the junction of Earle Street, QueenStreet and Bridge Street.

(ii)

improvement and widening of BackBridge Street between Haydock Streetand Grafton Street;

(i)

During the 1980s the Council carried out severalhighway improvements in and around the TownCentre. A number of further improvements areconsidered necessary in the interests of highwaysafety and will be implemented subject tofinances being available.

The following highway improvements will beimplemented either as part of privateredevelopment proposals or by Councilcapital expenditure:

E4

Legh Street at its junction with MarketStreet

(ii)

Oxford Street at its junction withMarket Street;

(i)

Market Street has already been pedestrianised.The Council will continue the process ofpedestrianisation to improve the environmentalquality of the Town Centre.

The following streets will be pedestrianisedin a phased programme:

E3

There will be no objection in principle tonon-retail uses within the prime shopping area atfirst floor level.

societies also complement Town Centre shopsand are generally acceptable in a prime streetlocation. However, other non-retail activities,such as amusement arcades and betting offices,do not require main street locations and can belocated elsewhere in the Town Centre.

level which are considered inappropriate toprime shopping streets.


the former Princess Pit, east of Haydock Lane, Haydock (2H3)(ii)Islands Brow Burgy, west of Hinckley Road, Blackbrook (2H1)(i)

44 ha of land is available for residential development in Haydock and Blackbrook (RES 1). Asignificant proportion of this land is concentrated in two large sites;

2.1

Housing2.

environmental enhancement, including opportunities arising from the Mersey Forest.(v)

the need to safeguard and make available accessible open space for public use, including thereclamation of despoiled sites;

(iv)the need to improve the strategic highway network;(iii)

the need to fulfil the potential of the Haydock Industrial Estate which is identified in Part 1 ofthe Plan as a priority location for economic development (Policy S3);

(ii)the extent of its contribution to the Borough's residential and economic land supply;(i)

The main uses affecting the Area are as follows:1.1

Main Issues1.

AREA 2 - HAYDOCK AND BLACKBROOK

Green Belt/agricultural land in and around the built-up area (518 ha - 44% of the Area)(vi)Florida Farm and Stanley Bank Farm;(v)Haydock Park Racecourse;(iv)The former Princess Pit;(iii)

industrial areas at the Haydock Industrial Estate, the former Central Works, Church Road andThe Parks Business Park, Lodge Lane;

(ii)

the residential areas of Blackbrook, Haydock, Haresfinch (part), Grange Valley, Laffak andNew Boston;

(i)


The Plan affords protection to Sites of Community Wildlife Interest (ENV 5). There are 10 suchsites within Area 2 and these are shown on the Proposals Map.

6.3

A large area of open space is at the former Princess Pit. Following restoration, the eastern half of thesite will be landscaped and tree planted and made available for informal recreation, although likely toremain in private ownership. This is one of the major sites identified in the Wasteland to WoodlandInitiative for woodland planting and will form part of the Mersey Forest (ENV 10).

6.2

Environmental refurbishment of the Area is an important aspect of the Council's efforts to improveHaydock and Blackbrook. Opportunities will be taken to promote Boroughwide policies such as theWasteland to Woodland Initiative and the Policy for Nature and to investigate potentialimprovements to the Sankey Valley Park and the Greenway from the Sankey Valley to Carr Mill andthe Haresfinch Burgy.

6.1


Macdonald Avenue Recreation Ground(iv)Vista Road Playing Field, south of Queens Road(iii)Blackbrook Recreation Ground, west of Old Whint Road;(ii)King George V Playing Fields, north of Church Road;(i)

Playing fields are limited to four main locations:5.2

(61%)80 haInformal Open Space(9%)11 haPublic Open Space(26%)34 haFormal Recreation(4%)5 haParks

A survey undertaken in 1990 and updated in 1993 revealed a total of 130 ha of open space in theArea which consisted of:

5.1

Open Space5.

In 1997 a new access road to serve the Haydock Industrial Estate was completed.4.3

It is therefore proposed to construct a bypass from the Ship Inn at Blackbrook Bridge, throughStanley Bank Farm to the junction of Vicarage Road (A58) and the East Lancashire Road as shownon the Proposals Map (TRA 1).

4.2

The highway network through the Area is dominated by the A58 from St. Helens Town Centre to theWest End Road/Vicarage Road junction and the A599 which continues eastwards to the A49 atLodge Lane. The volume and noise of traffic using this main route through Blackbrook andHaydock causes environmental problems for pedestrians and residents, as well as congestion,accidents and delay for motorists.

4.1

Traffic and Highways4.

This estate will continue to make a significant contribution to meeting the demand for commercialand industrial development in the Borough as a whole and is identified as one of two priorityeconomic areas in the Borough (S3). Between 1994 and 1996 the former Shell Terminal site,renamed Point 23, was substantially redeveloped by major distribution centres for J Sainsbury,Booker Belmont and The Book People.

3.2

A total of 35 ha is available for industrial development, the majority of which (88%) is within theHaydock Industrial Estate.

3.1

Commerce and Industry3.


Notwithstanding the proposed construction ofthe Blackbrook Bypass, the A599 will continueto be congested and a potential hazard fordrivers and pedestrians. Means considered torelieve congestion along the spine route willinclude traffic management techniques such asreviewing waiting and loading restrictions andprovision of bus laybys on frontage sites whereopportunities arise, eg. following clearance.

All new development along the main spineroad through Blackbrook (A58) andHaydock (A599) must be adequatelyprovided with off-street car parking andservicing facilities (see GEN 9).

AP2.1

AREA POLICIES

a route following the Clipsley Brook.(iii)

the St. Helens Canal extending along the Sankey Valley Park including Merton Bank Marsh,Bosworth Field, a significant area of woodland and meadow of major wildlife interest atGlasshouse Close Wood, Stanley Bank Meadow and Stanley Bank Wood, designated as aLocal Nature Reserve (ENV 6). Stanley Bank Meadow is the Borough's only Site of SpecialScientific Interest designated by English Nature;

(ii)

both the Islands Brow and Haresfinch Burgy Banks are significant areas of open space of valuefor wildlife. However, the Islands Brow site is allocated for housing purposes as a result of aplanning permission granted on appeal. A sizeable area around the lake at the northern end ofthe site will be incorporated as a public open space within the residential development;

(i)

The Plan defines a network of Greenways throughout the Borough (ENV 3). This network isconcentrated towards the western end of the Area and comprises a variety of different open spaceswhich are mainly suitable for informal recreation:

6.4


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

environmental enhancement(ii)control of new development; and(i)

Specific issues affecting the sub-Area as follows:1.4

There is a continuing need to maintain control over the form and extent of new development withinthe area, in order to safeguard its primarily rural character, to limit the outward spread of urbandevelopment and to protect the Green Belt for its aesthetic, recreational and educational value.

1.3

The boundary of the Green Belt is drawn tightly to the outer edges of the main settlements ofRainford, Billinge, Moss Bank and Garswood. The attractiveness of these areas as places both tolive and work in continues to generate demands for new housing and industrial developments.

1.2

The Area is predominately rural in character and much of the Green Belt is agricultural land of thehighest quality.

1.1

Area Context1.

AREA 3 - RAINFORD, BILLINGE AND MOSS BANK

Green Belt (3651 hectares - 87% of the Area).(vii)a Heritage Landscape area;(vi)

remaining land within the area is in agricultural use, interspersed with woodlands, the mostsignificant of which are located on the Knowsley Estate, Siding Lane Country Park, MossBank Wood and Goyt Hey Wood;

(v)

two large waste tips at Holiday Moss and Billinge Hill Quarry, Fairfield Private Hospital atCrank, Siding Lane Country Park at Rainford, Carr Mill Dam, Golf Clubs at Ashtons Crossand Houghwood and the Liverpool St. Helens rugby ground off Moss Lane;

(iv)

one industrial estate off Mill Lane, Rainford and smaller areas of establishedindustrial/commercial uses;

(iii)

four settlements at Rainford, Billinge, Moss Bank and Garswood with more isolated housingareas at Rainford Junction and Crank;

(ii)

the area of the Borough located to the north of the A580 East Lancashire Road, but excludingthe Haydock Industrial Estate;

(i)


It is proposed to examine other areas of older townscape, for example in Billinge, with a view toestablishing whether the designation of additional Conservation Areas is justified.

3.7

The Area contains two Conservation Areas, based around the central core of Rainford. The characterof the old settlement will continue to be safeguarded (ENV 24).

3.6

Large tracts of existing agricultural land in this part of the Borough have, over time, been reclaimedfrom ancient peatlands. It is thought there may be other areas of natural peat or mossland whichremain to be identified, with a view to affording them protection, particularly around Rainford.

3.5

The plan affords protection to Sites of Community Wildlife Interest (ENV 5). There are 20 suchsites within Sub-Area 3 and these are shown on the Proposals Map.

3.4

In the longer term, it is expected that the Holiday Moss and Billinge Hill landfill sites, oncecompleted, will be considered for woodland planting to complement required restoration schemes.

3.3

The countryside also contains many natural resources, which are fundamental to its visual amenityand character. Policies contained in the Plan, relating to landscape protection (ENV 18, 19) andnature conservation (ENV 5-9), are intended to ensure that the quality of this environment isprotected and, where possible, improved.

3.2

The countryside north of the A580 (East Lancashire Road) offers considerable opportunities forrecreational activities, primarily of an informal nature. The Siding Lane Country Park has provedpopular for both informal recreation and as a countryside interpretation centre. Opportunities forestablishing similar facilities elsewhere will be examined, in partnership with such bodies as theGroundwork Trust.

3.1


Any proposals for mineral extraction and waste disposal will be similarly dealt with.2.7

Changing requirements and patterns of agricultural production will increase development pressureswithin the Green Belt. Proposals for the re-use of redundant farm buildings, and alternative uses foragricultural land, will be considered in the light of Boroughwide policies contained in the Plan(GB 7, GB 8, ENV 17).

2.6

It is expected that demands for further industrial development within the Area will be met on landavailable at or in the vicinity of the existing industrial estates at Rainford and Garswood. Sufficientindustrial land is identified elsewhere in the Borough to accommodate additional demand (ECON1).

2.5

The consequences of such restrictive policies are likely to be continuing pressures to developexisting open land within the built-up areas. This will be resisted, to ensure that open space and/orlandscape features are retained where they constitute important elements in the character of the builtenvironment (ENV 1).

2.4

Sufficient housing sites, offering a wide range of choice in terms of size and quality, have beenidentified in other areas of the Borough to satisfy market demands (RES 1). It is not, therefore,proposed to allocate further sites for housing in the Area, but to maintain the existing Green Beltboundary.

2.3

The establishment of a tightly drawn Green Belt boundary in the early 1980s has since beengenerally effective in restricting their outward spread and has supported the policy of urbanregeneration through the restriction of new development to existing built-up areas.

2.2

The settlements of Rainford, Billinge, Moss Bank and Garswood are popular residential areas forpeople working in St. Helens and surrounding employment centres such as Liverpool, Wigan andWarrington. All these settlements have experienced major new developments during the last threedecades.

2.1

Control of New Development2.


environmental enhancement(iii)containment of further commercial/industrial development; and(ii)rationalising land-use conflicts relating to demands for new house building;(i)

The specific issues affecting the Area are as follows:1.1

Area Context1.


It is this diversity and quality of environment which contributes to the attractiveness of the area andwhich in turn, creates conflicts in attempting to accommodate demands for new development. Inrecent years, the relatively buoyant housing market has resulted in the redevelopment of sites, suchas surplus school land and private sports facilities, resulting in loss of open space features andrecreational opportunities at the local level.

2.2

The built environment of the Area is characterised by large areas of mature open space, made up offormal public parks, public and private sports facilities, informal areas of open space, and land withinthe Green Belt, all with differing levels of accessibility to the general public.

2.1

Demands for New House Building2.

Green Belt (660 ha - 37% of the sub-area)(v)

large formal public parks, such as Victoria Park, Taylor Park, Haresfinch Park, Queens Parkand Thatto Heath Park;

(iv)

sports venues at St. Helens Rugby League Football Ground, Grange Park Golf Course,Eccleston Mere, Ruskin Drive and Boundary Road;

(iii)

industrial areas at Pilkington's Cowley Hill and Gerards Bridge Works, Eccleston Park TradingEstate and the Triplex Works on Millfields;

(ii)

the mainly residential areas to the west and north of the Town Centre, extending to theboundary with Knowsley MBC to the west, and the A580 East Lancashire Road to the North;

(i)


It is the overall objective of the Plan, and of policies relating to this Area specially, to identify aframework of sites for future development which strikes a balance between the need to satisfy localand Boroughwide demands for new house building, without a resultant loss of open land,recreational facilities or landscape features.

2.3

The possible designation of Eccleston Park as a Conservation Area will be investigated.4.8

The Plan affords protection to Sites of Community Wildlife Interest (ENV 5). There are 9 such siteswithin Area 4 and these are shown on the Proposals Map.

4.7

Opportunities exist to protect and enhance the existing open space through the establishment ofGreenways as part of the Boroughwide network. The Greenway system shown on the ProposalsMap is based upon the water courses of the Windle and Mill Brooks (ENV 3).

4.6

Opportunities for the provision of new or enhanced open space to these areas is limited, if only bythe lack of open land, particularly in Eccleston Park.

4.5 the area of Eccleston Park bounded by Prescot Road, Old Lane and Portico Lane.(iii)

the area of Grange Park bounded by Prescot Road, Thatto Heath Road, Scholes Lane andBroadway; and

(ii)

the area of Queens Park bounded by Knowsley Road, Dunriding Lane, Prescot Road andBoundary Road;

(i)

Access to facilities is further limited, particularly for the elderly and for young children, by physicalbarriers, such as main roads and railways. The following housing areas have been identified ashaving poor access to open space facilities:

4.4

A high proportion of open space in the Area is in private ownership or linked to schools. Access isgenerally limited for purposes other than organised team sports, such as rugby, football or cricket,and opportunities for recreational use by the young or elderly are limited. Local provision ofgenuinely accessible open space within the Sub-Area is not uniform and few, if any, areas have anidentifiable surplus of such facilities.

4.3

Public parks and playing fields are distributed quite evenly throughout the Area. However, not allthe sites are easily accessible for public recreational purposes.

4.2

It is a key objective of the Plan to protect and, where possible, enhance, both the quality of the builtenvironment of the Area, and the provision of suitable and accessible open space.

4.1


The Plan seeks to contain demand for new industrial and commercial development to those areascurrently being used for these purposes and to encourage the relocation of existing non-conforminguses in residential areas to more appropriate locations, as opportunities for redevelopment arise.

3.3

There are, however, some industrial and commercial uses which are or significance, such asPilkington's Cowley Hill and Gerards Bridge works, as well as areas which are isolated from themore traditional industrial areas of the Borough, such as the Triplex Works on Millfields, theEccleston Park Trading Estate on Prescot Road and an area between Boundary Road, KnowsleyRoad and Eccleston Street.

3.2

Much of this Area has not been affected by development relating to manufacturing or extractiveindustries, unlike other parts of the Borough. There is, therefore, no legacy of derelict land, and fewareas which could accommodate new industrial/commercial development without having an adverseimpact on residential or environmental amenity generally.

3.1

Commercial and Industrial Development3


transport(e)Green Belt;(d)environmental enhancement, including opportunities arising from the Mersey Forest;(c)mineral extraction;(b)M62 Linkway/strategic land release;(a)

The main issues affecting the sub-area are:1.1

Area Context1.

AREA 5 - SOUTHERN CORRIDOR

Green Belt (518 ha - 44% of the Sub-Area)(ix)the M62 link road; and(viii)

Ibstock clay quarries and associated brick works;(vii)

large areas of derelict land including the former Sutton Manor, Lea Green and SherdleyColliery sites;

(vi)the former Rainhill Hospital;(v)

the residential areas of Sutton Manor, Clock Face (part), Thatto Heath, Sutton Heath andRainhill;

(iv)Sherdley Park;(iii)

the Ravenhead industrial area (including the St. Helens Technology Campus, United GlassWorks and Pilkington's UK5 and UK6 Works);

(ii)


The former Sherdley Division of Rainhill Hospital is allocated for residential and officedevelopment.

5.2

The existing Green Belt between the M62 Link Road and Rainhill and boundaries around Rainhillitself will be maintained and any encroachment or development pressures arising from the M62 LinkRoad will be vigorously opposed.

5.1

Green Belt5.

The Plan proposes the establishment of a Boroughwide network of Greenways, including a numberof significant sites in this Area (ENV 3).

4.4

The Plan affords protection to Sites of Community Wildlife Interest (ENV 5). There are seven suchsites within Area 5 and these are shown on the Proposals Map.

4.3 Sutton Manor Colliery Tip(vi)Roughdales Tip;(v)Red Quarry;(iv)Greengate Tip;(iii)Land off Burtonhead Road (Ravenhead Nature Park);(ii)Ibstocks complex (including Buff Quarry);(i)

Extensive woodland planting will be promoted on the following sites as part of the Mersey Forestand opportunities for public access explored (ENV 10):

4.2

The environment of much of the area is severely degraded and has been identified as a priority forlandscape renewal (ENV 20). Opportunities will therefore be taken to promote Boroughwidepolicies, such as the Wasteland to Woodland Initiative and Policy for Nature and to implement theRavenhead Greenway.

4.1


There is one area of existing mineral operations, at Ibstocks brickworks, as well as the sites of theformer Sutton Manor and Lea Green Collieries. These sites have a significant environmental impactupon this Area and therefore emphasis will be placed on securing landscape enhancement, wherepossible.

3.1

Mineral Extraction3.

The Council is committed to promoting the development of existing industrial land and therestoration of derelict land for industrial purposes. However, it is considered necessary to extend therange of quality industrial sites available, to enable St. Helens to compete for new economicinvestment. It is for this reason that land at Lea Green Farm is proposed for economic development.It will be essential to ensure that this is undertaken in such a way as to safeguard the environmentalquality of the site itself and adjoining areas.

2.5

Within this Area a total of 101 ha of land will have direct or significantly improved access as a resultof the Link Road. This total includes the sites at Lea Green Farm (5Ec1), Lea Green Colliery (5Ec5)and Sherdley Business Park (5Ec7) (totalling 66 ha) which did not have existing economicallocations and had not been previously promoted for economic development

2.4

The road will assist economic recovery of the Borough by providing improved access to existingindustrial areas, derelict land and major new development sites.

2.3

At the core of the growth corridor is the dual carriageway road, the M62 Linkway which linksJunction 7 of the M62 to the Town Centre and opened in 1994.

2.2

This Area is one of two areas proposed in the Borough by Policy S3 where economic growth andenvironmental regeneration will be concentrated up to the year 2001 and beyond; the other areabeing the Haydock Industrial Estate.

2.1

M62 Link Road/Strategic Land Release2.


The implementation of the footpath and cyclelink (REC 5) and the Marshalls Cross station(TRA 3) will complement future development onthe site and ensure that such a major land releaseis linked to transport opportunities in addition tothe private car. It is, therefore, consideredappropriate for provision to be made for themwithin the development.

For the above reason, the Council would wish tosee the site used for B1 type uses. The proposedsupplementary planning guidance frameworkdocument will set out the manner in which theCouncil expect the site to be developed.

make provision for the implementationof the strategic footpath and cycle linkto the proposed Marshalls Crossstation

(iii)

Although a single user is desirable, the size ofthe site means that a phased development ismore likely. The parallel development ofsupporting infrastructure is therefore importantin ensuring that the phasing is achievable.

Notwithstanding its role as a strategic site, thereare neighbouring residential areas whoseamenity should be protected. In addition toplanting adjacent to individual properties, theCouncil will require the Marylebone Avenueestate to be screened by a substantial area ofwoodland planting which would make acontribution to the Mersey Forest.

require the establishment of tree beltsusing native species prior to thecommencement of any development;

(ii)

the amenities of nearby residentialareas;

(b)

the primary role of this site as alocation for a high quality businesspark development, and

(a)

require a comprehensive developmentframework, with phasing anddevelopment of supportinginfrastructure. The frameworkdocument will be prepared and used assupplementary planning guidance tocontrol the proportion and location ofB2 users, having regard to:

(i)

Lea Green Farm is one of the key developmentsites in the Borough. The attractiveness of itssetting and relative greenfield characteristicscombine to produce a site which is capable ofsupporting a prestige type of development withina landscaped setting. The Merseyside StrategicSites and Premises Study confirmed that the siteis important in the Merseyside context.

Planning permission was granted in 1994 for'development for business use (B1), generalindustrial use (B2), motorists facilities,residential use and as park and ride car park onsite (5Ec1(a)). The breakdown of industrial andresidential uses are shown on the Proposals Map.

In dealing with proposals for the Lea GreenFarm site (5Ec1(a) and 5Ec1(b), the Councilwill:

AP 5.1

The Merseyside Passenger Transport Authority is investigating the siting of a new passenger stationon the Liverpool/Manchester railway line at Marshalls Cross (TRA 3). The Council support thisproposal and consider it to be complementary to the proposed release of development land at LeaGreen Farm. Land is also allocated for a park-and-ride facility at Lea Green Farm (TRA 4).

6.1

Transport6.


The clay resources at Ibstocks (Lord St. Helens)Quarry are limited and there is an existing legalagreement to ensure long-term phasedrestoration of the site. Planning permissionsubject to a legal agreement was granted in 1997for a comprehensive restoration schemeinvolving waste disposal and including theadjoining areas at Buff and Daisyfield Quarries.The whole site has a potentially important role aspart of the Strategic Greenway (ENV 3) andMersey Forest (ENV 10). There may be somescope for a limited amount of 'hard'development, subject to ground conditions.

The Council will enforce existing agreementsto ensure long-term restoration of Ibstocks(Lord St. Helens) Quarry. Within theoverall context of environmentalenhancement of the site, the Council mayconsider favourably a limited amount of new'hard' development.

AP 5.2


two food superstores (ASDA and Safeway)(i)

There has been considerable activity in the Town Centre over recent years by the private sector.Much of this development has been achieved through public/private partnership, managed byRavenhead Renaissance. Completed developments include:

3.3

The Council has demonstrated a commitment towards refurbishment and environmentalimprovement of the Town Centre, including the construction of Phase IV of the Inner Ring Roadand extensive pedestrianisation.

3.2

138.5 ha

2,691 (1991)

327 (1997)

58,960 net (1997)

Total Area of Inset Map

Total Population

Total Number of Shopping Units

Total Shopping Floorspace

overall, to attract investment(viii)

to provide an even distribution of car parks; and(vii)to make the centre accessible to all forms of transport;(vi)

to improve transport links to and around the town and to achieve an effective public transportinterchange within the centre;

(v)to protect the amenities of existing Town Centre residents;(iv)to improve the appearance and quality of the built environment;(iii)to expand employment opportunities;(ii)to support and enhance the Town Centre as a shopping centre;(i)

The overall aim of the Plan is to make the Town Centre a more attractive place to work, live or shopin, or to visit. This overall aim can be split into the following interrelated objectives:

3.1

Plan Strategy3.

One of the main differences between the UDP Inset Map and the Town Centre Local Plan is that theplan boundary is considerably enlarged, to include land at Kirkland Street and south of Chalon Way.The change acknowledges that the M62 Link Road now effectively forms the southern boundary ofthe Town Centre. The area has also been enlarged to include the St. Helens Technology Campus.

2.2

Prior to the UDP, the planning context for the Town Centre was contained in the St. Helens TownCentre Local Plan, which was adopted by the Council in March 1984. Whilst the UDP Inset Mapsupersedes that Local Plan, relevant policies have been retained and, where appropriate, updated.

2.1

Inset Boundary2.

In recognition of the importance of the role of the Town Centre, the planning framework iscontained in an Inset Map.

1.2

St. Helens Town Centre is the focal point of the Borough. It is a major shopping and commercialarea, an administrative centre and the focus of the Borough's transport network. Continuedregeneration and improvement of the Town Centre is an essential part of the Council's overalleconomic and environmental strategy outlined in Part 1.

1.1

Introduction1.

ST. HELENS TOWN CENTRE INSET MAP


The study found St. Helens Town Centre experienced its most rapid growth in the 1970s, nearlydoubling its floorspace and changing the balance of the centre towards the south-eastern end. This

5.2

Following the submission of a series of major retailing planning applications, the Councilcommissioned consultants in 1986 to prepare a retail demand and impact study of the Borough.

5.1

Shopping5.

It is the intention, therefore, that the policies should amount to a balanced approach which, overall,will provide the framework to produce a Town Centre which the people of St. Helens can be proudof and which will attract shoppers and visitors from outside the Borough.

4.2

Clearly the objectives contained in paragraph 3.1, though inter-related, are, in some cases,conflicting. A policy to allow total access for the private car, for example, would not be compatitblewith protecting the amenity of existing residential areas and promoting further pedestrianisation ofthe main shopping streets.

4.1

The Balanced Approach4.

St. Helens College intend to implement a major expansion of learning facilities on the site of theformer SmithKline Beecham works. This project is funded by SRB and European monies.

St. Helens College(iv)

Open space in the Town Centre is in short supply. The proposed restoration of Lyons Yard andproposed pedestrian bridge across the Canal will rectify this shortage of the eastern fringe of thetown. The general enhancement of the Greenway will also complement the Visitor Centre andincrease the attractiveness of the town to a wide range of residents and visitors (TC 5).

Ravenhead Greenway(iii)

The Plan therefore seeks to ensure that the qualities of this part of the Town Centre are enhanced, forexample by extending pedestrianisation (TC 10(ii)).

The commercial centre of gravity has shifted to the east of the Town Centre. The western part of thetown has suffered to some extent from this and increasing numbers of vacancies have appeared inBridge Street. This part of town also contains a number of secondary shopping streets, such asWestfield Street and Duke Street which have a greater concentration of older and increasingly rundown property. However, these secondary streets have a number of important strengths: a widerange of both small and large specialist retailers, a small scale character and a sense of continuitywith the past.

Bridge Street/Ormskirk Street(ii)

partnership with the private sector to secure improvements to the closed section of ChalonWay, to include expansion of the markets, additional car parking, improved access for thedisabled and a secondary bus terminal (Policy TC 9).

(c)further improvements internally and externally to the Chalon Way Car Park; and(b)

development of a Visitor Centre based on glass centred on a Grade II listed Building (GlassCone);

(a)Activities include:

Chalon Way(i)

It is likely that during the Plan Period there will be four main centres of activity in the Town Centreas follows:-

3.4

shopping arcade refurbishment.(iii)an 80 bed hotel (Chalon Court); and(ii)


provide areas of open space accessible to all users of the Town Centre; and(iii)

provide a footpath link to the remainder of the Ravenhead area and Greenway network;(ii)improve the appearance and potential of the Canal as an amenity resource;(i)

The implementation of the Ravenhead Greenway based on the St. Helens Canal is the majoropportunity. Within the Town Centre, it is intended that implementation of the Greenway will:

9.3 the Ravenhead Greenway.(iii)the creation of small amenity areas within existing and proposed pedestrian streets; and(ii)landscaping conditions attached to planning permissions (although the scope is limited);(i)

Opportunities exist, however, to improve the situation through:9.2

The Town Centre is not well provided with open space, amenity areas and greenery to soften thepredominantly hard landscape of concrete and tarmac.

9.1 Open Space

Environment9.

Another important element in the Council's economic strategy is to promote tourist opportunities inthe Borough. The Town Centre has a role to play within this overall strategy. In addition to majorproposals, such as the World of Glass Visitor Centre, and existing facilities, such as the TransportMuseum and the Theatre Royal, the Plan identifies development sites which have potential forleisure developments. The long-term aim is to establish a tourist office within the World of GlassCentre.

8.1

Leisure and Tourism8.

The Town Centre currently includes several business areas containing a range of officeaccommodation. It is considered that there is a demand for further office provision in the TownCentre. The Council wishes to encourage this demand, which it sees as an element of economicregeneration in the Borough. The Plan therefore indicates which development sites are consideredsuitable for office use.

7.1

Offices7.

The Plan identifies 11.8 ha of land for future development. Clearly, if all this were to be developedover the Plan Period, it would have a fundamental impact on the Town Centre. Where appropriate,alternative acceptable uses are suggested for individual sites. This is to ensure that the Plan isflexible enough to deal with the differing proposals that may emerge. The introduction of additionalhousing within the Town Centre is proposed and suitable sites are identified.

6.1

Development Sites6.

Since the shopping study was produced in 1986, there have been a number of major investments inthe Town Centre. The Safeway Foodstore (3,716 m² net) followed in 1992. MEPC Ltd. haverefurbished the St. Mary's and Tontine Arcades. A major loss to the Town Centre was the closure ofthe Co-op at Helena House in 1989. The site has now been redeveloped with a new store forWilkinsons. The total Town Centre net floorspace of 58,960 m² can be divided into 48,684 m²durable and 10,275 m² convenience goods. This represents approximately 60% of total Boroughretail floorspace and provides employment for over 3,200. A survey in August 1997 revealed avacancy rate of only 7%.

5.4

On the basis of the findings of the study, the Council issued an interim set of shopping policies in1986. These policies have been updated in accordance with current Government advice and arecontained in RET 1 and 2.

5.3

has left an area of more traditional, independent and convenience traders serving local inner-areaneeds at the northern and western ends which is not typical of many town centres. The study alsoconcluded, at that time, there was a high level of traditional loyalty to St. Helens by local residents.


Shaw Street/Bickerstaffe Street/Corporation Street (westward);(i)

Traffic counts have revealed that, despite the construction of King Street, there is still considerablethrough traffic on the following routes:

10.4

Since the adoption of the Town Centre Local Plan, the major change to the network has been theconstruction in 1990 of the western arm of the Ring Road (King Street). There is now a continuousring-road from the Landings roundabout, using King Street and Chalon Way, to Parr Street. Thecompletion of the M62 Link Road has enabled Chalon Way to be closed to through traffic.

10.3 Existing Situation

through traffic, ie. traffic which does not have business in the Town Centre and is using it aspart of a route between its origin and destination.

(iv)public transport;(iii)private cars, ie shoppers, tourists or persons conducting business in the town;(ii)service traffic, ie. vehicles delivering or collecting goods;(i)

Traffic coming into the Town Centre can be categorised as follows:10.2 Traffic Management

Although this section of the Plan deals with transport as a separate issue, it is necessary to emphasisthat there is a clear inter-relationship between transport and land-use planning. The starting pointfor the production of a transport strategy, therefore, is the same as the overall aim for the Plan.

10.1 Introduction

Transport10.

The Victoria Square Conservation Area is one of the focal points of the Town Centre. It is a largecentral area defined by buildings of quality. Policies are proposed to ensure its protection andenhancement.

9.7

The original Pilkington Head Offices at Grove Street, which are also listed, relate to the TownCentre, although they are just outside the inset boundary. Work commenced in 1997 to convert thevacant offices for residential use.

9.6

In addition, there are a number of older buildings whose demolition or insensitive alteration woulddetract from the street scene (see TC 8)

Beechams Factory, Westfield Street.(viii)

Holy Cross RC Church, Corporation Street; and(vii)Statue of Queen Victoria;(vi)'The Bank' Public House, Hardshaw Street;(v)Glass Cone (south of Chalon Way Car Park);(iv)Church of St. Mary, Lowe Street;(iii)St. Helens Parish Church, Church Street;(ii) Friends Meeting House, Church Street;,(i)

The Town Centre contains eight buildings and structures listed as being of architectural and historicvalue, as follows:

9.5

St. Helens Town Centre is relatively modern, with a declining stock of older buildings. However,these older buildings can provide cheaper premises for a variety of small industrial and commercialuses, a sense of continuity with the past and, by contrasting with newer developments, create a moreinteresting and varied environment.

9.4 Built Environment

conserve and interpret features of interest.(iv)


on-street limited waiting, estimated to be 165 spaces (excluding the Hardshaw Street area,which has a residents parking scheme).

(iii)privately owned car parks with some general function, 1028 spaces; and(ii)Council-managed car parks, consisting of 1,930 long-stay and 661 short-stay spaces;(i)10.11

Existing SituationCar Parking

The means of implementing the traffic management plan will be via the Council's annual submissionto the Government of its proposed transport plans (TPP), and any other funding opportunities whichmay arise.

10.10 Phasing/Implementation/Finance

the preparation of a traffic management plan for the Hardshaw Street residential area.(iv)

pedestrianisation schemes in Bridge Street (part), Ormskirk Street, Westfield Street andVictoria Square (Part); and

(iii)traffic management measures to create access-only 'cells';(ii) Kirkland Street.(g)North Road;(f)an eastern link from Pocket Nook Street to Parr Street;(e)Standish Street (improved);(d)College Street (A571);(c)King Street;(b)

the northern section of the new Link Road between the A58 at Peasley Cross Lane and theWestfield Street roundabout.

(a)the establishment of strategic through routes including:(i)

The main elements are as follows:10.9 Traffic Management Measures These objectives have been used as the basis for the formulation of traffic management measures.10.8

to help drivers to identify the most appropriate route by which to leave the Town Centre and todo so without undue delay.

(iv)

to ensure convenient accessibility for all sections of the community (particularly those withspecial access needs) to Town Centre facilities, by all modes of transport;

(iii)

to help traffic with a Town Centre destination to find it easily and reach it without unduedelay;

(ii)to remove unnecessary through traffic;(i)

The objectives for dealing with Town Centre traffic are as follows:10.7

The long-term mechanism for removing through traffic is the construction of the Eastern Link of theTown Centre Ring Road.

10.6 Objectives for Town Centre Traffic

less delay to traffic requiring access.(iv)fewer accidents; and(iii)less pollution;(ii) an improvement in the general environment of the Town Centre;(i)

It is estimated that both Corporation Street and Baldwin Street are currently carrying more than 50%through traffic in the morning peak. Removal of this through traffic would have several benefits:

10.5 Baldwin Street/Ormskirk Street/Bridge Street(iii)Corporation Street (eastbound); and(ii)


A considerable amount of additional car parking can be provided by development of the sitesidentified in the Plan. The Council will examine methods of maximising car parking provision in

10.20 Development Sites

With regard to the level of overall parking provision, it will be necessary for the Council to monitorthe per annum increase and to carefully assess the implications of all new developments againstcapacity. If it becomes apparent at any particular stage that the potential parking demand cannot becatered for, then the Council may have to reconsider the allocation of the development sitescontained in Policy TC 4.

10.19

The existing problems relating to on-street parking will clearly be exacerbated if no action is taken.Means of increasing turnover of existing spaces and of providing additional spaces will therefore beinvestigated during the Plan Period.

10.18

The above assessment takes into account the changes that will follow from the proposed closure ofChalon Way, its part re-use for car parking and the proposed development of the World of GlassVisitor Centre.

10.17

Without growth, the current off-street parking provision will cater for the requirements of the PlanPeriod. However, the uneven distribution of car parks will mean particular pressures at certainlocations. A 2% growth rate would mean that overall capacity could be at or near saturation pointby the end of the Plan Period. This may become a serious issue if either the growth turns out to bemore than assumed or there is a major new development not presently anticipated. At the same timethe Council will need to keep under review parking policy in the Town Centre in the light ofGovernment guidance contained in PPG 13 in order to achieve a balance between the needs of theprivate car and the need to promote alternative means of travel.

10.16 Implications

Given that a number of the above factors cannot be measured, either accurately or at all, it is notpossible to be precise about the likely increase in car parking demand. However, a figure of 2% perannum has been used in order to test the potential effect on parking facilities. In applying it, it hasbeen assumed that a proportion of additional parking provision will be provided via the developmentsites.

10.15

the suitability and availability of public transport.(vi)level of attractiveness of the Town Centre; and(v)

level of retail and office floorspace in the Town Centre, which could increase byapproximately 20% if all available sites were developed during the Plan Period;

(iv)use of the car for Town Centre trips;(iii)car ownership levels;(ii)population level;(i)

There are a number of factors which are likely to have an impact on car parking demand, as follows:10.14 Trends

The surveys have indicated that there are twice as many vehicles parking as there are legitimatespaces and that at least 50% of these parkers are exceeding their permitted waiting times.

Hall Street (north of Corporation Street).(iii)the vicinity of St. Helens Technical College; and(ii)Duke Street/Mill Street and College Street;(i)

Recent surveys of the on-street parking provision indicate that there is heavy over-subscription ofspaces. The areas of heavy demand are:

10.13

In overall terms, the Council-managed car parks have approximately 31% spare capacity at dailypeak times. In the case of the short-stay spaces, however, this spare capacity is estimated to be only16%.

10.12


Proposals for major shopping developmentsoutside the central shopping area, will beassessed against the criteria relating toout-of-centre retail developments ascontained in RET 2.

Proposals for retail development on sitesoutside the Prime Shopping Area (as definedin Policy TC 2(a) and shown on the TownCentre Inset Proposals Map) must be of anappropriate scale and type which would notsignificantly detract from the vitality andviability of the Prime Shopping Area

the proposed development does notobstruct the achievement of otherpolicies in the Plan.

(ii)

parking to the appropriate Councilstandard, servicing (preferablyoff-street) and access arrangementscan be achieved; and

(i)

It is considered that the Town Centre is theproper place for the accommodation of majorshopping development as suggested by StrategicGuidance and reflected in the Plan's shoppingpolicies. It is further considered necessary todefine a central area, within which shoppingproposals will generally be acceptable in orderboth to maintain the consolidation of the TownCentre, in the interests of sustainability and toprotect the residential amenity of those livingwithin the Town Centre.

New shopping developments, including theexpansion of existing facilities will beallowed within the central shopping area, asdefined on the Inset Map, provided that:

TC 1

ST. HELENS TOWN CENTRE INSET MAP - POLICIES

means of improving pedestrian movement around the Town Centre.(ii)future provision for parking for the disabled; and(i)

Other transport-related issues addressed in the Plan are:10.25

An expanded and enhanced bus station was opened to the public in November 1995. This was ajoint venture between the Council and the MPTE including National and European funding. Theclosure of Chalon Way provides an opportunity for increased bus access and use as a secondaryterminal.

Bickerstaffe Street (St. Helens) Bus Station10.24

Improvements have recently been carried out to St. Helens Central Station and the Council willcontinue to press the MPTE and British Rail for improvement both to the physical fabric of thefacilities and to the level and quality of the service.

10.23

The Council has regular liaison with the Merseyside Passenger Transport Executive (MPTE) toreview bus provision and matters such as positioning of bus stops etc. and this will continue.

10.22

Given the lower than average level of car ownership in the Borough, it is essential that the TownCentre is accessible to an efficient and effective public transport system.

10.21 Public Transport

those areas of acute pressure, ie. Duke Street, Mill Street, College Street, Hall Street and in thevicinity of the Technical College. Maximising provision will entail a combination of new car parks,which requires finance and suitable sites to be available, and reviewing traffic regulation orders.


pinderg

Cross-Out

It is considered necessary to ensure that suchareas are retained in order to:

the retailing is ancillary to thenon-retail use;

(i)

Traditionally, there have been parts of the TownCentre which have fulfilled the function ofbusiness areas:

Within business areas, as defined on theInset Map, general retailing will notnormally be allowed. An exception may bemade where:

TC 3

impact on the character of existingproperties.

(iii)extent of window display space; and(ii)need for passing trade;(i)

In granting any permissions, the Council willsafeguard the overall character of the shoppingarea by securing adequate window display areas.

There will be no objection in principle tonon-retail uses within the remaining parts of thecentral shopping area at first floor level.

In remaining parts of the central shoppingarea, as defined on the Inset Map,applications for non-retail use at groundfloor level will be assessed against thefollowing criteria:

TC2(b)

There will be no objection in principle tonon-retail uses within the prime shopping area atfirst floor level.

In January 1996, the total number of units withinthe designated prime shopping streets was 75, ofwhich 56 (74.6%) were in retail use. The totalfrontage of the units was 1,386m of which1046m or 75% were in retail use. The Council,therefore, consider that the existing balancebetween retail and non-retail uses in these primeshopping streets is satisfactory and considers thatany reduction in the number of retail uses belowa figure of 75% would begin to damage thevitality and viability of the town centre.

which would raise the overallproportion of non-retail uses to a levelwhich could undermine thepredominant retail function of theprime shopping area.

(ii)

which are considered inappropriate toprime shopping streets; or

(i)

Within this area, shown on the Inset Map,the Council will not permit non-retail uses atground floor level either;

Market Street Nos. 17-18.(iv)Bridge Street Nos. 2-16,1-11; and(iii)Ormskirk Street Nos. 2-28, 1-5, 13-25;(ii)Church Street Nos. 3-85, 2-56;(i)

Church Street is the prime shopping street inSt. Helens Town Centre. Ormskirk Street andthe top of Bridge Street from important linksbetween Church Street and other shoppingstreets. It is therefore considered necessary tomaintain a predominantly retail frontage inChurch Street and prevent further changes tonon-retail use in Ormskirk Street and BridgeStreet, in order to secure an attractive andthriving retail spine, thus consolidating the TownCentre. Non-retail uses which are consideredappropriate to such areas are restaurants andcafes which complement retailing. Certain othernon-retail activities such as banks, estate agentsand building societies also complement TownCentre shops and are generally acceptable in aprime street location. However, other non-retailactivities, such as amusement arcades andbetting offices, do not require main streetlocations and can be located elsewhere in theTown Centre.

The following parts of streets shall bedefined as the prime shopping area of theTown Centre:

TC 2(a)


pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

pinderg

Cross-Out

Land east of Hall 0.91 a) LightStreet Industry

(B1)b)Officesc) Car Parking

6.

Land east of 1.19 a) Light Central Station Industry

(B1)b)Officesc) Leisured)Car Parkinge) Housing

5.

Land south of 1.10 a) LeisureChalon Way b)Offices(including surface c) Car Parkingparking and existingCouncil Offices

4.

The Town Centre currently contains a number ofresidential areas, the largest of which is centredon Hardshaw Street. It has long been realisedthat there is a demand from certain sections ofthe community for Town Centre housing,particularly for young persons, and that there-introduction of residential uses can bring backlife to Town Centres, particularly in the hoursafter most retailing has ceased.

Housing has therefore been identified as anacceptable use on a number of sites. In addition,subject to normal site planning considerations,the Council will support proposals to bring upperfloors into housing use.

In the event of the existing permission lapsing,development proposals on these sites will betreated in accordance with the Policies containedwithin the Plan.

Land at Atlas Court 0.33 a) LightIndustry(B1)

b)Gen.Industry(B2)

c) Offices

3.

Land north of 0.29 a) HousingStandish Street b)Car Parking

2.

Former Lowe House 1.28 a) Retail (A1)RC School, Duke b)OfficesStreet c) Leisure

d)Financial &ProfessionalServices(A2)

e) Food andDrink (A3)

f) Car Parkingg) Housing

1.

Site Name Area Acceptable (ha) Uses

Ref.No.

For those sites being allocated for development,it is considered that planning policies must besufficiently flexible to ensure that advantage istaken of opportunities which arise. For thisreason, alternative acceptable uses are suggestedfor a number of sites. Where more than one useis proposed, a mixed-use scheme involving all orsome of the uses will usually be acceptable.Given the special nature of a number of theseTown Centre sites, there will also normally be noobjection, in principle to mixed use schemescontaining ancillary uses not specificallymentioned, such as small-scale retail, food anddrink and financial and professional serviceoutlets. Other uses not specified will beconsidered in accordance with the Policiescontained within the Plan.


TC 4

For the purposes of implementing this policy,small scale retailing is defined as less than250 m² floorspace.

to avoid the unnecessary sprawl of thecentral area.

(iii)

provide opportunities for the establishmentof small scale and specialist retail uses nearthe main shopping centre in lower-costproperty; and

(ii)the retail use will not give rise toservicing problems

(iii)

provide opportunities for the establishmentof non-retail uses which would be excludedby Policy TC 2.

(i)the retail use is of a small-scale andspecialist nature;

(ii)


The stretch of the Canal between the SafewaySuperstore and Rainford Brook (adjacent to theTechnology Campus) is an important element inthe Ravenhead Greenway. It offers significantopportunities to improve appearance, provideopen space in the vicinity of the Town Centreand develop recreational and educationalopportunities, some of which could be directlyrelated to adjoining development sites. Inaddition to public sources of finance,commitment from the private and voluntarysectors will be sought to achieveimplementation.

In partnership with other agencies, theCouncil will restore the St. Helens Canal,enhance adjoining areas of land and developa strategic footpath, (see also Policies ENV 3,ENV 22 and REC 5). Planning applicationsfor development affecting the Canal oradjoining areas of land will be refused if theCouncil considers that they would conflictwith or obstruct these objectives.

TC 5

Land west of Atlas 1.11 Light Ind./Street General Ind./

Offices (Full)

15.

St. Helens 2.28 Tech. CampusTechnology Campus, (Outline)Standish Street

14.

Land west of 0.27 Car ParkingBrynn Street (Full)

13.

Site Name Area Acceptable(ha) Uses (Status)

Ref.No.

The following sites with the benefit of planningpermission are also shown on the Inset Map.

Former Lead 1.4 a) OfficesWorks Chalon b)LeisureWay c) Housing

12

Former Cinema 0.17 a) Retail (A1)Bridge Street b)Financial &

ProfessionalServices(A2)

c) Food &Drink (A3)

d)Leisuree) Officesf) Housing

11

Land east of 0.14 a) Car ParkingBrynn Street b)Open Space

c) Housing

10.

Former School 0.17 a) OfficesBuildings, College b)LeisureStreet c) Car Parking

d)Housing

9.

Telephone 0.2 a) Retail (A1)Exchange, b)OfficesFoundary Street c) Leisure

d)Car Parkinge) Financial &

ProfessionalServices(A2)

f) Food &Drink (A3)

8.

Former Transport 0.25 a) LightOffices, Hall Street/ Industry(B1)Shaw Street b)Offices

c) Leisured)Car Parkinge) Housing

7.


Ref.No.


Haydock Street (9-15);

Hardshaw Street (between Church Streetand Claughton Street);

2 Hall Street/ 87 Church Street;George Street (3-5);Assembly Rooms, George Street;Gas Showrooms, Cotham Street;Lamb Hotel, Corporation Street;

Corporation Chambers, 8-10 CorporationStreet.;

Raven Lodge, Church Street;Yorkshire Building Society, Church Street;Church Street (7, 9-11, 23-55, 89-109)Cannon Cinema, Bridge Street

In addition to the properties listed in TC 8, theCouncil will protect the eight listed buildings inthe Town Centre (see Para. 9.5) in accordancewith Government legislation and the policiescontained in the Plan.

Nelson Hotel, Bridge Street;Lincoln Square, Bridge Street;Globe Buildings, corner of Barrow Street;Chalon Brasserie, Barrow Street;Sefton Arms, Baldwin Street;

Older buildings in the Town Centre help toprovide continuity with the past and a sense ofidentification with the town. Those streets andbuildings listed in Policy TC 8, taken inconsideration with more recent developments,create a more interesting and variedenvironment. As attractive, interesting orvisually dominant buildings, the Council willencourage their retention and require that anychanges over which there is planning control,including replacement or additional signage,respect their existing character.

The Council will refuse planningapplications for development, andapplications for express consent foradvertisements, which it considers willadversely affect the character andappearance of the following streets, parts ofstreets or individual buildings;

TC 8

be designed as an integral feature ofthe building or the setting.

(iv)

not conflict with architecturalfeatures; and

(iii)not be unduly dominant;(ii)

ensure the proposals are in scale withthe building on which they aredisplayed or the setting;

(i)

Applications for consent to displayadvertisements within and adjoining theVictoria Square Conservation Area will berequired to:

TC 7

The Victoria Square conservation Area wasdesignated in 1976 and development controlpolicies are needed to protect its amenity andretain and enhance the character of the area.

The boundaries of the area will be reviewedduring the Plan Period.

New development and extensions to existingdevelopment will be required to respect thecharacter of the Victoria SquareConservation Area, in terms of setting, scale,design, and materials. Detailedconsideration will be given to the overalldesign of shop fronts, to ensure architecturalfeatures are retained, appropriate materialsare used and the street scene is not damaged.

TC 6


Ormskirk Street;(b)Westfield Street (part);(a)Pedestrianisation of:(iii)

Removal of through traffic fromWestfield Street, parts of Bridge andOrmskirk Streets by encouraging theuse of the existing Ring Road;

(ii)amenity/open space.(f)

The pedestrianisation that has been carried outalready in the Town Centre has been verysuccessful in improving the amenity ofSt. Helens for shoppers and strengthening thetrading position of the town. The UDPrepresents an opportunity to extendpedestrianisation proposals to other parts of theTown Centre. The proposals contained in thePlan represent a logical progression which buildson the schemes implemented so far.

secondary bus terminal; and(e)

indoor and open-air market;(d)

access and parking for disabledpeople;

(c)

The closure of Chalon Way offers enormouspotential to put this area to other uses and ensuregreater integration of developments to the southof Chalon Way with the shopping centre.Although the exact mix of alternative uses has tobe decided, it is considered that the mainelements are listed in TC 10.

improved pedestrian links betweenChurch Street and development to thesouth of Chalon Way;

(b)provision of car parking;(a)

Following closure of Chalon Wayre-use of the highway areas foralternative uses, which could include;

(i)

It will be possible to implement most of theoverall traffic management plan prior to theconstruction of an eastern link of the Ring Road.The most significant opportunities relate toChalon Way, further pedestrianisation and theHardshaw Street area.

The Council will implement the followingtraffic management measures:

TC 10

Claughton Street(iv)

Corporation Street (between CollegeStreet and Birchley Street); and

(iii)Westfield Street;(ii)

Duke Street;(i)

These are streets of terraced shops, many ofwhich have been modernised in a way whichdetracts from the original form of the Victoriaterraces. The policy does not precludeamalgamations but the Council will seek topersuade developers to respect the traditional character of these streets.

The Council will seek to retain thecharacteristic scale, as defined by height andunit frontage width, of the following streets:

TC 9

Providence Hospital (original part), TolverStreet;

19-27 Shaw Street;Wolverhampton House, Parr Street;Williams & Glyns Bank, Ormskirk Street;United Reformed Church, Ormskirk Street;Imperial Buildings, Ormskirk Street;YMCA Building, North Road;North Road (36-38);Former TAVR Building, Mill Street;

St. Mary's Presbytery, Lowe Street/ CrabStreet;


making parking provision withinexisting and proposedpedestrianisation schemes, especiallyVictoria Square, to ensure access tocentral facilities.

(ii)

providing disabled parking on ChalonWay (following its closure); and

(i)

The Plan is committed to equal opportunities anda high priority is given to providing maximumaccessibility to the Town Centre for the disabled.Provision at present consists of disabled spacesin public car parks, the 'orange badge'concessions and a car park for use solely by thedisabled at the eastern end of Church Street. It isconsidered that implementation of TC 12 willachieve needed improvement in the provision offacilities.

The Council will improve access to the TownCentre for those with special needs.Proposals will include:

TC 12

between the area to the south ofChalon Way and Church Street

(v)

between the Technology Campus,St. Helens Central Station andBickerstaffe Street Bus Station; and

(iv)across Standish Street;(iii)

improved access to Town Centre openspace

(iii)in the vicinity of the Landingsroundabout;

(ii)

greater integration of all parts of the TownCentre; and

(ii)between existing and proposedresidential areas and the Town Centre;

(i)

The centre is easily accessible to itsimmediate hinterland;

(i)

It is essential that pedestrian links throughout theTown Centre are improved both forenvironmental and safety reasons. The prioritiesfor action have been based on the need to ensure:

The Council will improve pedestrian linksthroughout the Town Centre and will refuseplanning applications for developmentwhich would impair or obstruct pedestrianmovement. Priority will be attached to thefollowing locations (see Traffic ManagementDiagram):

TC 11

The principal behind the 'access only' trafficcells is to allow the motorist adequate access toall parts of the Town Centre in a controlledfashion, thus eliminating unnecessary cross-townmovements.

The amenity of this area has long beendetrimentally effected by through-traffic("rat-running") and non-residential on-streetparking. A residents car parking scheme is inoperation, which has improved the situation butthe issue of through-traffic remains. A trafficmanagement plan will mitigate the worst effectof through traffic and will be kept under reviewto counter changing traffic patterns following theproposed Victoria Square pedestrianisation.

Preparation of a Hardshaw Streettraffic management plan (to bereviewed following construction of aneastern link of the Ring Road); and

Creation of a system of access-only'cells'.

(v)

(vi)

The Hardshaw Street area is the largest singleresidential neighbourhood in the Town Centre.

Improvements to College Street andStandish Street;

(iv)

Victoria Square (followingconstruction of an eastern link of theRing Road)

(d)It shall be the intention that the schemesproposed in the Plan will be partialpedestrianisation only, in that buses, taxis andcycles will be permitted through access.

Bridge Street (part); and(c)


transport(vi)the former Bold Power Station;(v)the Green Belt;(iv)Hays Chemicals plant;(iii)environmental enhancement, including opportunities arising from the Mersey Forest;(ii)rationalisation of mixed-use areas;(i)

The main issues affecting the Area are as follows:1.1

Area Context1.

AREA 6 - PARR, SUTTON AND BOLD

promote general environmental enhancement.(iii)encourage new residential development;(ii)reduce the impact of industrial development on residential areas;(i)

This Area contains a number of mixed industrial/residential areas, particularly in Sutton. Thecloseness of housing and factories means that many residents in the area are badly affected byindustrial pollution and the impact of heavy traffic. The Plan objectives will therefore be to:

Rationalisation of Mixed-Use Areas2.

Green Belt (7,779 ha - 65% of the Sub-Area).(vii)Sutton Village;(vi)Fingerpost Shopping Centre;(v)the former Bold Power Station, ex-Bold Colliery and associated tips;(iv)St. Helens Hospital;(iii)

industrial areas at Moorfoot Road, Delta Road, Sutton Road, Jackson Street, Parr, AbbotsfieldRoad and Reginald Road;

(ii)

the residential areas of Broad Oak, Sutton, Parr, Peasley Cross, Sutton Leach, Parr Stocks,Derbyshire Hill, Pocket Nook (part) and Clock Face (part).

(i)


The Health and Safety Executive (HSE) has produced development control guidance which seeks toinfluence the type of development permitted within consultation zones around the plant. Theboundary of the outer zone is shown in Supplementary Planning Guidance Note 4. The Council hasan obligation to consider the advice of the HSE as a material planning consideration.

4.2

Area 6 contains the Hays Chemicals Plant, located off Lancots Lane, which is a notifiable installationunder the terms of the Notification of Installations Handling Hazardous Substances Regulations 1982(NIHHS).

4.1

Hays Chemicals Plant4.

The Plan proposes the establishment of a Boroughwide network of Greenways including a number ofsignificant sites within this Area (ENV 3).

3.5

The Plan affords protection to Sites of Community Wildlife Interest (ENV 5). There are 16 suchsites within Area 6 and these are shown on the Proposals Map.

3.4

Bold Moss Tip will be an area of major activity as the project has secured extensive fundingincluding National Lottery monies. The project is managed by the Groundwork Trust and will be asignificant improvement to the environment of this area.

3.3 former Sidac car park and filter-beds.(iv)Clock Face Colliery;(iii)Bold Moss Tip;(ii)ex-Bold Colliery;(i)

Extensive woodland planting as part of the Mersey Forest will take place on the following sites andopportunities for public access explored (ENV 10).

3.2

The environment of much of the area is severely degraded and has been identified as a priority forlandscape renewal (ENV 20). Opportunity will therefore be taken to promote Boroughwide policies,such as the Wasteland to Woodland Initiative and Policy for Nature, and to implement the SuttonGreenway.

3.1


1.57North of Reginald Road(iii) 2.00Rolling Mill Lane(ii)1.49Nook Lane(i)

Area (ha)Site NameSites affected are as follows:

In addition to these proposed de-allocations, it is also proposed to restrict a number of sites whichpreviously had an industrial allocation in the Sutton Local Plan to B1 use only, ie. lightindustrial/business which will also contribute to protecting residential amenity.

2.4

The proposed deletions of previous industrial allocations will have particular impact in the BentinckStreet and Morris Street areas and will protect the amenity of the remaining residential properties.

2.3.

0.26East of Morris Street(v)0.58Bentinck Street(iv)0.27East of Sutton Road/west of Morris Street(iii)0.26West of Morris Street/South of Helsby Street(ii)3.19Worsley Brow(i)

Area (ha)Site Name

Whilst construction of the spur road to the Link Road means that road access will be improved, it isnot intended to significantly increase the area of land allocated for industrial purposes and, in places,it is proposed to delete existing industrial allocations, as follows:

2.2


If the Hays Chemical Plant were closed,relocated or denotified, then there would be anopportunity to re-examine suitable uses for sitesin the proximity of the works. Reintroduction ofresidential uses would be consistent with theoverall objective of regenerating uses would beconsistent with the overall objective ofregenerating the Sutton area.

In the event of the closure, the relocation orthe denotification of the Hays Plant duringthe Plan Period, or the reassessment of theconsultation zones by the HSE, the Councilwill reassess existing allocations with the aimof reintroducing residential development onappropriate sites.

AP 6.2

The existence of the Hays Chemical Plant hasrestricted the development opportunities withinthe surrounding area. Whilst the Council wouldlike to see the eventual relocation of the Plant,the policy is intended to ensure that there is noincrease in the overall level of risk to localresidents. In addition, there will becircumstances, for example, changing productionprocesses or redevelopment of storage facilitieswhere opportunities would exist to secure anoverall reduction in the pollution and hazardrisks associated with the site. Where it is withinthe remit of planning control, the Council will bekeen to pursue opportunities and secure areduction in the overall risk to local residents.

The Council will not allow development atthe Hays Chemical Plant which wouldincrease the overall level of risk of pollutionby emissions or hazardous substances tolocal residents and, in addition, will seek,wherever possible, improvementscontributing to a reduction in the overalllevel of risk to local residents.

AP 6.1

AREA POLICIES

Whilst the existing railway line between Central and Junction Stations is not currently operational, itis considered that the restoration of this line is of long-term strategic importance, in order to providea better link to the Inter-City network. The Council will therefore resist any development whichwould inhibit its restoration (TRA 6).

Transport7.

Bold Power Station is now closed. It is considered that the site represents a development opportunitycombined with substantial woodland planting. The Council would consider favourably residentialdevelopment in the context of the site being substantially afforested and making a contribution to theMersey Forest in association with adjoining sites. It is not considered that the site should bepromoted for any form of general industrial and/or commercial development (AP 6.3).

6.1

Former Bold Power Station6.

There are a number of minor amendments to the Green Belt as well as two more substantial changes,at Berrys Lane and off Moorfoot Road.

Green Belt5.

The Council proposes a balanced approach towards developments in the consultation zones whichwould generally accept HSE advice to minimise risks to local residents but consider favourablyresidential development restricted to cleared sites (ie. where housing previously existed), in theinterests of urban regeneration.

4.4

The objective of the HSE is to minimise the people who might be at risk in the event of an accidentat the plant. In practice, this means restricting certain types of development within the consultationzone around the plant. It is considered that strict adherence to HSE guidance in all cases is notcompatible with the aims of urban regeneration and the Sutton Village Initiative. (see Sutton VillageInset Map).

4.3


The Council does not wish to preventappropriate development on this site. Equally itdoes not wish to prejudice an opportunity ofredefining its development strategy for Sutton

However, far reaching improvements are to beundertaken at the Plant over the period 1998/99.It is likely that these improvements could resultin the HSE reconsidering the extent of theConsultation Zones and greater flexibility overacceptable types of development on land atWorsley Brow and Watery Lane.

is consistent with the Plan's otherpolicies; and

demonstrates how the site shown onthe Proposals Map can be developed ina comprehensive manner

(b)

(c)

is consistent with the guidance of theHSE;

(a)

At the current time the opportunity forresidential development is constrained by advicefrom the HSE relating to development within theConsultation zones surrounding the NotifiableInstallation at Hays Chemical Plant.

On receipt of revised guidance from theHSE, the Council will grant planningpermission for development which:

at an earlier date on the notification tothe Council by the HSE of any changesto the consultation zones relating to thenearby Notifiable Installation.

(b)This would assist in the regeneration of theSutton area; assist in contributing to the longerterm residential land supply, and reduce theimpact of industrial development in this area ofSt. Helens

the Plan is reviewed in 2001 or,(a)

The Council would prefer this site to beredeveloped for residential purposes which couldinclude complementary small scale uses, forexample, of a recreational or leisure nature.

Land shown on the proposals map atWorsley Brow and Watery Lane shall besafeguarded to include a significant elementof residential development until:

AP 6.4Land at Worsley Brow and Watery Lane

Given the surplus of industrial land in theBorough, the proposed reduced role of this Areain providing a supply of industrial land and thesite's poor accessibility, industrial redevelopmentwould be inappropriate. However, the site couldmake a useful long-term contribution to theBorough's residential land supply. In view of itslocation adjacent to Sutton Village, it isconsidered that a proportion of the dwellings tobe provided should be affordable, ie. socialhousing or low cost private housing. However,in view of the area involved and its location,piecemeal development will not be acceptable.

within the context of anenvironmentally enhanced site,favourably consider the provision of alimited amount of residentialdevelopment;

(iii)

seek environmental enhancement ofthe site as a contribution to the MerseyForest;

(ii)

require a comprehensive scheme forredevelopment;

(i)

The former power station is a large andimportant site on the fringe of the Green Belt. Itis considered important, therefore, that theredundant buildings are removed as soon aspossible, in order to limit any detrimental impacton the amenity of the area. The site adjoins BoldMoss tip (ENV 10(xii)), where the GroundworkTrust are implementing a restoration programmeand the ex-Bold Colliery (ENV 10(xiii)) alsoundergoing restoration to woodland. 'Greeningup' of the site would therefore complement theseinitiatives.

When considering proposals for Bold PowerStation the Council will:

AP 6.3


In the event that no revised guidance is receivedthen the future use of the site will be determinedin the UDP review based on the HSE advicepertaining at that time.

It is the expectation that revised guidance will beissued before the review of the UDP in whichcase appropriate development can be considered.

and securing a significant new area of residentialdevelopment.


Whilst the Council has a statutory duty to clear unfit housing, it is not the intention to pursuewholesale demolition. Clearly, the rate of take-up of improvement grants will be a major factor indetermining the need for future clearance.

4.2

The overall objective in the Village is to secure maximum regeneration by use of vacant sites forresidential purposes (RES 1). A number of mainly small sites will be retained, however, for amenitypurposes, in conjunction with the two main open spaces at Percy Street and Alice Street.

4.1

Residential Uses4.

The funding for the Initiative was a combination of Council spending, Housing InvestmentProgramme, Urban Programme, Derelict Land Grant, European Funding and private sectorinvestment. The majority of the activity has now taken place and it is unlikely that there will befurther major spend after 1996, although the HRA has a statutory life of ten years.

3.4 environmental improvements(vi)provision of play facilities;(v)provision of parking facilities in Junction Lane;(iv)operation of a Commercial Improvement Area centred on Junction Lane/Peckershill Road;(iii)buying out of non-conforming uses in residential areas;(ii)land acquisition;(i)

Other elements of the Initiative include:3.3

The key to the package has been the improvement of private sector housing by the declaration of aHousing Renewal Area (HRA) within which powers are available to the Council to secure andpromote improvement.

3.2

Following a detailed study of the issues, the Council decided that the depth and extent of theproblems required a comprehensive and far-reaching strategy involving the community, the Counciland the public and private sectors. In 1989, it therefore resolved to pursue a package of measures totackle the problem, known as the Sutton Village Initiative.

3.1

Sutton Village Initiative3.

Overall, the Village reflects typical characteristics of an area in decline. There is a need for aconsiderable degree of environmental enhancement. However, despite these problems, it is an areawhich has a genuine community spirit and a strong 'sense of place'.

2.2

the shortage of amenity space, and shortage of community facilities, particularly for the youngand elderly.

(iv)the poor physical condition of housing stock and shopping premises;(iii)vacant residential and commercial premises;(ii)a number of vacant and poorly kept sites;(i)

The key problems in the Village are as follows:2.1

Summary of problems2.

Sutton Village is one of the oldest areas of St. Helens. It has a variety of social, economic andphysical problems. It is therefore considered necessary to consider the Village in greater detail thanthe remainder of Area 6.

1.1

Introduction1.

SUTTON VILLAGE - INSET MAP


Land at Lionel Street 0.14 Housing7.

Land at junction 0.09 Car Park,of Helena Road/ OfficeNormans Road

6.

The following sites have the benefit of planningpermission and are also shown on the Inset Map.

Land at Powell Street 0.18 Housing5.

Land adjacent to 0.07 Housing30 Hoghton Road

4.

Land west of 0.54 HousingPeckershill Road/south of Fisher Street

3.

Land west of 0.27 HousingPeckershill Road/south of Smith Street

2.

Land at St. Helens 0.66 B1, B8Junction, StationRoad

1.


Ref.No.

For those sites being allocated for development,it is considered that planning policies must besufficiently flexible to ensure that advantage istaken of opportunities which arise. Where morethan one use is proposed, a mixed-use schemeinvolving all or some of the uses will usually beacceptable. Proposed uses not specified will beconsidered in accordance with the Policiescontained within the Plan.

In the event of the existing permission lapsing,development proposals on these sites will betreated with the Policies contained within thePlan.


Development SitesSV 2

Land in Peckers Hill Road;(ii)Land in Herbert Street;(i)

These are cleared housing sites which have beentemporarily treated in the past. It is proposed toretain them for permanent open space in order toensure that the village environment is enhanced.

The following areas are allocated for publicopen space:

SV 1

INSET POLICIES

A Commercial Improvement Area was declared in 1991. The purpose of the declaration is to secureproperty improvements to shops and business in Junction Lane and Peckershill Road by makinggrants available to owners and occupiers. Grants are offered for external improvements on the basisof improving of the areas and for internal improvements on the basis of jobs created.

7.1

Commercial Improvement Area7.

The problem of the lack of off-street parking facilities in the Village is a long-standing one whichwas addressed in the Sutton Local Plan. Following clearance, car parking areas have been providedby the Council in Junction Lane, although there remains a problem in Peckers Hill Road.

6.1

Car Parking6.

There are two existing industrial areas within the Village, south of Station Road and centred onNormans Road. In addition, there are a number of industrial uses occupying former allotments ofHoghton Road. These existing industrial areas contain numbers of 'bad-neighbour' uses which eitherhave the benefit of planning permission or are lawfully established. Whilst there are planningpowers which could be used to remove some of these uses, the financial implications mean that suchaction is not practicable. The Council will, however, carefully consider the potential impact ofproposed development in those locations to ensure that the amenity of residents is protected.

5.1

Economic Use5.


APPENDICES


APPENDIX 1: DEVELOPMENT PLANS SUPERSEDED BY THEUNITARY DEVELOPMENT PLAN

(i) Pre-1974 Inherited Statutory Development Plans

- St. Helens County Borough Development Plan 1953

- Amendment No. 1 (First Review) 1965

- Amendment No. 2 (C.D.A. No. 1) 1969

- Lancashire County Council Development Plan 1956

- Rainford Town Map 1967

- Widnes Town Map 1964

- Ashton-in-Makerfield Town Map 1966

- East Merseyside Town Map 1965

(ii) Post 1974 Statutory Development Plans

- Merseyside Structure Plan 1980

- Merseyside Green Belt Local Plan 1983

- Newton-le-Willows District Plan 1982

- Sutton Local Plan 1983

- St. Helens Town Centre Local Plan 1984

(iii) Post 1974 Draft Statutory Development Plans

- Draft Haydock Local Plan 1984

- Draft Ravenhead Local Plan 1986


APPENDIX 2: GLOSSARY OF TERMS

Affordable Housing - housing for sale or rent which people on relatively low incomes can afford.

Aggregates - a mass of minerals formed into one rock eg. sandstone.

Agricultural Development and Advisory Service (ADAS) - an independent executive agency of the Ministry ofAgriculture, Fisheries and Foods (MAFF). It provides professional, scientific and technical expertise topromote the profitability of the agricultural industry, backed by research and development.

Amenity - pleasantness of place, quality of life (of an area).

Arboriculturist - a specialist on tree matters.

Bad Neighbour Development - any form of development which, by the way or manner in which it operates,would be detrimental to residential amenity.

Built Environment - surroundings which are urban and 'hard' in character as opposed to 'natural' or 'green'environment.

Business Park - prestigious, low-density, landscaped industrial area predominantly occupied by light industrial,research and development, and office uses, ie. B1 uses.

Business Areas - parts of St. Helens town centre which predominantly consist of offices and other commercialuses.

Capital partnerships - Government funds which are bid for competitively for schemes which combine privatesector monies and Council capital receipts.

Care in the Community Programme - the provision of a range of services to help people with disabilities orhealth problems live as independently as possible in the community.

Census - a Government survey of population and other socio-economic information which takes place every tenyears.

City Challenge - a competition of Central Government funding to deal with urban problems which took place in1991 and 1992. St. Helens submitted bids on both occasions and was unsuccessful.

City Grants - Government grant available to the private sector to redevelop inner city areas.

Commercial Improvement Area (CIA) - part, or all of a shopping street within which grants are available toproperty owners and occupiers to carry out property improvement and thereby facilitiate the safeguarding andcreation of jobs.

Community Areas - devised to allow analysis of open space at the local level. They are defined using criteriasuch as settlement patterns, major road/rail barriers and watercourses.

Community Forest Initiative - an initiative of central Government, acting through its agencies the CountrysideCommission and the Forestry Commission. There are currently 12 Community Forests established throughoutEngland, the local example is the Mersey Forest.

Compulsory Purchase Order (CPO) - legal procedure of compulsorily acquiring land or buildings throughPlanning or Housing Acts.

Conservation Area - area of special architectural or historic interest, the character or appearance of which it isdesirable to preserve and enhance.

Contaminated Land - land which is harmfully polluted with toxic or noxious substances.


Controlled Waste - household, commercial or industrial waste.

Countryside Commission - the official body for countryside conservation and recreation in England. Promotesthe provision and improvement of facilities in the countryside for informal recreation, as well as providingadvice and grants.

Curtilage - land attached to a property.

Departure from the Development Plan - where a proposal does not accord with the provisions of thedevelopment plan in force in the area (in future, the UDP), there are obligations to carry out statutory publicityand, in the case of certain larger developments (150 dwellings; 10,000 m² of shopping), where Council land isinvolved or the proposal would significantly prejudice the development plan to give the Secretary of State anopportunity to call the application in for his consideration ie. usually, to hold a public inquiry). The formalarrangements are currently set out in Circular 19/92.

Deregulation - the process whereby private transport operators are allowed to operate services in competitionwith each other.

Derelict Land - land so damaged by past industrial or other development that it is incapable of beneficial usewithout treatment.

Derelict Land Grant (DLG) - grant from the Government for funding the reclamation of derelict land.

Development - defined in Section 44 of the Town and Country Planning Act 12990 as:- "The carrying out ofbuilding, engineering, mining or other operations, in, on, over or under land, or the making of any materialchange in the use of any buildings or other land."

Development Brief - a document containing guidance to a developer on Council requirements for a site.

Development Plan - the statutory land-use plan in operation for any given area.

Drift Mining - extraction of minerals by following the exposed seam into a hillside.

Ecological Value - having biological importance.

Elevation - drawing of the front-side-rear of a building.

Encroachment - development which extends onto neighbouring property or land.

English Nature - the government's advisory body on nature conservation (replaced the nature ConservancyCouncil).

Environmental Assessment (EA) - a submission which may be required by the Local Planning Authority fromdevelopers, setting out the environmental effects that a significant new development would have on adevelopment site and the surrounding area. Current government guidance is set out in Circular 15/88.

Estate Action Schemes - programmes to improve run-down council housing estates, which are primarily fundedby Central Government.

European Regional Development Fund (ERDF) - European Community funding for infrastructure and jobcreating investment.

European Social Fund (ESF) - European community funding for vocational training and retraining.

Footprint - the aggregate ground floor area of a building, or complex of buildings.

Full Planning Permission - a detailed approval for a development.

General Development Order (GDO) - sets out those categories of development which may be carried outwithout the need to apply for planning permission, ie. 'permitted development'.


General Improvement Area (GIA) - introduced in the 1969 Housing Act to enable the renovation, rather thandemolition of areas of older housing in poor condition. Improvement grants were made available to propertyowners in the area. Abolished under 1989 Local Government and Housing Act.

Greenway - a network of physically or visually linked open spaces including both formal and informal openspace.

Green Belt - area of land protected from development in order to check urban sprawl, safeguard the countrysidefrom encroachment, prevent towns from merging, preserve the historic towns and assist in urban regeneration.Prior to the UDP, the Green Belt in St. Helens was defined by the Merseyside Green Belt Local Plan.

'Hard After Use' - built development on land previously open and/or derelict.

Hazardous Installations - installations which involve hazardous substances in excess of the quantities requiringnotification to the Health and Safety Executive.

Health and Safety Executive (HSE) - Government body which enforces a series of statutory provisions relatingto health and safety at work, and the effects that industry may have on the public.

Heritage Landscape - a landscape of historical, cultural or aesthetic significance.

House Builders Federation (HBF) - an organisation which represents the interests of the house buildingindustry.

Housing Action Area (HAA) - introduced in the 1974 Housing Act to extend the GIA policy by raising thelevel of grants available. Abolished under Local Government and Housing Act 1989.

Housing Association - non-profit making organisations which provide housing for sale or for rent. Most oftheir funding comes from Central government and they usually work together with Councils to provideaccommodation for those in housing need.

Housing Investment Programme (HIP) - an annual bid made by the Council to Central Government to securefunding approval and grant to invest in the housing stock in their area.

Housing Renewal Area (HRA) - replaced GIAs and HAAs in the 1989 Local Government and Housing Act.Owners of substantial properties are now entitled to improvement grants subject to a means test. Other grantsare available to improve whole blocks of property in a Renewal Area.

Industrial Archaeology - remains, structures and buildings which are important in explaining the industrial pastor history of an area.

Informal Recreation - recreation not requiring the provision of formal facilities, eg. walking.

Infrastructure - the provision of roads, drainage and the availability of power supplies at the most basic level,through to social infrastructure such as schools and community centres which can encourage investment in newhousing and industry.

Inner Area/Inner Urban Area - selected authorities such as St. Helens have special status under the InnerUrban Areas Act 1978, which enables them to direct funding through the Urban Programme into older built-upareas as a priority. The funding is directed to improving the social, economic and environmental conditions ofthese areas. This funding ceased after the financial year 1994/95.

Inset Map - a detailed map, which is part of the UDP for certain parts of the borough, eg. Town Centre InsetMap.

Joint Countryside Advisory Service (JCAS) - an agency funded by Sefton, Knowsley and St. Helens BoroughCouncils to provide a specialist advice on environmental and countryside matters.

Listed Building Consent - consent for extending or altering a Listed Building either internally or externally.


Local Planning Authority (LPA) - as a unitary authority, St. Helens MBC is also the Local Planning Authoritywhen using its planning powers.

Local Nature Reserve (LNR) - sites of local nature conservation significance designated by the LocalAuthority.

Local Shopping Centre - centres providing basic shopping facilities of importance for those who live locally.

Main-line Budget - Council expenditure, as opposed to Government programmes, such as Derelict Land Grant.

Mersey Basin Campaign - a coalition of local authorities, industry, other statutory bodies and voluntary groupsseeking to improve water quality in the River Mersey and its tributaries and to regenerate the urban areas alongits banks.

Mersey Forest - a partnership of local authorities supported by the Countryside Commission and ForestryAuthority to significantly increase woodland in the Mersey area. It aims to provide employment, new wildlifehabitats and areas for public recreation.

Merseyside Integrated Transport Study (MERITS) - a study sponsored by the five Merseyside districts,published in 1993 containing proposals for the development of the area's transport network.

Merseyside Integrated Development Operation (MIDO) - a European Community Programme which aims toachieve an improvement in Merseyside's fabric through certain co-ordinated major projects.

Merseyside Planning conference - a conference of all Merseyside Districts and the Department of theEnvironment which helped to produce Strategic Guidance for Merseyside.

Merseyside Strategic Sites and Premises Study - a study commissioned by the Merseyside Districts and EnglishEstates in 1991 to advise on the development of a programme of strategic sites and premises capable ofattracting inward investment.

Merseytravel - the trading name of the Merseyside Passenger Transport Authority (MPTA).

Metropolitan Boundary Review - Boundary Commission proposals for local government boundary changes.Current proposals are effective in St. Helens from 1st April 1994.

Mineral Planning Guidance (MPG) - statements of the Government's minerals planning policy.

National Playing Fields Association (NPFA) - a registered charity whose aim is to acquire, protect andimprove playing fields and other recreational space for the community, particularly young people and peoplewith special needs. Also provides technical advice and information on outdoor recreational facilities.

Nature Conservation - the protection and enhancement of the natural environment.

Neglected Land - land which is unsightly, uncared for and detrimental to the environment but which is notsufficiently damaged to be classified as Derelict Land by the Government.

Non-Conforming Use - an existing use which would today not be considered suitable for its present location. Itis not necessarily a use which causes actual nuisance to neighbours.

North West Regional Association (NWRA) - consortium of all local authorities in the North West, establishedin January 1992 with aim of promoting the image and influencing the future prosperity of the region.

Notification of Installations Handling Hazardous Substances Regulations 1982 (NIHHS) - Regulationsgoverning plants handling hazardous substances. There are 4 such plants in St. Helens, the major one of whichis the Hays Chemical plant.

Objective One - status accorded to regions in EC which are currently under-developed or lagging behind. TheEC has given Merseyside Objective 1 status for the period 1994 - 1999 recognising the region's high levels oflong term unemployment, population decline and decline in Gross Domestic product relative to EC averages.


Office of Population Census and Surveys (OPCS) - Government Department responsible for National Censusand formulation of population projections and estimates.

'On Deposit' - the stage at which the UDP is formally available for objections, which may then be subject toPublic Inquiry.

Opencast Mining - the extraction of minerals by removal of surface soils and overburden.

Outline Planning Permission - a planning permission which permits a development in principle. Furtherdetails of the development are required to be submitted subsequently ('reserved matters').

Pedestrianisation - priority in a street given to pedestrians rather than vehicles. May be partialpedestrianisation and allow passage of buses and/or servicing within specified hours.

Permitted Development Rights - development for which planning permission is required, but is deemed to havebeen granted by the General Development Order.

Planning brief - a document containing general or broad guidance to a developer on the Council's planningrequirements for a site.

Planning Conditions/Agreements - legal means of regulating the development or use of land or the carrying outof works on any such land in connection with the granting of planning permission.

Plan Period - length of time for which a plan is legally operative. The Plan Period of the UDP is until 2001,although certain policies, such as Green Belt, will have a longer lifespan.

Planning Policy Guidance (PPG) - statements of the Government's planning policy.

Prime Shopping Areas - the central parts of St. Helens and Earlestown town centres where shopping is the keyactivity and where certain non-retail uses will be restricted.

Priority Areas - acknowledged areas within the Borough where levels of depravation are significantly above theaverage, to which resources can be targeted.

Priority Homeless - people assessed as homeless and judged to be vulnerable.

Proposals Map - an ordnance survey-based plan which illustrates the policies of the UDP. All UDPs arerequired to be accompanied by a Proposals Map.

Public Open Space (POS) - council-owned outdoor areas used for formal/informal recreation to which thepublic have the right of access.

Ravenhead Greenway - proposals for the Ravenhead canal and surrounding area, seeking to achieve bothenvironmental and economic benefits.

Ravenhead Renaissance - a private limited company established in 1987 to provide a co-ordinated mechanismto secure the regeneration of the Ravenhead area for the wider benefit of the Borough as a whole and topromote public/private partnership. Members include the Council and private companies.

Strategic Planning Guidance - issued in 1988 for Merseyside to guide the preparation of Development Plansuntil 2001. (PPG 11). Superceded by Regional Planning Guidance for the North West (RPG 13) issued in 1996.

Structure Plan - a land use plan produced by a County Council which deals with the major planning issues foran area and sets out broad policies and proposals.

Sustainable Development - development that meets the needs of the present without compromising the abilityof future generations to meet their needs.


Sutton Village Initiative - comprehensive targeting of resources to upgrade the environment in the Sutton area.

Telecommunications Apparatus - any equipment designed or adapted for use in connection with the running ofa telecommunications system.

'This Common Inheritance' - the Government's Environment White Paper, published in September 1990. Itsets out the Government's environmental strategy for Britain and the general principles within which theplanning system is to operate. Further developed in Sustainable Development, The UK Strategy published in1994.

Traffic Calming - measures which reduce motor vehicles speeds and reduce their intrusive effects.

Transport Policies and Programme (TPP) - a statement of the Council's policies and programmes for alltransport capital spending on local roads, which is submitted to the Secretary of State for Transport forapproval.

Tree Preservation Orders (TPO's) - order made under Section 198 of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 to ensure the preservation of specified trees, groups of trees or woodlands.

Unfit Housing - substandard housing as defined by the Local Government and Housing Act 1989.

Unitary Development Plan (UDP) - introduced by the Local Government Act 1985 in metropolitan areas, aUDP is primarily a land use plan for the development or other use of land. A UDP combines the strategic andlocal planning policies previously divided between the metropolitan County and District Councils.

Urban Deprivation - acute social and economic problems, such as poverty found in the poorer parts of townsand cities.

Urban Programme (UP) - a Central Government programme of funding for inner city and urban areas, aimingto encourage enterprise and new business, improve job prospects and make inner cities more attractive and safe.The programme ceased after the financial year 1994/95 and was replaced by the Single Regeneration Budget.

Urban Renewal - the process of redevelopment, refurbishment and renovation which replaces unfit housing andsubstandard industrial and retail property.

Use Classes Order (UCO) - this Order specifies various classes of use for buildings on land. Within each classthe use for another purpose of the same class does not need planning permission. The 1987 Use Classes Orderis the current document and defines the following classes.

Class A1 Shops of all typesA2 Financial and Professional ServicesA3 Food and DrinkB1 Business Use (other than A2)B2 General IndustrialB4-B7 Special IndustrialB8 Storage and DistributionC1 Hotels and HostelsC2 Residential InstitutionsC3 Dwelling HousesD1 Non-Residential InstitutionsD2 Assembly and LeisureSui Generis Not falling with any defined Class.

Waste Disposal Plan - statutory approved statement of policies and intentions for the control and disposal ofwaste in Merseyside up to the year 1997.

Wasteland to Woodland Initiative - a public-private project with aims to transform unsightly and under-usedland in St. Helens into woodlands. The project forms part of the wider Mersey Community Forest Initiative.

Wheelchair Housing - housing for people who are permanently dependent on wheelchairs for mobility.


GLOSSARY OF ABBREVIATIONS

DOE Department of the Environment

HSE Health and Safety Executive

MAFF Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food

MPTE Merseyside Passenger Transport Executive

MWDA Merseyside Waste Disposal Authority

NRA National Rivers Authority

NWAWP North West Aggregate Working Party

NWWA North West Water Authority

SAMSA Silica and Mouldings Sands Association

TCPA (1990) Town and Country Planning Act 1990


st. helens unitary development plan · the udp supersedes all previous planning documents for the...

Documents